ML17334A494: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:PROGRAMPLANREPORTforaDETAILEDCONTROLROOMDESIGNREVIEWforIndianaandMichiganElectricCompanyDonaldC.CookUnits1and2toTheUnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission Revision1Oecember2,1983preparedbyAmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation andWestinghouse
{{#Wiki_filter:Revision 1 Oecember 2, 1983 PROGRAM PLAN REPORT for a DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW for Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Donald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 to The United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission prepared by American Electric Power Service Corporation and Westinghouse           Canyon
'lectricCorporation CanyonResearchGroup840i04019h 83i229,PDRADQCK050003i5F---'PDR TABLEOFCONTENTSSectionTitle~PaeINTRODUCTION l-l.General1-2.1-6.1-9.Background 1-3.PlantDescription 1"4.Definition ofControlRooms1-5.ControlRoomStatusScopeoftheProgramObjectives oftheProgramDCRDRProgramActivities Definition ofTerms1-21-21-21"31-31-41-51-7MANAGEMENT ANDSTAFFING2-1.Purpose2-2.DCRDRTeamInterfaces 2-3.Management Function2-4.ProjectReviewTeam2-5.DesignReviewTeam2-6.Assessment Team2-12-12-12-12-22-22-4DOCUMENTATION ANDDOCUMENTCONTROL3-1.Introduction 3-2.Reference Documentation 3-3.DCRDR-Generated Documentation 3-4.DocumentControl3-13-13"13-23-3DESCRIPTION OFPHASEI,PLANNING4-1.Introduction 4-2.DCRDRMilestones 4-3.ControlRoomHumanEngineering CriteriaReport4-14-14-16755B:1/112583 TABLEOFCONTENTS(cont)SectionTitle~paeDESCRIPTION OFPHASEII,REVIEW5-1.Introduction 5-2.ReviewPhaseStaffing5-3.Methodology forReviewPhaseTasks5-4.Task1--Operating Experience Review5-5.Task2-SystemFunctionandTaskAnalysis5-6.Task3-ControlRoomInventory, 5-7.Task4--ControlRoomHumanFactorsSurvey5-8.Workspace Survey5-9.Anthropometric Survey5-10.Emergency Equipment Survey5-11.Heating,Ventilating, andAirConditioning Survey5-12.Illumination Survey5-13.AmbientNoiseSurvey5-14.Maintainability Survey5-15.Communications Survey5-16.Annunciator SystemsReview5-17.ControlsSurvey5-18.DisplaysSurvey5-19.LabelsandLocationAids5-20.ComputerSystemReview5-21.Conventions Survey5-22.Task5--Verification ofControlRoomFunction5-23.Task6--Validation ofControlRoomFunctions 5-24.ProductsoftheReviewPhase5-15-15-15-25-25-35-35-35-45-45-55-45-55-55-55-55-65-65-65-65-65-75-75-75-76755B:1/112583 TABLEOFCONTENTS(cont)SectionTitle~PaeDESCRIPTION OFPHASEIII-A,ASSESSMENT 6-1.Introduction 6-2.Methodology 6-16-16-2DESCRIPTION OFPHASEIII-B,IMPLEMENTATION 7-1DESCRIPTION OFPHASEIV,REPORTING 8-1COORDINATION WITHNUREG0737,SUPPLEMENT 1,ACTIVITIES 9-110QUALITYASSURANCE 10-1SUMMARYAppendixALiSTOFABBREVIATIONS A-1AppendixBRESUMESOFKEYPERSONNEL B-lAppendixCANNUNCIATOR SURVEYTASKPLANC-16755B:1/112583 LISTOFILLUSTRATIONS Fi<iureTitie~PaeRelationship ofNUREG0660TaskActionItems1-2GeneralArrangement DrawingofDonaldC.CookUnits1and2ControlRooms1"3Functional LayoutDrawingofDonaldC.CookUnit1ControlRoomPanels1-13Functional LayoutDrawingofDonaldC.CookUnit2ControlRoomPanels1-151-5ListofAbbreviations andFunctions forControlPanels1-171-6FourMajorPhaseActivities fortheDCRORProgram1-192-1OCRDRProgramOrganization Structure 2-52-2DCRDRProgramReviewTeamInterfaces DuringPlanning2-72-3OCRORProgramReviewTeamInterfaces DuringReview2-9OCRORProgramReviewTeamInterfaces DuringAssessment 2-112"5OCRDRProgramReviewTeamInterfaces DuringImple-mentation 2-132-6DCRDRProgramReviewTeamInterfaces DuringReporting 2-154-1PlanningPhaseDevelopment Outline4-34-2OCRDRProgramScheduleforPhasesIandII4-56755B:1/112583 LISTOFILLUSTRATIONS (cont)~FiureTitle~pae6-1Assessment Methodology Chart6-36-2HumanEngineering Discrepancy Evaluation FlowChart6-56-3HEOCategoryGuidelines 6-78"1SampleofProgramSummaryReportFormat(2Sheets)8-39-1ScheduleofPerformance 9-36755B:1/112583viii SECTIONIINTRODUCTION 1-1.GENERALThisProgramPlanReportdescribes theplantoperformadetailedcontrolroomdesignreview(OCROR)oftheDonaldC.CookUnits1and2nuclearpowergeneration stationsoperatedbytheIndianaandMichiganElectricComoany(IEMECo).ThepurposeoftheDetailedControlRoomDesignReviewProgramistostudyandevaluate, fromahumanengineering pointofview,thetotalcontrolroomworkspace,environment, instrumentation,
    'lectric            Research Corporation            Group 840i04019h 83i229
: controls, andotherequipment forbothsystemdemandsandoperatorcapabilities andtoidentify, assess,andrecommend controlroomdesignmodifications/enhancements tocorrectidentified inadequacies intheexistingdesign.TheapproachoftheDCRORProgramwillbetoperformatotalreviewontheUnit1controlroom.ThenareviewoftheUnit2controlroomwillbedonetodetermine thedifferences betweenunits.TheUnit2controlroomreviewwillbebasedontheresultsoftheUnit1review,withalldifferences beingaddressed separately.
              , PDR ADQCK  050003i5 F      -   -     -'PDR
Therefore, thisreviewtechnique willensurethatallasoecsofheUnits1and2control.oomswillbeevaluated forhuaanrac:ors.Thisprogramispartofanintegrated plantoaddresstheTMI-related actionsreferenced inTMI-2ActionPlan,NUREG-0660.
Theplanwillincludeaconsideration oftherelationship ortheDCRORProgramwithNUREG0737,Supplement 1(figure1-1),including thefollowing:
I~Designing controlroommodifications whichcorrecconditions adversetosafety(reducing significant contributions torisk)andconsidering theadditionoftheinstrumentation necessary toimplement Regulatory Guide1.976755B:I/062883
~Verifying thesafetyparameter displaysystem(SPOS),datadisplay,andfunction~Usingselectedplant-specific, symptom-based emergency operating procedures forverifying andvalidating controlroomfunctions
~Communication interface withtheTechnical SupportCenter,Emergency Operations
: Facility, andtheOperating SupportCenterIKMECohascommittedthenecessary resources, including Ynowleageable management andtechnical personnel fromtheplantstaff,AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation (AEPSC).technical consultants fromWestinghouse ElectricCorporation, andhumanactorsspecialists FromCanyonResearchGrouptoeffectheprogramcefinedherein.1-2.BACKGROUNO 1-3PlantOes-,i-tonTheIndianaanaMichiganElectricCompanyiscurrently ooerating atwo-unitnuclearpowerplantlocatedalongtheeasternshoreofLakeMichiganinLakeTownship, BerrienCounty,Michigan, approximateiy
'milessouth-sou hwestorBentonHarbor.ThisFaciliyhasbeendesignated theDonaldC.CookUr.i:s1and2wnichbegancommercial operation inAugustof1975andJulyor1979,'esoectively.
=achunitcontainssWestinghouse-supplied four-loop nuclearsteamsuoplysystem(Unit1-3250M<t,1030KdeNetandUnit2-3411'Kft,1100i&feNet).
'oneturbinegenerators forUnits1and2wererurnisned oyGeneral"=;ectric ancBrownBoveri,respectively.
Thearchitect~'engineer Forbothuni:sisAEPSC.1-4.Oefinition ofControlRoomsTheOonaldC.CookUnits1and2controlroomsareessentially identical.
Thecontrolroomforeachunitisdefined,ForthepurposesoftheOCRDRProgram,6755B:I/0628831-2 asthepanelsandotherequipment inthemaincontrolboardareaincluding theSPDSdisplaysandthehotshutdownpanels.Ageneralarrangement drawingisillustrated infigure1-2;functional layoutdrawingsofthecontrolroompanelsareshowninfigures1-3and1-4,andacomprehensive tabulation ofthismaterialisshowninfigure1-5.1"5.ControlRoomStatusThemaincontrolboardsareoperational andcompleteexceptforthoseareasofactivitywhicharenowbeingperformed toaddresstherequirements setforthbyNUREG0737,Supplement 1.1-6.SCOPEOFTHEPROGRAMTheDetailedControlRoomDesignReviewProgramcoversthehumanengineering reviewoftheverticaloperational andassociated hotshutdownpanelsidentified inparagraph 1-4,andthecontrolroomworkspace andenvironment.
Theequipment tobereviewedincludesalldisplays,
: controls, peripheral
: consoles, communication equipment, ancillary devices,andothermaincontrolboardcomponents withwhichthecontrolroomoperators interface.
Duringthereviewprocess,thegovernment regulations andguidelines listedbelowandotherrelatedindustrystandards andguidelines willbeusedforinformation orbackground:
~NUREG0659(staffsupplement to1580)~NUREG0660(actionplanasaresultofTMI-2accident)
~NUREG0694(TMI-related requirement fornewoperating licensees)
~NUREG0696(functional criteriaforemergency responsefacilities)"
~NUREG0700(controlroomhumanengineering guidelines)
~NUREG0737(clarification ofTMIactionplanrequirements) 6755B:I/062883 1-3
~NUREG0737,Supplement I(requirements foremergency responsecapability) eNUREG0801(draftevaluation criteriaforcontrolroomdesignreview)~NUREG0814(methodology forevaluation ofemergency responsefacilities)
~NUREG0835(humanfactorsacceptance criteriaforSPDS)~NUREG0899(guidelines forthepreparation ofemergency operating procedures)
~Regulatory Guide1.47(bypassed andinoperable statusindication)
~Regulatory Guide1.97,Revision2(postaccident monitoring instrumentation) 1-7.OBJECTIVES OFTHEPROGRAMTheDetailedControlRoomDesignReviewProgramwillbeconducted toachievethefollowing objectives:
~Determine whethertheexistingcontrolroomdesignprovidesthesystemstatusinformation, controlcapabilities,
: feedback, andanalytical aidsnecessary forcontrolroomoperators toperformtheirfunctions effectively
~Identifycharacteristics oftheexistingcontrolroominstrumentation,
: controls, otherequipment, andphysicalarrangements whichmaysignificantly impair/impede controlroomoperatorperformance
~Analyzeandevaluatetheproblemswhichcouldoccurduringemergency conditions, andidentifymeansofcorrecting thosediscrepancies whichcouldleadtosubstantial operational orsafetyconcerns6755B:I/062883 1-4
~Verifyandvalidatetheproposedmeansofcorrection toprovideaneffective planofactionwhichapplieshumanfactorsprinciples toimprovethecontrol'oom designandenhanceoperatorefficiency andeffectiveness
~Integrate theOCRDRProgramwithotherareaofhumanfactorsidentified intheNRCTaskActionPlan~Provideeffective coordination ofcontrolroomenhancements and/ormodifications withidentifications ofNUREG0696andRegulatory Guide1.97considerations, plantoperating/emergency procedures development, andtheimplementation oftrainingasnecessary toensurethatcontrolroomoperators canfunctionadequately withanycontrolroomdesignchanges~EnsurethattheresultsofthistotaleffortmeettheintentofNUREG0737,ItemI.D.l,andNUREG0700.Inaddition, performtheOCRORProgramcognizant ofthesedocuments asclarified inNUREG0737,Supplement 1,Item5.2.a1-8.OCRORPROGRAMACTIVITIES Thedesignreviewprocesswilladdressfourmajorphasesofactivity(figure1-6):oPHASEIPLANNiNG(section,4).TheProgramPlanReportfortheD.C.CookUnits1and2DCRORandthepreliminary ControlRoomHumanEngineering Criteria(CRHEC)Reportwillprovidethebasisforthedesignreview.~PHASEII--REVIEW(section.5).DuringtheReview'hase, datawillbecollected, reduced,andanalyzedtoobserveanddocumentwhethertheexistingcontrolroomdesignprovidesoperators withthecapabilities necessary toperformtheirfunctionandtasksundernormaland67558:1/062883 1-5 emergency operating conditions.
ResultsofPhaseIIactivitywillgeneratetasksummaryreportsandalistingofdepartures fromtheControlRoomHumanEngineering CriteriaReport.~PHASEIII-A-ASSESSMENT (section6).Ouringthisphase,anassessment willbemadeofthesignificance andimpactofthedepartures fromtheCRHECreportsidentified inPhaseII.Forthose'departures assessedassignifi-cant,recommended designchanges/enhancements willbedeveloped.
oPHASEIII-B--IMPLEMENTATION (section7).Aftertheassessment hasIIbeencompleted andallcorrective actionsidentified, aschedulewillbedeveloped toensuretheintegration oftheproposedcontrolroomchangeswithotherpost-TMIprograms, refueling outages,andothercompanymodifications.
~PHASEIVREPORTING (section8).AProgramSummaryReportwillbepreparedwhichwilldocumenttheoverallreviewprocess,describeandidentifyallofthehumanengineering discrepancies'and
: findings, andsummarize allOCRORactivities, methodologies, andproposedcontrolroomimprovements andschedules.
Eachphasewillbeperformed byateamofspecialists fromI&MECo,AEPSC,Westinghouse, andCanyonResearchGroup.Oisciplines represented ontheteamwillincludeinstrumentation andcontrolengineering, nuclearsafetyandli-censing,electrical engineering, humanfactors,plantoperations, qualityassurance, projectengineering, andtrainingtomaximizetheefficiency oftheeffortandtocompletethetotalreviewidentified inthisProgramPlanReport.6755B:I/062883 1-6 I"9.DEFINITION OFTERMSAlistofabbreviations andacronymsiscontained inappendixAtothisreport.Also,toalleviate ambiguity ofterms,thefollowing definitions areprovided:
ControlRoomEnhancement.
Achangetoapiece'ofequipment, suchasacontrolpanel,whichcanbeperformed withoutinterfering withtheoperation ofthatequipment.
Suchchangesmightincludetheapplication oflabelsordemarcation lines.ControlRoomModification.
Achangetoapieceofequipment, suchasacontrolpanel,whichislikelytointerfere withtheoperation ofthatequipment onwhichthechangeisbeingperformed.
Suchchangesincludetheremovalorrelocation ofanexistingcontrolpanelcomponent ortheadditionofapanelcomponent.
EmerencOperatinProcedures.
Plantprocedures whichguide,theoperator(s) duringatransient oremergency condition.
EmerencResponseGuidelines.Symptom-based guidelines fromwhichemergency operating procedures aredeveloped.
HumanEnaineerin
.Thescienceofoptimizing theperformance ofhumanbeingsandthedesignofequipment formoreefficient usebyhumanbeings'uman Enoineerin Discreanc.Adeparture fromtheestablished humanfactorscriteriaforthecontrolroomdesignwhichcouldimpair/impede operatorperformance.
Photomosaic.
Ascaledphotographic reproduction ofthemaincontrolroompanels.SafetParameter DislaSstem.Displaysystemwhichprovidescontinuous indication ofplantparameters toassistcontrolro'ompersonnel inevaluating thesafetystatusoftheplant.6755B:I/0628831-7 Validation.
Theprocessofdetermining whetherthephysicaldesignsupportstheprocedures foroperation inanadequatemannertosupporteffective integrated performance ofthefunctions ofthecontrolroomoperating crew.Verification.
Theprocessofdetermining whetherinstrumentation,
: controls, andotherequipment meetthespecificrequirements ofthetasksperformed byoperators.
6755B:1/062883 PLANT'CIFICEMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES (EOPs)NUREG0899SYMPTOM-BASED OPERATING ANDEMERGENCY PROCEDURES NUREG0799NUREG0660I.C.1,I.C.8,&I.C.9CHANGESINREQUIREMENTSFORTRAININGANDSTAFFINGNUREG0660I.A.1&IA.2TMIACTIONPLANNUREG0660NUREG0737DETAILEDCONTROLROOMDESIGNREVIEWPRELIMINARY CONTROLROOMHUMANENGINEERING CRITERIAREPORTPROGRAMPLANREPORTNUREG0700PRCAPERTURECARDDCRDRPROGRAM SUMMARYREPORT'OST-ACCIDENT MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION REG.GUIDE1.97'AlsoAvailable 6zApertureCardSAFETYPARAMETER DISPLAYSYSTEMNUBEG0660,III,A.12NUREG0835EMERGENCY RESPONSEFACILITYNUREG0696NUREG0814Figurel-l.Relationship ofNUREG0660TaskActionItems1-9s401040196
-o) 0PN UNIT1CONTROLROOMUNIT2CONTROLROOMUNIT2HOTSHUTDOWNAREAUNIT1HOTSHUTDOWNAREAFigure1-2.GeneralArrangement DrawingofDonaldC.CookUnits1and2ControlRooms BARCOTUSGPRZFPRCPCPRHROPERATOR'S CONSOLEPSSOCRTASISSPYPSSCRTBRMSBISICRTCRTCRTCCWESWNESWCOMPUTEROPERATOR'S CONSOLETYPEWRITER SANISIVVSSVEFRMSCABINETFFCMFXAPOMSFlCWFigure1-3.Functional LayoutOrawingofOonaldC.CookUnit1ControlRoomPanels6755B:1/0628831-13 PANELFFCMFXAPDMSFIDCABINETCWSVEFVSIVNISSANESWTYPEWRITER
+COMPUTEROPERATOR'S CONSOLEESWCCWBISIBISIRMSCRTCRTPSSDCRTBSPYSISCPPSSDCRTAOPERATOR'S CONSOLERHRRCPFPPRZSGDTURCFLXBAFigure1-4.Functional LayoutDrawingofDonaldC.CookUnit2ControlRoomPanels67558:1/062883 1-15 FLXRCOTUSGFPCPSABAPRZRCPRHRSISSPYCCWESWFluxPanelRodControlPanelOe)taTandUnitPanelSteamGenerator PanelFeedPumpPanelCondensate Polishing PanelCondensate PanelTurbinePanelStationAuxiliary PanelGenerator PanelBoricAcidPanelPressurizer PanelReactorCoolantPumpPanelResidualHeatRemovalPanelSafety'injection SystemPanelContaiqment SprayPanelComponent CoolingWaterPanelEssential ServiceWaterPanelNESW-Nonessential ServiceWaterPanelIVVSEFSVNISFIRMSFFCMFXAPMSFIDRMSCWIsolation ValvesPanelVents.latlon PanelEmergency FirePanelPlantServicePanelNuclearInstrumentation CabinetsFixedIn-CorePanelRadiation Monitoring SystemPanelFailedFuelCommunications PanelMovableIn-coreCabinetAxialPowerDistribution Monitoring SystemCabinetFixedIn-coreCabinetRadiation Monitoring SystemCabinetCirculating WaterPanelFigureI"5.ListofAbbreviations andFunctionforControlPanels6755B:I/062883 1-17 ugQIz0ZUJa2cgCg5zUgCLCL+CaCaCCCa>OOOOCCCa0Z.CLug00.Coa:20II2ug0CLChz0IOOCC2agag'D22Ezcn00IOOIUOILZ~gI-0UgI2ulcnlu0OQZJugugzE~a~CCnugulooluUlCnDluggIL~~cn0ca220ID0ICn208t'TIILI<Icaa.(-5O)Qm]I>UgIch>)L(Jo+0OoUg0Zca>ZcaOzOzOZILcaOg00caI-Zl-gl-oIOlu0g2oguoZ~X..-~cucnug~IUlu~gcnZZ<)I-I-Oolu0CCZUJCL~ugca~o<ca<zox wc@InviaUJ20ID0CnID200zoO2gzI20II2I0I0cn<2IL00hl-CLEOCZDC)20IO2E0OOcaIO2zCJ022020CCD2IZIuOIu324gz82g02CCoo0ggOI-iogvzCCgIlgg0IUgluluI~>2cav0UgNOgcn2ca-QWQI5ICCcn20-2IUOIUE~C0CJCaIQZQ0cC4caaug0.0.caQPgOzCaOOZCCCCg'2Oa.UgY)calu0OQ2luOQlZIU0,coQOzl-22Ug~UugILca300caIZCLIL2CaIOOCUCaIVIUQ2+2CLugcaca~a<2~O.ZUJ<OgzaCCUl)CUE~lugaoca00.ZVYcaIXIU0ZcaZQgOcaI00>CCu.CJCaKx<CLUliIca)~COIQ~0~2luz~caa:COOI-zca2+~ZCC00.5caI-UJQlucfO0I->ILa:~CC0zoIuI-0QcgtcocaQ0gI>2cacnIL0UICJUJIgZYVIu00Iu0gaZZILUgO20IIUO0I~ILIUCL02CC22Ul2CCIOQugDozzu.0.I~R0oOu.2CCII-UgOoCLUJ~IUl(yO2ooIL-CacnZCaPuQO-coVzUgILCCN0CU>cnUga2cazX~QCnol<~u00Ugcap<00.ILozcn0CCIZOQZ<u.2IU~IUugIuzozozUgILZQZo8~~Iul~QcaZCn02ozozol=$zcagEa:CCPy400caca0II220UgVQUJIUI<0IP2ECaCaCCCao020ca02a.OKRaIZCClgJOg00.Icag000luO~CQ2caIL2I0D2cnCC0.Co2CCI-zo0.UgQCnZ0I0IUILIUIUIZ:zzQOo~~ugIU1CLIIzIII20I~CzI-o2-luI0.0.FgoOPRCAPERTURECAROI0oIL2DZOQ200a.~,0g~gaableOILApertureCard$-0$-0ncclcoI1-198401040196W~2 04t~(f~U, SECTION2MANAGEMENT ANDSTAFFING2-1.PURPOSEThepurposeofthissectionistoidentifytheOCRORProgramteamsandtheirareasofresponsibility.
Figure2-1detailstheorganizational structure ofpersonnel involvedintheOCRORProgram.(}ualifications ofkeypersonnel areprovidedinappendixB.Allpersonnel ontheDonaldC.CookOCRDRProgramteamswillmeetorexceedthequalifications providedinNUREG0801andrelatedguidance.
2-2.DCRDRTEAMINTERFACE Toeffectively performtheDCRORProgramandstillbeabletobesuccessfully audited,aninterface betweenthevariousreviewteamsisrequired.
The"OCRDRProgramLeadEngineer" willbetheprimarycontactandliasionforthemanagement organization, designreview,projectreview,andassessment teams.Figures2-2through2-6showthesevariousinterfaces.
2-3.MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONThemanagement functionfortheOCRDRProgramwillbeprovidedunderpreviously established AEPSCprocedural requirements andresponsibilities definedinAEPSCGeneralProcedure 25,"Engineering DesignChanges,"
andGeneralProcedure 32,"Preparation ofSubmittals totheU.S.NuclearRegulatory Commission."
Thefunctionofmanagement isto:~Approvethe'Program PlanReport~Reviewandapproverecommendatons forcontrolroomdesignchangesI6755B:I/062883 2-1
~Providetheresources necessary forimplementation oftheDCROR~ApprovetheProgramSummaryReport~Providethemechanism forthepreparation andsubmittal ofdocuments totheU.S.NuclearRegulatory Commission.,
2-4.PROJECTREVIEWTEAMTheProjectReviewTeamwillcoordinate theDCRORProgram.Typicalteamfunctions areto:~ApproveTaskPlanspriortoperformance ofassociated ReviewTaskA~EnsurethattheDCRDRProgramisperformed inaccordance withtheAEPSCgualityAssurance Program~ProvideoverallsupporttotheDCRORprocess~MonitortheDCRORprogressoEnsurethatthedesignreviewobjectives andtasks,inrelationtootherNUREG0660efforts,areproperlycoordinated
~Establish andinitiateacontrolroomimprovement programKeypersonnel fortheProjectReviewTeamareidentified infigure2-1.2-5.DESIGNREVIEWTEAMTheDesignReviewTeamcomprises thequalified multidiscipline personnel toperformthevariousreviewfunctions.
Theareasofexpertise include:~NSSSandbalance-of-plant systems~Instrumentation andcontrol6755B:1/062883r2-2
~Conrolboarddesign~Humanfactors~Plantoperations (licensed operators)
~Training~Licensing/nuclear safetyThefunctionoftheDesignReviewTeamistocarryouttheentiredesignreviewprograminaccordance withtheguidelines detailedinthisProgramPlanReport.DesignReviewTeamresponsibilities includethefollowing:
~DeveloptheProgramPlanReport~DeveloptheLicenseeEventReportReviewReport~DeveloptheControlRoomInventory
~Developforms/checklists
~DevelopTaskPlansoDevelopControlRoomHumanEngineering CriteriaReportoPerformReviewTasks~DevelopTaskSummaryReports~AssistAssessment Teamastechnical support~,DevelopImplementation Plans~DeveloptheProgramSummaryReport6755B:I/062883 2-3 Keypersonnel fortheDesignReviewTeamareidentified infigure2-1.2-6.ASSESSMENT TEAMTheAssessment Teamwill:~Evaluatethesignificance oftheobserveddepartures fromtheCRHECReportidentified inthePhaseIIreview~Identifytheapplicable departures ashumanengineering discrepancies (HED)~AssignacategoryandprioritytotheHEDsforscheduling ofcorrective action~Review/approve controlroomrecommendations forHEDcorrective actionpriortoorigination ofarequestforchange(AEPSCprocedure 25).Keypersonnel fortheAssessment Teamareidentified infigure2-1.6755B:I/0628832-4 P10J1CZREVIZ&#xc3;TEAM*DCBDRProgramMninistrator:
A.S.Grims*DCRDRProgramLeadEngineer:
R.F.Shoemaker
*DCRDRProgramPlantCoordinator:
T.R.Stephens*DCRDRProgramProjectEngineer:
F.VanPelt,Jr.*DCRDRProgramManager(Westinghouse):
J.D.Young*~SCHumanFactorsConsultant:
Dr.T.SheridanDESIGNREVI1%TEAM*DCRDRProgramAdministrator:
A.S.Grieves*DCBDRProgramLeadEngineer/AEPSC I&CEngineer:
R.F.Shor*AEPSCNuclearSafety&Licensing Engineer:
K.J.Toth*I&MEG3ReactorOperators
*DCRDRProgramPlantCoordinator:
T.R.Stephens*AEPSCQualityAssurance Engineer:
J.B.Brittan~*DCRDRProgramProjectEngineer:
F.VanPelt,Jr.*AEPSCElectrical Engineer:
L.P.~co*DCRDRProgramManager(Westinghouse):
J.D.Young*DCRDRHumanFactorsConsultant (CanyonResearch):
Dr.G.A.Elliff*I&MECO&Westinghouse TrainingPersonnel
*Westinghouse TrainingPersonnel:
R.J.Wartenberg ASSESSMENT TEAM*DCRDRProgramAdnunistrator:
A.S.Grimes*DCRDRProgramLeadEngineer:
R.F.Shor*AEPSCI&CSectionManager:J.C.Jeffrey*AEPSCNuclearSafetyandLicensing SectionManager:J.G.Feinstein
*D.C.CookPlantManagemnt:B.A.Svensson*AEPSCHumanFactorsConsultant:
Dr.T.Sheridan*I&MECOSeniorReactorOperator(s)
*ArPSCManagerofQualityAssurance:
R.F.Kroeger*AEPSCElectrical Generation SectionManager:R.C.CarruthFigure2-1.DCRDRProgramOrganization Structure 6755B:1/062883 2-5


DESIGNREVIEWTEAM~PREPAREPROGRAMPLANREPORTPROJECTREVIEWTEAMI~APPROVEPROGRAMPLANREPORTPROGRAMPLANREPORTACCEPTABLE SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENTS YESAEPSCGENERALPROCEDURE NO.32"PREPARATION OFSUBMITTALS TONRC"MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                Title                      ~Pa  e INTRODUCTION l-l. General 1-2. Background                                    1-2 1-3. Plant Description                       1-2 1"4. Definition of Control  Rooms            1-2 1-5. Control Room Status                      1"3 1-6. Scope of the Program                            1-3 Objectives of the Program                      1-4 DCRDR  Program  Activities                      1-5 1-9. Definition of  Terms                          1-7 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING                              2-1 2-1. Purpose                                        2-1 2-2. DCRDR Team  Interfaces                        2-1 2-3. Management  Function                          2-1 2-4. Project Review  Team                          2-2 2-5. Design Review Team                            2-2 2-6. Assessment Team                                2-4 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL                  3-1 3-1. Introduction                                  3-1 3-2. Reference  Documentation                      3"1 3-3. DCRDR-Generated Documentation                  3-2 3-4. Document  Control                              3-3 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE    I, PLANNING 4-1. Introduction                                  4-1 4-2. DCRDR  Milestones                              4-1 4-3. Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report 4-1 6755B:1/112583
~SUBMITPROGRAMPLANREPORTTONRCPROGRAMPLANREPORTNRC6755B:I/070583 Figure2-2.Personnel Interface andInformation FlowDiagramforPhaseI,Planning2-7 DESIGNREVIEWTEAM~DEVELOPTASKPLAN~DEVELOPCONTROLROOMINVENTORY
~PERFORMREVIEW~DEVELOPLERREVIEWREPORT~~DEVELOPTASKSUMMARYREPORT~DEVELOPFORMS/CHECKLISTS
~DEVELOPCRHECREPORTSUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT PROJECTREVIEWTEAM~REVIEW/APPROVE/COMMENT
-TASKSUMMARYREPORT-FORMS/CHECKLISTS NOTASKSUMMARYREPORTACCEPTANCE YESINPUTTOPROGRAMSUMMARYREPORTSEEFIGURE2406755B:I/070583eFigure2-3.Personnel Interface andInformation FlowDiagramforPhaseII,Review2-9 ASSESSMENT TEAM~DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE OFHEDS~REVIEW/APPROVECONTROLROOMENHANCEMENTS/
RETROFITS DESIGNREVIEWTEAM~ASSISTINHEDEVALUATION
~DEVELOPFINALCRHECDOCUMENTSUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT PROJECTREVIEWTEAM~REVIEW/COMMENT/APPROVE
-FINALCRHECDOCUMENT-ASSESSMENT REPORTSUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT NOASSESSMENT REPORTACCEPTANCE YESINPUTTOPROGRAMSUMMARYREPORTSEEFIGURE2.60Figure2-4.Personnel Interface andInformation FlowDiagramforPhaseIII-A,Assessment 6755B:I/070583 2-11 SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT NOCONTROLROOMIMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENTACCEPTABLE YESASSESSMENT TEAM~DEVELOPCONTROLROOMIMPLEMENTATION REPORT~DEVELOPIMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULEDESIGNREVIEWTEAM~ASSISTINDEVELOPMENT OFCONTROLROOMIMPLEMENTATION REPORT~ASSESSCONTROLROOMIMPROVEMENTSFORDEPARTURES FROMTHECRHECDOCUMENTPROJECTREVIEWTEAM~REVIEW/COMMENT APPROVECONTROLROOMIMPLEMENTATION REPORTAEPSCGENERALPROCEDURE NO.25"ENGINEERING DESIGNCHANGE"MANAGEMENT FUNCTION~REVIEW/APPROVE CONTROLROOMENHANCEMENTS/
MODIFICATIONS SEEFIGURE24CFigure2-5.Personnel Interface andInformation FlowDiagramforPhaseIII-B,Implementation 6755B:I/070583 2-13 DESIGNREVIEWTEAM~DEVELOPPROGRAMSUMMARYREPORTSUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT PROJECTREVIEWTEAM~REVIEW/COMMENT/
APPROVEPROGRAMSUMMARYREPORTPROGRAMSUMMARYREPORTACCEPTABLE YESNOASSESSMENT REPORTSFROMFIGURE24BTASKSUMMARYREPORTSFROMFIGURE2.3APROGRAMSUMMARYREPORTMANAGEMENT FUNCTION~APPROVEPROGRAMSUMMARYREPORT~SUBMITPROGRAMSUMMARYREPORTTONRCCONTROLROOMIMPLEMENTATION REPORTFROMFIGURE2-5CAEPSCGENERALPROCEDURE NO.32"PREPARATION OFSUBMITTALS TONRC"PROGRAMSUMMARYREPORTNRCFigure2-6.Personnel Interface andInformation FlowDiagramforPhaseIV,Reporting 6755B:I/070583 2-15 SECTION3DOCUMENTATION ANDDOCUMENTCONTROL3-1.INTRODUCTION Acompleteandup-to-date libraryofreference information isnecessary tomanageandperformthevariousphasesoftheDCRDRProgram.Thislibrarywillprovidesupportduringthedesignreviewaswellasadatabaseforfuturecontrolroommodifications.
3"2.REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION Thefollowing documentation willbeusedduringthereviewphase:~.Controlroomdrawings(panellayouts,floorplan,andthelike)~Controlboardequipment specifications
~Controlpanelphotographs (photomosaic)
~Controlroompreliminary assessments
~Description ofcodingconventions
~OriginalandUpdatedFSARforD.C.CookUnits1and2~Instrumentation andcontroldiagrams~Operatortrainingmaterial~Systemsfunctiontaskanalysis6755B:1/0628833-1  
~Listsofacronymsandabbreviations
~Pipingandinstrumentation drawings~Plantcomputersoftwaredescription andsampleprintout~Procedures (emergency, normal,andthelike)~Systemdescriptions
~Regulatory guidesandNUREGs(paragraph 1-6)~Controlroominventory list~AEPSCqualityassurance procedure
~LicenseeeventreportsAnyadditional reference materialidentified bythedesignreviewteamduringthereviewphase(PhaseII)willbeobtainedandaddedtothelibrary.BecauseO.C.CookUnits1and2areoperating, accesstothecontrolroomswillbelimited.Therefore, photomosaics willbeusedtaperformmostofthetasksoutlinedinsection5.3-3.OCROR-GENERATEO DOCUMENTATION Thedocumentation generated bythedesignreviewprocesswillbesubjecttothosecontrolsidentified inparagraph 3-4.Thefollowing documentation willbeproducedbytheOCRORprocess:oProgramPlanReport(thisdocument)
~Controlroomoperating personnel surveys6755B:I/062883 3-2  
~Controlroominventory
~Controlroomhumanfactorsurveys~Taskplans,checklists, datacollection forms,sketches, photographs, andphotomosaics usedinthereviewand.assessment/recommendation phases~Controlroomhumanengineering criteriareport~Licenseeeventreport(LER)review~ProgramSummaryReport3-4.DOCUMENTCONTROLAcontrolled-access filewillbeestablished forallhardcopyDCRDRProgramoutputdocuments.
Inaddition, thesedocuments willbeenteredintoacomputer-based datasystem.Accesstothesefileswillbecontrolled bytheDCRDRprogrammanager.67558:1/062883 3-3 P.Ill SECTION4DESCRIPTION OFPHASEI,PLANNING4-I.INTRODUCTION Theplanningphaseconsistsofdeveloping awell-defined workprogramwhichoutlinesspecificrecommendations forpersonnel, reference
: material, anddocumentation neededtoperformtheDetailedControlRoomDesignReviewProgram(figure4-1).IEMECointendstocommencewiththeDCRDRProgramasdocumented inthisProgramPlanReportpriortoformalacceptance bytheNRC.Anydeficiencies notedinthisProgramPlanReportshouldbebroughttotheattention ofaI&MECoinatimelymanner.Finalacceptance ofthisdocumentwillendthePlanningPhase.4-2.DCRDRMILESTONES AscheduleforPhasesIandIIofthisProgramPlanwasdeveloped andisincludedasfigure4-2.AsstatedintheI8MECoresponsetoG.L.82-33(AEP:NRC:0773) onApril15,1983,anintermediate milestone responsewillbesumittedtotheNRCwiththecurrentstatusoftheDCRDRProgramonSeptember 1,1984.Atthattime,PhasesIandIIwillbeessentially completed, andanestimateforthePhaseIII-AAssessment willbedeveloped shortlythereafter.
TheNRCwillbeprovidedwithmoredetailedinformation regarding PhaseIII-AAssessment schedule(inanotherintermediate milestone response) whenthisestimatehasbeenmadeandtheevaluation ofitiscompleted.
4-3.CONTROLROOMHUMANENGINERING CRITERIAREPORTwAtthebeginning ofthereviewphase,apreliminary ControlRoomHumanEngineering CriteriaReportwillbedeveloped.
Thispreliminary criteriareportwillcontain,asabaseline, detailedTaskPlanswhichwillbeexecutedtocompletespecificPhaseIIReviewTaskswithintheDCRDRProgram.TheTask6755B:I/0628834-1 Planshavebeenproveneffective onover20humanfactorscontrolroomreviews.TheTaskPlanswillprovideadetailedaudittrailtothegenericguidelines providedinNUREG0700,yethavebeenrestructured tofacilitate thedatacollection, documentation, andauditingrequirements inherentinaNUREG0700orientedDCRDRProgram.Basedonobservations andassessments oftheDCRDRProgram,thegenericguidelines ofNUREG0700foundinthepreliminary CRHECReportwillberevisedtoreflectplant-specific designconventions andplant-specific humanfactorscriteria.
AsectionofthefinalCRHECReportwillbededicated todepartures fromNUREG0700withtheapplicable justification providedtherein.ThefinalCRHECReportisintendedtoensurethatanyfuturecontrolboardmodifications reflectpreviously evaluated humanfactorspractices anddonotdetractfromoperability ofthecontrolboard.6755B:1/0628834-2 REVIEWOVERALLDCRDRPROGRAMOBJECTIVES EVALUATEOBJECTIVES
&DESIGNGUIDELINES TOBEUSEDIDENTIFYRESOURCES REQUIREDOUTLINEALLREVIEWTASKSTOBEPERFORMED ASPARTOFTHEDCRDRPROGRAMDEVELOPTHEDCRDRPROGRAMSCHEDULEISSUEPROGRAMPLANREPORT~ASSESSACTIVITIESCOMPLETED BYAEPSCANDl&MECo~EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES
,~DESIGNCRITERIAINCLUDING PLANTSPECIFICITEMS~NUREG066007000801~DEFINEPROGRAMSTHATHAVEANIMPACTONCONTROLROOMDESIGN(NUREG0696,REGULATORY GUIDE1.97)~DEFINERELATIONSHIP WITHOTHEREMERGENCY RESPONSEACTIVITY~PRELIMINARY CRHECREPORT~FINALSAFETYANALYSISREPORT~SYSTEMDESCRIPTIONS
~PIPINGANDINSTRUMENTATION DRAWINGS~FLOORPLANS~PANELLAYOUTS~ABBREVIATIONS ANDCODING'SOFTWAREDESCRIPTIONS
~PROCEDURES
~OPERATORTRAININGANDEXPERIENCE
~TASK1-OPERATING EXPFRIENCE REVIEW~TASK2'-SYSTEMFUNCTIONS REVIEWANDTASKANALYSIS~TASK3-CONTROLROOMINVENTORY
~TASK4-CONTROLROOMHUMANFACTORSURVEY~TASK5-VERIFICATION OFTASKPERFORMANCE
~TASK6-VALIDATION OFCONTROLROOMFUNCTIONS
~AEPSCANDl&MECoINPUTSTOSCHEDULE~REVIEWPROCESS~METHODOLOGY
~TEAMQUALIFICATIONS
~DESIGNGUIDELINES
~SCHEDULE~INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS OFPARTICIPANTS
~DOCUMENTATION ANDDOCUMENTCONTROLPRC.;APERTURE CAROFigure4-1.PlanningPhaseDevelopment OutlineI4-38401040i96~Q
]~>CQ7 19831984MAYJUNEJULYAUGSEPTOCTNOVDECJANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNEJULYAUGSEPTOCTNOVDECJUNE27PLANNINGPHASEI~PLANNINGPPRToNRCPPRToNRCJAN1PHASEII-REVIEWTASK1LERREVIEWCROPSLERREVIEWSEPT1OCT1NOV1CROPSJAN2CROPSMAY22JUNE1TASK2SFRTATASK3CRITASK4CRHFSTASK5VERIFICATION TASK6VALIDATION PHASEIIIDETAILEDESTIMATION CRISEPT1OCTIMAR22JAN29MAR25iUNITNo.2)OUTAGECRHFSNOTE1JUNE30JULY14AUG15VERIF.SEPT1OCT6OCT20VALID.NOV1NOV22COMPLIESWITHSUPPLEMENT 1NUREG0737 PARAGRAPH 52.A"LICENSEES SHALLSUBMITPROGRAMPLANWITHINTWOMONTHSFROMSTARTOFDCRDR."~AEPSCANDINDIANAANDMICHIGANACTIVITY~~DCRDRREVIEWTEAMACTIVITYNOTE1CRHFSACTIVITIES MAYOCCURINPARALLELWITHCROPS.CRHFSSUMMARYREPORTDUEJUNE30,1984.Figure4-2.DCRDRProgramScheduleforPhasesIandII SECTION5DESCRIPTION OFPHASEII,REVIEW5-1.INTRODUCTION DuringtheReviewPhaseoftheD.C.CookDCRDRProgram,datawillbecollected andhumanfactorsissueswillbereviewed.
Thus,theobjective oftheReviewPhaseisthecollection ofdataidentifying attributes oftheD.C.CookUnits1and2controlroomswhichdepartfromcriteriaspecified intheD.C.CookControlRoomHumanEngineering CriteriaReport(paragraph 4-3).TheReviewPhasewillgenerate:
oTaskSummaryReportsforeachmajorreviewphasetaskspecifying methodsusedandfindings~Component sheetsspecifying thefindingsofeachtaskrelatedtoeachcomponent inthecontrolroom~Checklist observation formsdocumenting departures fromthehumanengineering criteriaestablished beforeandduringthereviewphase5-2.REVIEWPHASESTAFFINGTheReviewPhasewillbeconducted bytheDesignReviewTeam.Representatives ofI&MECo,AEPSC,Westinghouse, andCanyonResearchGroupwillbeincludedontheteam.Appropriate disciplines fromtheseorganizations willbeincludedoneachtaskteam.DesignReviewTeammembersinclude:~Systemdesigners andanalysts~Humanfactorsconsultants
~Controlboarddesigners 6755B:1/0628835-1  
~Instrumentation andcontrolengineers
~Plantoperators
~Licensing engineers
~Datamanagement technicians
~Electrical engineers
~gualityassurance engineers 5-3.METHODOLOGY FORREVIEWPHASETASKSThemethodology fortheReviewPhasetaskswillconsistofexecuting TaskPlansandcompleting humanengineering surveysasreflected intheD.C.CookControlRoomHumanEngineering CriteriaReport.5-4.Task1--0eratinExerienceReviewTheoperating experience reviewconsistsoftworelatedactivities.
Thefirstisareviewofplantperformance recordsforD.C.CookUnits1and2(andareviewofLERsforothersimilarplants)toidentifyareasinwhichhumanerrorhascausedproblemsinthepastthatmayberelatedtocontrolpaneldesign.ThesecondactivityistheControlRoomOperating Personnel Survey(CROPS).TheDesignReviewTeamwillinterview arepresentative sampleconsisting ofatleast50percentofthelicensedcontrolroomoperators atD.C.CookUnits1and2.Theobjective oftheCROPSistoidentifyspecificattributes oftheD.C.CookUnits1and2.controlboarddesignwhich,intheoperators'pinions, havecausedorcouldpotentially causeoperatorerror.TheCROPSwillbeconducted byadmini'stration ofquestionnaires andbyconducting individual andgroupinterviews.
6755B:1/0628835-2 5-5.Task2-SstemFunctionandTaskAnalsisTheSystemFunctionandTaskAnalysiswillestablish instrumentation requirements andperformance criteriaforselectnormalandemergency conditions.
Thistaskwillbeperformed byusingplant-specific procedures generated fromtheWestinghouse Owners'roup Emergency ResponseGuidelines.
Theseplant-specific procedures willbesubmitted totheDesignReviewTeam.ThisdatawillprovideinputtotheDesignReviewTeamfortheverification andvalidation ofcontrolroomfunctions (Tasks5and6).5-6.Task3-ControlRoomInventorThecontrolroominventory willbedeveloped onacomputerdatabaseandwillincludealldatarequiredbyNUREG0700foreachcomponent.
AEPSCwi11developandmaintaintheD.C.CookControlRoomInventory database.Formatsandcompleteness ofthedataitemlisthavebeenreviewedbyallreviewteammembersandcommentshavebeenincorporated toensurethattheinventory databasetosupportrelevantD.C.CookDCRDRProgramtaskscanbeaccepted.
5-7'.Task4-ControlRoomHumanFactorsSurveThebulkofthedetaileddataregarding specificdepartures fromtheControlRoomHumanEngineering CriteriaReportwillbegatheredintheControlRoomSurveysTask.TheControlRoomSurveysTaskwillbeconducted bycompleting 14humanengineering surveysasfollows:~Workspace eAnthropometrics
~Emergency equipment
~Heating,ventilating, andairconditioning
~Illumination 6755B:I/062883 5-3  
~AmbientnoiseoMaintainabi 1ity~Communications
~Annunciator
~Controls~Displays~Labelsandlocationaids~Computersystemreview~Conventions DetailedTaskPlans,checklists, specialdatacollection forms,NUREG0700criteriareferences applicable toD.C.Cook,andmethodology descriptions foreachsurveywillbeincludedintheCRHECReport.TheAnnunciator SurveyTaskPlanisincludedinthisProgramPlanReportinappendixCasanexample.5-8.WorksaceSurve--Thissurveyconcentrates onthegenerallayoutandarrangement ofcontrolroomequipment.
Theworkspace surveywillalsoaddresstheadequacyofcontrolroomnoninstrumentation itemssuchasdesksandchairs.5-9.AnthroometricSurve--Theanthropometric surveywillassessanddocumentthevisionandreachenvelopes forallD.C.Cookcontrolroomequipment.
Thisdatawillbeevaluated forgeneralcontrolanddisplaylocationadequacybasedupontheCRHECReportanthropometric criteriaforthe5thpercentile femaleand95thpercentile male.Inaddition, theanthropo-metricdatawillbeusedtosupporttheverification andvalidation tasks.6755B:I/0628835-4 5-10.EmerencEuimentSurve-Emergency equipment willbeevaluated forusability bythecontrolroomoperators.
Includedwillbeanassessment ofemergency equipment storagelocations; operatoraccessability; tactile,visual,andauditoryadequacyofbreathing apparatus andprotective clothing; andothercriticalfeaturesofthecontrolroomemergency equipment.
5-11.HeatinVentilatinandAirConditionin Surve""Theailflow,temperature regulation, andhumiditycontrolwithinthecontrolroomwillbeevaluated intermsoftheCRHECReport.Theprimaryconcernistoidentifyparameters whichmaybeoutoftolerance orunstabletothepointofadv'ersely
,affecting therecommended comfortzonesforthecontrolroom.5-12.Illumination Surve-Ambientillumination willbemeasuredusingappropriate instruments forlightinglevelsatvariousworkstations andcontrolboardareas.Presenceofglare,ifany,oninstrumentation willbedocumented.
Illumination willbeevaluated forcompliance withrecommended andrequiredlightlevelsforidentified tasks.5-13.AmbientNoiseSurve--Ambientnoisewillbemeasur'ed usingappropriate soundmeasurement equipment.
Aprimaryconcernwillbethepeakandaveragedecibel(A) levelsandthepreferred octavebanddecibellevelsfortheambientnoiseconditions.
Thedatawillbereviewedforpotential soundproblemswhichmayinterfere withoperatorcommunication requirements orwhichmaymaskauditorysignals.5-14.Maintainabilit Surve--Themaintainability surveywillassesshumanfactorssuitability ofallequipment inthecontrolroom.Primaryconcernsarethattheoperators canmaintainindicator lights,determining ifannuncia" torsystembulbsarereplaceable, replenishing expendables suchasrecorderpaperandink,anddetermining thatsparepartsandexpendables areavailable andaccessable.
V5-15.Communications Surve--Thecontrolroomcommunication systemswillbereviewedandevaluated todetermine iftheyareadequatetosupportemergency andnormaloperations.
Systemssuchasthepagingsystem,intercom6755B:1/062883 5-5 system,-telephone system,sound-powered andportableradiocommunications equipment, andfree/air, unaidedvoicecommunications willbeincludedinthisreview.Auditorysignalswillalsobeevaluated forapplications, meaning,codingtechniques, signaltransmission/propagation, andsignalcharacteristics.
5-16.Annunciator SstemsReview--Theannunciator system,asaspecialcaseoflegendlightdisplaysandauditorysignals,willbeevaluated intermsofitsgeneralhumanengineering suitability andalsoasacriticalandcentralcontrolroomsystemusedintheidentification oftransient andemergency conditions.
Datacollected willbeanalyzedfordiscrepant characteristics whichmaypotentially increasetheprobability ofhumanerror.Also,relevantdatawillbeusedtosupporttheverification andvalidation tasks.engineering suitability withoutreference tospecifictasksupportive roles.Theprimarycriteriawillbethatcontained intheCRHECReportbasedonsection6.4ofNUREG0700.fgeneralhumanengineering suitability independently ofthespecifictasksinwhichthedisplaysareused.Theprimarycriteriawillbethatcontained intheCRHECReportbasedonSection6.5ofNUREG0700.5-19.LabelsandLocationAids-Thecontrolpanelsandinstrumentation willbesurveyedforgeneralreadability andconsistency ofterms,abbrevia-tions,andacronyms.
Datafromthistaskandtheconventions surveywillfurnishthebaselineinformation usedtoestablish astandarddictionary ofterms,abbreviations, andacronymsusedthroughout thecontrolroom.5-20.ComuterSstemReview--TheP-250processcomputersystemusedinthecontrolroomwillbeassessedforitsfunctional integration intotheoperational requirements ofthecontrolroom.Itwillalsobeevaluated forgeneralhumanfactorssuitability andforitssupportive roleincontrolroomoperation.
Thecritiera.
fromtheCRHECReport,basedonNUREG0700,Section6.7(processcomputers),
formsthebasisforthis=taskplan.6755B:I/062883 5-6 5-21.Conventions Surve-Thepurposeoftheconventions surveyisthreefold.
Thoseconventions usedatD.C.Cook,whethergeneralstereotypes, industryconventions, orplant-specific conventions, willbeidentified.
Second,theidentified conventions willbeevaluated forgoodhumanfactorscharacteristics, asdefinedinthecriteriafromtheCRHECReportbasedonsection6ofNUREG0700.Finally,anyinconsistencies intheapplications ofidentified conventions willbedocumented andtheirimpactassessed.
Datafromthistaskandthelabelingandlocationaidstaskwillbeusedtodevelopranddocumentastandarddictionary ofterms,abbreviations, andacronymsfortheD.C.Cookplants.5-22.Task5-Verification ofControlRoomFunctionAsoneofthetwoterminaltasksinthereviewphase,thepresenceandsuitability ofcontrolroominstrumentation willbeverified.
Theprimaryconcernwillbedetermining thatallrequiredinformation andcontrolcapabilities areinthecontrolroom.Asacorollary, thepresenceofnonessential information andcontrolinstrumentation willbeassessedtoensurethatitdoesnotdetractfromadequateoperatorperformance.
DatafromtheControlRoomInventory andthesystemsfunctionandtaskanalysisareextensively usedintheseactivities.
5-23.Task6--Validation ofControl.RoomFunctions Throughaprocessofwalkthroughs andtalkthroughs selectedemergency andnormaloperations willbevalidated fortheavailability ofrequiredskillsandknowledge ofthetrainedoperators.
5-24.PRODUCTSOFTHEREVIEWPHASETheprimaryoutputoftheReviewPhaseisasetofchecklist observation (CLO)forms.Eachdeparture fromestablished humanfactorscriteriaobservedduringtheReviewPhasewillbedocumented
~EachCLOformwillstatetheproblem,affectedcomponents, criteriaviolated, probableerror,andotherrelevantdatarequiredforanalysisoftheproblem.67558:I/062883 5-7 TheCLOswi11providetheprimaryinputtotheAssessment Phase,whereeachwillbecategorized according tosafetyand/oroperational impact.Inaddi-tion,atthecompletion oftheReviewPhase,component sheetfileswi11becomplete, andTaskSummaryReportsforeachtaskwillhavebeenprepared.
6755B:1/062883 5-8 SECTION6DESCRIPTION OFPHASEIII-A,ASSESSMENT 6-1.INTRODUCTION Thereviewprocessdescribed insection5willresultintheidentification ofdepartures fromhumanengineering criteriadefinedintheCRHECReport.Analysisandinterpretation ofthesedepartures willberequiredtoestablish theirpotential safetyimplications.
Meansofcorrecting orminimizing theeffectsofthedepartures willbeidentified anddocumented.
Aplanofactionwillbeappliedtoimprovements affecting operatorperformance underemergency andselectednormaloperating conditions.
ThePhaseIIIactivities ofassessment andimplementation arecoveredinthissectionandsection7,following.
TheAssessment PhaseoftheDCRDRProgramwi11achievethefollowing objectives:
~Analyzeandevaluatetheobserveddepartures fromhumanengineering criteriaidentified duringthereviewphase~Recommend themeansofcorrecting thosedepartures whichcouldaffectsafetyorplant/operator performance-
~Defineaplanofactionwhichappliesthehumanfactorprinciples toimprovecontrolroomdesignandtoenhanceoperatoreffectiveness andefficiency
~Applytheassessment processtootherprojectsrelatedtothecontrolroomwhichareconcerned with,ormaybeaffectedby,thehumanfactorsreview(Regulatory Guide1.97,Revision2,safetyparameters displaysystem,procedures, training) 6755B:I/0628836-1 6-2.METHODOLOGY Theassessment processinvolvesthereviewandevaluation ofallCRHECReportdepartures identified bytheDesignReviewTeamduringPhaseIItodetermine whichdepartures canaffecttheoperator's performance suchthatthepotential foroperatorerorisincreased.
Thisprocessalsoinvolvesdetermining theextentofcorrections andjustifying anyrecommendations whichdonotcompletely correctthediscrepancies.
Alldepartures fromtheCRHECReportidentified duringtheReviewPhasewillbeprocessed according totheassessment methodology presented infigure6-1.Thesedepartures willbedocumented onchecklist observation formsandwillbeprovidedtotheAssessment Teamforanalysisandassessment.
Also,someoftheoperating personnel willbecanvassed usingthephotomosaic toresolveanyfactorswhichcouldcontribute toperformance problems.
TheAssessment TeamwillreviewtheCLOstodetermine theneedforreassess-mentbytheDesignReviewTeamortheiracceptance asHEDs.Thedisposition ofeachCLOwillbejustified and/ordocumented bytheAssessment Team.TheAssessment Teamwillevaluateandcategorize eachHEDaccording tothemetho-dologypresented infigure6-2.Thisapproachaccomplishes theassessment objectives ofNUREGs0700and0801.AllcategoryI,II,andIIIHEDswillbeanalyzedforcorrection asperfigure6-3.CategoryIVHEDs,considered optionalforcorrection, willbeassessedfortheircumulative andinteractive effectsonallotherHEDs.Thosecate-goryIVHEDsshowntopossesstheaboveeffectswillberecategorized totheappropriate categoryIIlevel.'ITheinitialstepinthisprocessistoidentifythoseHEDswhichcanbecor-rectedbyenhancements, trainingofoperators, and/orprocedural revisions.
Theremaining HEDswillbeanalyzedtoidentifyandprovidedesignimprovement alternatives.
Acost/benefit analysiswillbeperformed todetermine whichcorrections arethemostfeasibleandacceptable fromahumanengineering pointofview.Asapartofthereview,IEMECo/AEPSC willperformacost/benefitassessment forimplementation oftherecommendations.
6755B:1/0628836-2 Thecontrolroomreviewprocesswillbereapplied asappropriate toensurethefollowing:
~ThatthecreationofnewHEDsisidentified
~Thatothercorrections arenotinvalidated
~Compliance withhumanengineering guidelines developed duringPhaseIITheHEDsandfinalrecommendations forcorrection providedbytheassessment teamwillbesubmitted totheProjectReviewTeamforreviewanddisposition.
RejectedCLOsand/orrecommendations willbereturnedtotheAssessment Teamforadditional assessment.
6755B:I/062883 6-3 INTERFACE/
REASSESSDESIGNREVIEWTEAM~PERFORMSTHEREVIEW~PREPARESCHECKLIST OBSERVATION FORMS-LISTOFDEPARTURES FROMPRELIMINARY CONTROLROOMHUMANENGINEERINGCRITERIAREPORTCLOASSESSMENT TEAM~REVIEWCLOS~DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE/
IMPACTASHUMANENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDS)~INTERFACE WITHDESIGNREVIEWTEAM~CATEGORIZE HEDS(REFERTOFIGURE6-3)~FINALRECOMMENDATIONS
~DEVELOPIMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULEHEDS(W/FINALRECOMMENDATIONS)
PROJECTREVIEWTEAMREASSESS/DISAPPROVE~REVIEW/COMMENT HEDSWITHFIMALRECOMMENDATIONS~INTERFACE WITHASSESSMENT TEAM~AEPSCGENERALPROCEDURE NO.25"ENGINEERING DESIGNCHANGES"Figure6-1.Assessment Methodology Chart6755B:1/0628836-5 DESIGNREVIEWTEAMCHECKLIST OBSERVATIONS FORMS(REASSESSMENT)
ASSESSMENT TEAMHUMANENGINEERING DISCREPANCIESEVALUATEFORSAFETYCONSEQUENCE YESNOYESHIGHPROBABILITY OFOPERATIONAL ERROR/SIGNIFICANT DEVIATION ASSESSFORSIGNIFICANTOPERATIONAL IMPACTSNONOYESCATEGORY2REFERTOFIGURE6-3CATEGORY3REFERTOFIGURE6-3NOSIGNIFICANTCOSTVERSUSOPERATORBENEFITCATEGORY1REFERTOFIGURE6-3IDENTIFYCORRECTIONSANDCOSTSTOFIXYESSELECTRECOMMENDED BACKFITQQc0oz5PeItASSESSFORNEWDEPARTURES FROMPRELIMINARY CRHECREPORTDOCUMENTANDPREPAREFORIMPLEMENTATION CATEGORY4DOCUMENTREFERTOFIGURE6-3Figuzq6-2.HumanEngineering Discrepancy Evaluation FlowChart 1I4-t'e+P)'.1 REVIEWPROCESSOBSERVATIONS HEDASSESSMENTS ASSESSMENT CRITERIACATEGORYIVASSESSMENT FACTORSAFETY(")CONSEQUENCES:
DOCUMENTED ERRORSINCREASED POTENTIAL FORERRORLOWPROBABILITY OFERRORNOTASSOCIATED WITHPROBABILITYOFERRORIMPLEMENTATION (RATING)EARLIESTOPPORTUNITY (MANDATOR Y)EARLIESTOPPORTUNITY (HIGHPRIORITY)
CONVENIENT OUTAGE(ACCEPTED)
MAYORMAYNOTBEREQUIRED(NOTMANDATORY)
HEDS(I,II,III)
(")EXAMPLE:RESULTSINUNSAFEOPERATION, VIOLATION OFTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CATIVRECOMMENDED CORRECTIONS NODOCUMENTYESANALYSISFORCORRECTION Figure6-3.HEDCategoryGuidelines 6755B:1/0628836-9


SECTION7OESCRIPTION OFPHASEIII-B,IMPLEMENTATION Approvedsolutions ofHEDsbytheProjectReviewTeamwillbescheduled forimplementation.
TABLE OF CONTENTS      (cont)
Thecategoryguidelines established insection6willbeusedasabasisforthecorrective actionschedule.
Section                                  Title                        ~pa  e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE    II, REVIEW                    5-1 5-1. Introduction                                    5-1 5-2. Review Phase    Staffing                        5-1 5-3. Methodology for Review      Phase  Tasks        5-2 5-4. Task  1
Additional considerations inthedevelopment oftheimplementation schedulewillbe:~Safetyconsequences ofoperatorerrorsthatcouldbecausedbythediscrepancy
                                    --  Operating Experience Review  5-2 5-5. Task 2    System    Function and Task Analysis                                  5-3 5-6. Task  3  Control    Room  Inventory,   5-3 5-7. Task 4    --  Control  Room Human  Factors Survey                                    5-3 5-8. Workspace Survey                  5-4 5-9. Anthropometric Survey            5-4 5-10. Emergency Equipment Survey        5-5 5-11. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Survey                5-4 5-12. Illumination Survey                5-5 5-13. Ambient Noise Survey              5-5 5-14. Maintainability Survey            5-5 5-15. Communications Survey            5-5 5-16. Annunciator Systems Review        5-6 5-17. Control s Survey                  5-6 5-18. Displays Survey                  5-6 5-19. Labels and Location Aids          5-6 5-20. Computer System Review            5-6 5-21. Conventions Survey                5-7 5-22. Task  5  -- Verification    of Control Room  Function                            5-7 5-23. Task  6  -- Validation    of Control Room  Functions                            5-7 5-24. Products of the Review Phase                    5-7 6755B:1/112583
~Integration withotherpost-TMIprograms~Plantoperation constraints oOperatortraining/retraining requirements
~Outageschedules oEquipment procurement schedules Thefollowing designations, identifed inNUREG0801,willbeadoptedforscheduling purposes:
theNRC.Makechangesatthefirstrefueling aftersubmittal ofthereportorthefirstoutageafterreceiptofequipment (expedited).
~Nearterm.CorrectproblemsonascheduleapprovedbytheNRC.Makechangesatthesecondrefueling outageaftersubmittal ofthereport.~Lontermotional.Corrections ofinsignificant discrepancies maybeimplemented atanytime.6755B:1/0628837-1


SECTION8.OESCRIPTION OFPHASEIV,REPORTING AProgramSummaryReportwillbepreparedinaccordance withNUREGs0700and0801uponcompletion oftheOCRORProgram.Thisreportwilldocumenttheoverallreviewprocess,describeandidentifyallofthehumanengineering discrepancies andfindings, andsummarize allDCRORactivities, methodologies, andproposedcontrolroomimprovements.
TABLE OF CONTENTS  (cont)
Thisreportwillalsoprovideanimplementation scheduleforplannedcorrective action.Thescheduleforplannedcorrective actionshallbebasedonrealistic andachievable dates.Theuseofintermediate milestones inplaceofenddatesmaybeusedifadditional relevantinformation isnotavailable atthetimetheProgramSummaryReportis.submitted totheNRC.Intermediate milestone dateswillbedetermined baseduponthedatebywhichnecessary additional information willbeknown,thuspermitting aninformeddetermination ofenddates.TheProgramSummaryReportwillupdatetheProgramPlanningReport.TheProgramSummaryReportwillbepreparedusingtherecommended formatshowninfigure8-1.Inadditiontothisfinalreport,supporting documentation willbeavailable forcompleteness intheeventofanNRCaudit.6755B:I/062883 8-1 II CONTROLROOMDESIGNREVIEWSUMMARYREPORT1.0METHODOLOGY 1.1DetailedControlRoomDesignReviewProgramPlanObjectives 1.1.1DetailedControlRoomDesignReviewmethodology 1.1.2DetailedControlRoomDesignReviewprogrammanagement 1.1.3Proposedscheduleofthefourphasesofactivity(chart)1.1.4Integration ofotheremergency responseactivities ofNUREG0737,Supplement 11.1.5Qualityassurance program1.2Management andStaffing1.2.1Qualification ofDetailedContxolRoomDesignReviewpersonnel 1.2.2Organizational structure ofDCRDRReviewTeams1.3Documentation andDocumentControl.1.4ReviewPhase1.4.11.4.21.4.31.4.41.4.51.4.6Operating experience reviewSystemfunctions reviewandtaskanalysisControlroominventory ControlroomhumanfactorssurveyVerification oftaskperformance Validation ofcontrolroomfunctions 2.0REVIEWCONCERNS2.1ControlRoomHumanFactorSurveyConcerns2.1.1Workspace Survey2.1.2Anthropometrics Survey2.1.3Emergency Equipment Survey2.1.4Heating,Ventilation, andAirCondition Survey2.1.5Illumination Survey2.1.6AmbientNoiseSurvey-Figure8-1.SampleofProgramSummaryReportFormat(Sheet1)67558:1/062883 8-3
Section                              Ti tl e                ~Pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE  III-A,   ASSESSMENT        6-1 6-1. Introduction                              6-1 6-2. Methodology                                6-2 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE  III-B,  IMPLEMENTATION    7-1 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE  IV,  REPORTING            8-1 COORDINATION WITH NUREG  0737,  SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIVITIES                                      9-1 10          QUALITY ASSURANCE                              10-1


CONTROLROOMDESIGNREVIEWSUMMARYREPORT(cont)2.1.72.1.82.1.92.1.102.1.112.1.12Maintainability SurveyCommunication SurveyAnnunciator SystemsReviewControlsSurveyDisplaysSurveyLabelsandLocationAids2.1.13ComputerSystemReview2.1.14Conventions Survey2.2Panel/Work StationConcerns2.3SystemConcerns2.4OtherReviewConcerns3.0ASSESSMENT RECOMMENDATION ANDIMPLEMENTATION PHASE3.1HEDAssessment 3.2ProposedImplementation 3.3Scheduled Implementation
==SUMMARY==


==4.0CONCLUSION==
Appendix  A    LiST OF ABBREVIATIONS                          A-1 Appendix  B    RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL                      B-l Appendix  C    ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN                  C-1 6755B:1/112583


Figure8-1.SampleofProgramSummaryReportFormat(Sheet2)6755B:1/062883 8-5 SECTION9COORDINATION WITHNUREG0737,SUPPLEMENT 1,ACTIYITIES Theactivities tobecoordinated withtheDCRDRinaccordance withNUREG0737,Supplement 1,includethefollowing requirements forEmergency ResponseCapabilities:
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Fi<iure                                Ti tie                              ~Pa e Relationship of  NUREG 0660 Task    Action Items 1-2            General Arrangement Drawing of Donald C. Cook Units  1  and 2 Control Rooms 1"3            Functional Layout Drawing of Donald      C. Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels                                  1-13 Functional Layout Drawing of Donald      C. Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels                                    1-15 1-5            List of Abbreviations  and Functions    for Control Panels  1-17 1-6            Four Major Phase  Activities for    the DCROR  Program    1-19 2-1           OCRDR  Program Organization    Structure                    2-5 2-2            DCRDR  Program Review Team    Interfaces During Planning    2-7 2-3            OCROR  Program Review Team  Interfaces During Review        2-9 OCROR  Program Review Team  Interfaces During Assessment    2-11 2"5            OCRDR  Program Review Team  Interfaces During Imple-mentation                                                    2-13 2-6            DCRDR  Program Review Team  Interfaces During Reporting    2-15 4-1            Planning Phase Development Outline                          4-3 4-2            OCRDR  Program Schedule  for  Phases  I and  II            4-5 6755B:1/112583
SafetyParameter DisplaySystem(SPDS)UpgradeofEmergency Operating Prodecures (EOPs)Application toEmergency ResponseFacilities
-Regulatory Guide1.97Emergency ResponseFacilities (ERFs)IEMECowilladdresstheseactivities asreferenced inI&MECo'sresponsetoNRCGenericLetter82-33forD.C.CookUnits1and2;letterPAEP-NRC-0773, datedApril15,1983.Ascheduleofperformance andintegration oftheseotherpostTMIactivities withtheDCRDRisshowninFigure9-1.6755B:1/062883 C)(TlER(X7D.C.COOKPLANT-DCRDRCOORDINATION SCHEDULE1983198'985JFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASOND SPDSHARDWARESOFTWAREINSTALLED
$7ATv5AVAILABLE RFm'~FORTRAININGOPERATIONAL WITHOPERATORTRAININGCOMPLETEDCRDRPPRTONRCINTERMEDIATE STATUSREPORTREVIEWPHASECOMPLETEFINALSUMMARYREPORTTONRCREG.GUIDE1.97EOPEQUIPMENT REPLACEMENTS SPECIFIED
,STATUSPFFAk'7INTERMEDIATE STATUSREPORTPRGCEAlRE (jEN.PACk:QQG/hl0pzmvoqncRCrg~wlN8COMPLETEREVIEWREV.2IMPLEMENTED KEYTARGETCOMMITMENT Figure9-1.ScheduleofPerformance SECTjON10QUALITYASSURANCE TheOCRORProgramwillbeperformed inaccordance withAEPSCQualityAssurance ProgramfortheOonaldC.CookNuclear'lant, specifically AEPSCGeneralProcedure 2.1andotherapplicable generalprocedures asreferenced hereinandtheapplicable portionsofWestinghouse WCAP-8370 pertaining todocumentcontrolandauditability.
6755B:1/06288310-1 SECTION11SUMMARYThisProgramPlanReportdefinestheoverallprocessbywhichtheO.C.CookUnits1and2DetailedControlRoomDesignReviewProgramwillbeperformed.
Itisaneffective andthoroughdesignreviewwhichwillensurethattheresultsofthiseffortmeettheintentofallapplicable government regulations andguidelines.
IndianaandMichiganElectricCompanyhascommitted theresources neededtoperformthedesignreviewasdetailedinthisdocument.
Therefore, theacceptability oftheDetailedControlRoomDesignReviewProgramwillbebasedontheapproval'f thisProgramPlanReport.TheIndianaandMichiganElectricCompanyCorporation reservestheright,however,tomakechangesandwillnotifytheNRCpriortotheexecution ofanyplanneddepartures.
Finalacceptance ofthisdocumentwillendthePlanningPhaseofthisprogram.6755B:1/062883 APPENDIXALISTOFABBREVIATIONS Thefollowing abbreviations applyonlytothisProgramPlanReportanddonotnecessarily applytoeffortsassociated withplantstandardabbreviations.
A/EAEPSCBOPCLOCRCRICROPSCRTDCRDRDRTEOPEPRIERGFSARHEHEDHFI8(CIKMECoINPOLELERMCBMWeMWtNRCNSSSOSDPCPMPPRArchitect/Engineer AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation BalanceofPlantChecklist Observation (form)ControlRoomControlRoomInventory ControlRoomOperating Personnel SurveyCathodeRayTubeDetailedControlRoomDesignReviewDesignReviewTeamEmergency Operating Procedures ElectricPowerResearchInstitute Emergency ResponseGuidelines FinalSafetyAnalysisReportHumanEngineering HumanEngineering Discrepancy HumanFactors-Instrumentation andControlIndianaandMichiganElectricPowerCompany(licensee)
Institute ofNuclearPowerOperators LeadEngineerLicenseeEventReportMainControlBoardMegawatt(electric)
Megawatt(thermal)
NuclearRegulatory Commission NuclearSteamSupplySystemOperational Sequences DiagramsPlantCoordinator ProgramManagerPreliminary PlanningReport6755B:1/062883 PRT-ProjectReviewTeamPSR-ProgramSummaryReportPWR-Pressurized WaterReactorSFTA-SystemsFunctionandTaskAnalysisSPDS-SafetyParameter DisplaySystemTMI-ThreeMileIslandWOG-Westinghouse Owner'sGroupCRHEC-ControlRoomHumanEngineering CriteriaTP-TaskPlanCRG-CanyonResearchGroupCRHFS-ControlRoomHumanFactorsSurvey6755B:I/062883A-2 APPENDIXBRESUMESOFKEYPERSONNEL 6755B:1/112983 B-l


RobertF.KroeerManagerofQualityAssurance Twentythreeyearsexperience inelectrical engineering, nuclearfuel,andqualityassurance involving majorpowergenerating anddistribution intheU.S.EDUCATION:
LIST  OF ILLUSTRATIONS  (cont)
B.S.Electrical Engineering PurdueUniversity
~Fi ure                                Ti tl e                        ~pa e 6-1             Assessment  Methodology Chart                        6-3 6-2            Human  Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart  6-5 6-3            HEO  Category Guidelines                              6-7 8"1             Sample  of Program  Summary  Report Format (2 Sheets) 8-3 9-1             Schedule of Performance                               9-3 6755B: 1/112583                            viii
-1960Additional Education:
-IndianaUniversity
-BusinessManagement 1960-62-GeneralElectricCo.PowerSystemsEngineering Course1967-1968
-AEPManagement Program-University ofMichigan-1980EXPERIENCE 1978'toPresentAmericanElectricPowerServiceCororation.ManaerofualitAssurance
-Responsibilities include:formulating andrecommending policiesandpractices withrespecttotheQAandQCprogramsforCookPlant;establishing effective QAandQCprogramsfortheCookPlant;insuringeffective implementation oftheestablished QAandQCprograms; providing guidanceandassistance toAEPSCandCookPlantmanagement onQAandQCrequirements andthenimplementation; monitoring ofcompliance withestablished QAprogramsthroughaudits,surveillance andreviews;andreporting toSeniormanagement andQAprogramseffectiveness.
Directtheday-to-day operation oftheAEPSCQADepartment including recommending thehiring,salaryadjustments, promotions, transfers, disciplining, andtermination ofpersonnel.
ContinueasSecretary oftheCCB.ElectedamemberoftheAEPSCNuclearSafetyDesignReviewCommittee (Offsitereviewcommittee forCookPlant).1976to1978StaffEnineer,NuclearEnineerinDivision-Responsibilities includedpaiticipation innuclearfueldesignreviews,vendorevaluation, andinprocess surveillance andauditsofnuclearfuelfabrication.
Continued asSecretary oftheCCB.1973to1976StaffEnineer,ProjectManagement Division-Responsibilities includeddevelopment oftransmission anddistribution projectmanagement systemsandtechniques, methodsofmanpowerallocations, andmethodsforcostcontrol.Wasassignedtheresponsibility asSecretary oftheAEPSCChangeControlBoard(CCB)fortheDonaldC.CookNuclearPlant.'Wasassignedtoa2persontaskactiongrouptodevelopcorporate projectmanagement andcontrolprocedures forananticipated, newhightemperature gascoolednuclearreactorproject.Receivedadditional specialassignments onCookPlantintheareasofcontrolofmodification, andtrackingofcommitments.
6755B:1/112983B-3 RobertF.Kroeer(Page2)1971to19731970to1971Administrative Assistant totheAEPSCViceChairman, EnineerinandConstruction
-Responsibilities werenumerousandwidelydiversified involving allfacetsofelectricutilityengineering, design,construction andoperation.
Assignedresponsibilities forcoordination ofnumerousspecialprojects,.
studiesandproblemsolvingtaskforces.Preparedresponses tooutsidecorrespondence foralllevelsofseniormanagement.
Developed andimplemented anAEPSCengineering manpowermonitoring programstocontinually monitorchangesinengineering manpowerandtechnical levelofengineering.
SeniorEnineer-Electrical EnineerinDivisionSecialAssinmenttoNuclearTaskForce-D.C.CookNuclearPlantElectrical Engineering DivisiongAprocedures, siteelectrical construction gAprocedures, electrical equipment specifications, originalcorporate wideseismicqualification specification, andelectrical equipment supplierqualification programs.
Conducted preawardauditsofandinprocess surveillance onsuppliers ofsafetyrelatedelectrical equipment.
Conducted numeroussiteauditsofelectrical construction activities.
1965to1970Enineervariousrades-Electrical EnineerinDivision-Distribution SectionNYOffice-Primaryresponsibility wasforlongrangeplanningofthedistribution systemsfortwooftheAEPsystemoperating companies, including improvement plans,loadforecasts, systemoptimization, costanalyses, coordination ofplanswithtransmission planninggroupsandpresentation ofplanstocorporate management forapproval.
Otherresponsibilities included:
administration (furtherdevelopment ofandimplementation oftheAEPsystemwidedistribution transformers loadmonitoryprogram(programtopredictonastatistical basisthemonthlyandannualpeakloadsonover400,000distribution transformers);
development andimplementation ofanAEPsystemsidedistribution systemtrouble,damageandinterruption reporting programtoprovidestatistical dataoncircuitandequipment "reliability" forplanningandequipment evaluation purposes; participated inataskforcetodevelopdistribution systemplanningguidelines; conducted numerousspecialstudiesondistribution systemequipment, construction standards andplanningcalculation techniques.
67558:1/1129838-4 1963to1965RobertF.Kroeer(Page3)Associate Enineer-CantonOhioEnineerinOivision-Primaryresponsibiljties werebasically thesameasthoseshownfor1965to1970.Th'ispositionwasestablished aspartofanefforttodevelopanAEPSCengineering groupinCanton,Ohio.Aftertwoyears,thedecisionwasmadetotransferthedistribution planningfunction,to theAEPSCNewYorkoffice.1960to1963Indiana5MichianElectricComoanAssistant Engineer-SstemEnineerinOffice,Oistribution Section-Primaryresponsibilities wereforshortrangedistribution systemplanning, development ofdetailedworkplansforimplementation ofdistribution systemimprovements, andspecialcustomerrelatedstudies.Additional responsibilities included:
evaluation ofsheetlightequipment, equipment utilization studiesandinstallation standards; continuous evaluation ofdistribution conductor connectsandassociated toolingandhardware.
67558:1/112983 8-5 RESUME:RobertC.CarruthTITLE:HeadElectrical Generation SectionAmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation EDUCATION:
BachelorofEngineering 1965StevensInstitute ofTechnology MasterofEngineering
-ElectricPowerSystemsEngineering 1967Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute PRESENT:ManagerElectrical Generation SectionElectrical Engineering DivisionAmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation 1979-1981 Assistant ManagerofElectrical Generation SectionElectrical Engineering DivisionAEPSC:Executeabroadrangeoftechnical andadministrative responsibilities insupervision of,anorganization of40engineers andsupporting technical personnel involvedinallaspectsofPowerPlantElectrical DesignEngineering, including powerequipment specification andapplication, auxiliary powersystemdesign,application ofprotective relayingandprotective interlocking
: circuits, designofrelayandsolidstatelogiccontrolsystems,application offaultdiagnostic equipment, performance ofequipment and,system failureanalysisandthemonitoring andupgrading ofinstalled andoperating electrical equipment andsystems.Specifictechnical andadministrative responsibilities include:Conducting JobPerformance Reviews.Administrative ofthetrainingandorientation programfornewtechnical personnel.
Manpowerplanningandmanpowerallocation.
Providing independent technical reviews.Participating inNuclearStandards Development.
Participating inNuclearSafetyDesignReviewSub-Committee activities.
Conducting specialstudiesinNuclearandFossilPlantDesign,construction andoperation relatedarea.Researchorconductevaluation ofsystemsorequipment misoperations, reportable occurrences, equipment
: failures, etc.Participate inNuclearPlantSiteAudits.6755B:1/112983 B-7 R.C.CarruthPage2PreviousNuclearExerience1972-1979 SeniorEngineer, andProjectElectrical EngineerforD.C.CookNuclearPlant;two1100MWWestinghouse PWR's.Responsible fortechnical andadministrative supervision ofanorganization ofsixtotenengineers andengineering supportpersonnel involvedinconstruction, qualification, licensing, pre-operational testing,startupandpostoperational engineering anddesignsupport.Specifictechnical andadministrati've responsibilities included:
Performing orsupervising hhedetaildesignofClassIEaswellasbalanceofplantelectrical systems,circuitsandcomponents.
Preparation ofEquipment qualification testprocedures.
Witnessacceptance testing.Supervise thepreparation ofplantsiteauditplans.Writeandsupervise thepreparation andexecution ofpre-operational testprocedures.
Supervise thedevelopment andtestingofClassIEcomponents.
Provideonsitestartuptechnical supportandsupervision.
DevelopanEngineering Procedures Manual.Establish procedures forengineering qualitycontrol.Institute anEngineering equalityAssurance Program.Assistintheestablishment ofaCorporate DesignChangeControlProcess.Performworkplanning; scheduling manpowerandassignments.
Personnel Performance Reviews.Supervise andprovidetechnical liaisontoaconsultant organization contracted tosupplement thepermanent staffassignedtotheProjectElectrical organization.
6755B:1/112983B-8 R.C.CarruthPage3GeneralIndustrExerience1977-1979 SeniorEngineerandSupervisory Engineerfortheelectrical designofRacineHydroelectric Project.Responsible forconceptual aswellasdetailengineering oftheelectrical systems,protectives, plantcontrols, dispatchautomation andsupervisory anddiagnostic systemsforremoteunattended operations Specificareasofactivityincluded:
Generation ofElectrical OneLines.Specification purchaseandapplication ofmajorelectrical systemsandhardwareincluding:
600Vand6.9kVswitchgear.
6.9kVIsolatedandNonSeg.Phasebus.Programmable controllers forcontrolanddispatchfunctions.
Equipment statusandalarmmonitoring system.Remotesupervisory anddataacquisition system.Batterycharger,inverterandUPSsystem.Parameter monitoring anddatamanagement system.Designof'lantcontrolsandprotective interlockingcircuitsandlogic.Development ofdispatchalgorithims foreconomicdispatchofthefacility.
Application ofgenerator andauxiliary powersystemprotective relaying.
Integration ofplantcontrolsandoperation withsubtransmission systemrelayingandswitching requirements.
Application ofstationoscillograph andplantsystemsstatusdiagnostic computerandannunciator systems.Application ofon-siteemergency dieselgeneration, andthedesignofautomatic loadshedding, restoration, re-transfer andtestingcircuitry.
6755B:1/112983B-9 R.C.CarruthPage41969-1972 EngineerandSponsor(ProjectElectrical)
Engineerfor.MitchellPlant-two800MWcoalfiredsuper-critical units:Responsible forelectrical controlandprotection, auxiliary powersystemsprotective
: relaying, relatedoperatortrainingandrelatedstartupandcommissioning supervision.
Specificresponsibilities andactivities included:
Designofelectrical controlandpowercircuits.
Application andsettingofprotective relays.Application ofswitchgear andotherswitching andprotective devices.Designofrelayanddigitalsolidstatelogicforplantcoalhandlingautomation.
Designofrelaycontrollogicandinterlocking forplantsystems.Preparation ofoperatorreference systemdescriptions andoperating instructions.
Prepareanddeliveroperatortrainingandorientation lecturesonkeyplantsystems.Writetestandcommissioning instructions.
Provideon-sitetechnical supporttoconstruction andrelaycheckoutpersonnel.
1968-1972 EngineerandProjectElectrical Engineerforthedesignandinstallation ofa345MVARsynchronous condenser installation aspartofa765kVEHVsystemexpansion.
Responsibilities included:
Designofallcontrolsandprotectives.
Designofauxiliary powersystem.Ratingmajorelectrical components.
Specification andpurchaseofcontrolcomponents, switchgear, transferswitches, auxiliary powerequipment, motorcontrolcenters,transformers.
Reviewandapprovalofallvendorsuppliedsystems,including excitation, generator coolingwatertreatment anddemineralizer systemequipment, andallstartingsystemequipment including generator startingandrunningbusswitching equipment.
6755B:1/112983B-10 R.C.CarruthPage51967"1969 Associate
: Engineer, Assisting ProjectElectrical Engineerinvariousaspectsofastripmineexpansion project,automated coalhaulage(railroad),
overlandconveyors, coalprocessing stationsandmisc.coalhandlingsystems.67558:1/112983 8"11


KARLJ.TOTHEDUCATION University ofSouthernCaliformia, M.A.,SystemManagement, 1968University ofOmaha,B.S.,MilitaryScience,1962CentralMichiganCollegeofEducation, 1950REGISTRATION Professional
SECTION    I INTRODUCTION 1-1. GENERAL This Program Plan Report describes the plan to perform a detailed control room design review (OCROR) of the Donald C. Cook Units          1  and 2 nuclear power generation stations operated by the Indiana and Michigan Electric Comoany
: Engineer, StateofCalifornia EXPERIENCE AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation, 1983-PresentNUSCorpodation, 1980-1983U.S.AirForce,1951-1980MichiganSchoolSystem,1950-1951AMERICANELECTRICPOWERSERVICECORPORATION
( IEMECo) .
-AssignedtotheNuclearSafetyandLicensing Sectionwithresponsibility forsafetyimplications ofallproposedD.C.CookNuclearPlantmodifications.
The purpose      of the Detailed Control  Room  Design Review Program is to study and evaluate, from a human engineering point of view, the total control room work space, environment, instrumentation, controls, and other equipment for both system demands      and operator capabilities and to identify, assess, and recommend control room design modifications/enhancements          to correct identified inadequacies in the existing design.
Reviewsallproposedchangesfor10CFR50.59 requirements andD.C.Cooklicensing commitments totheNRC.NUS-Asaconsulting engineerwiththeConsequence Assessment Department, isresponsible fortheanalysisofprobabilities andconsequences ofindustrial andtransportation accidents.
The approach      of the DCROR Program will be to perform a total review on the Unit control room. Then a review of the Unit 2 control room will be done to 1
Conducted aircraftimpacthazardanalysisfortheSanOnofre,Skagit/Hanford, andHopeCreeknuclearpowerplantsandwroteSection3.5.1.6ofthepreliminary andfinalsafetyanalysisreports(PSARandFSAR)fortheHopeCreekplant.Performed analysisofprobabilities foraccidents
determine the differences between units. The Unit 2 control room review will be based on the results of the Unit        1  review, with all differences being addressed separately.        Therefore, this review technique will ensure that all asoec s of he Units        1 and 2 control .ooms will be evaluated for huaan rac:ors.
: injuries, anddeathsfortheenvironmental impactstatement foraway-from-reactor fuelreceiving andstoragestationsatNuclearFuelServices, WestValley,NewYork;GeneralElectric, Morris,Illinois, andAlliedGeneralNuclearServices,
This program is part of an integrated plan to address the TMI-related actions referenced in TMI-2 Action Plan, NUREG-0660. The plan will include a consideration of the relationship or the DCROR Program with NUREG 0737, Supplement    1
: Barnwell, SouthCarolina.
( figure 1-1), including the following:
Conducted riskanalyses, including possibleaccidents scenarios, onmilitarydeployment anduseofkrypton-85 advancedairfieldlightingsystems.Performed excavatioon planningandtimeestimates fortheGinnaNuclearPowerPlant.Conducted accidentandriskanalysesofremotelypilotedvehiclesfortheU.S.Department ofEnergy.Theseanalysesincludedpossibleaccidentscenarios, failuremodes,andprobabilities.
I
Inaddition, performed fieldsurveys,collected data,andmanagedprojectsforbothoffiteandonsitehazardsanalysisforcontrolroomhabitability forUnits1and2oftheSurry,Skagit/Hanford, andMidlandNuclearPowerPlants.Thisworkresultedinwritingrevisions toSection2.2oftheMidlandFSAR,which,includedanextensive studyandreport,andwritingSectionZ.ZoftheSkagit/Hanford PSARandtheHopeCreekFSAR~Participated intheIDCORAtomicIndustrial ForumonNuclearPowerPlantControlRoomOperatorHumanFactorsStudy.6755B:1/112983B-13 KARLJ.TOTHPage2U.S.AIRFORCE-Servedaspilotandinprogressive management positions inboththeoperations andsafetyfunctions.
      ~    Designing control room modifications which correc conditions adverse to safety (reducing significant contributions to risk) and considering the addition of the instrumentation necessary to implement Regulatory Guide 1.97 6755B:I/062883
Attermination ofAirForcecareer,wasChiefofSafetyforAirForceSystemsCommand,withresponsibility forsystemsafety,reliability, maintainability, andoverallproductassurance forapproximately 90percentofthehardwareandsoftwarepurchased bytheU.S.AirForce.From1974through1977,wasresponsible forreviewing andapproving evacuation plansandcontrolcenteroperations for20installations intheeasternUnitedStates.Hashadextensive experience workingwithanddirecting postaccidents radiation-monitoring teams,decontamination teams,andaccidentinvestigations.
 
AsChiefofSafetyandDisasterControl,from1962to1974,conducted evacuation studiesatsixnuclearinstallations; oneinJapan,twoinEurope,andthreeintheUnitedStates.Studiesincludedtimeestimates, routes,methods,andprocedures fordispersing personnel andcriticaldefenseequipment.
    ~    Verifying the safety parameter display        system (SPOS), data  display, and function
Responsibilities alsoincludedestablishing anddirecting emergency controlcenterprocedures andoperations ateachlocation.
    ~    Using selected      plant-specific, symptom-based emergency operating procedures for verifying and validating control room functions
Investigated acatastrophic bomberaircraftcrashinJapanwhichresultedinmanyunnecessary civiliancasualties.
    ~    Communication      interface with the Technical Support Center,   Emergency Operations      Facility, and the Operating  Support Center IKMECo has    commi  tted the necessary r esources, including Ynowleageable management and technical personnel from the plant staff, American Electric Power Service Corporation (AEPSC). technical consultants from Westinghouse Electric Corporation, and human actors specialists From Canyon Research Group to effec the program cefined herein.
Theselosseswereattributed toalackofknowledge bythelocalpopulation.
1-2. BACKGROUNO 1-3    Plant  Oes-,  i-t on The  Indiana ana Michigan Electric              Company is currently ooerating a two-unit nuclear power plant located along the eastern shore of Lake Michigan in Lake Township, Berrien County, Michigan, approximateiy ' miles south-sou hwest or Benton Harbor.
Asaresult,developed, andtranslated, anddistributed emergency procedures checklists forlocalofficials.
This Facili y has been designated the Donald C. Cook Ur.i: s        1 and 2 wnich began commercial operation in August of 1975 and July or 1979,'esoectively.             =ach unit contains s Westinghouse-supplied four-loop nuclear steam suoply system (Unit 1  3250M<t, 1030 KdeNet and Unit 2  3411 'Kft, 1100 i&feNet). 'one turbine generators for Units 1 and 2 were rurnisned oy General "=;ectric anc Brown Boveri, respectively. The architect~'engineer For both uni:s is AEPSC.
Alsowroteanexplanation ofthehazardsandrisksandestablished simpleprocedures tobefollowedintheeventoffutureaccidents.
1-4. Oefinition of Control        Rooms The Oonald C. Cook        Units  1 and 2  control rooms are essentially identical. The control  room  for each unit is defined, For the purposes of the OCRDR Program, 6755B: I/062883                                  1-2
Theseprocedures weretranslated andpublished inlocalpapersandbroadcast periodically onlocalradioandtelevision.
 
Thesechecklists andnewsmediareleaseswerewellreceivedandsubsequently translated andsuccessfully usedatlocations inEuropeandintheUnitedStates.MEMBERSHIPS AmericanDefensePreparedness Association AmericanNuclearSocietyCertified HazardControlManagerInternational SocietyofAirSafetyInvestigators NationalAerospace Education Association NationalSocietyofProfessional Engineers SystemSafetySociety6755B:1/1129838-14 ARTHURS.GRZMESConsultin Mechanical EnineerThirtyfiveyearsexperience inmechanical engineering activities involving majorpowergenerating facilities intheUnitedStatesandZsrael.EDUCATZON:
as  the panels and other equipment in the main control board area including the SPDS displays and the hot shutdown panels.         A general arrangement drawing is illustrated in figure 1-2; functional layout drawings of the control room panels are shown in figures 1-3 and 1-4, and a comprehensive tabulation of this material is shown in figure 1-5.
Pzofessional degreeinMechanical Engineering University ofCincinnati, 1948Additional Education:
1"5. Control  Room  Status The main  control boards are operational      and complete except    for those areas of activity  which are now  being performed to address the requirements set forth by  NUREG  0737, Supplement 1.
BusinessAdministration, AdelphiUniversity 1955Automatic Control,University ofMichigan1954EXPERZENCE:
1-6. SCOPE OF THE PROGRAM The  Detailed Control Room Design Review Program covers the human engineering review of the vertical operational and associated hot shutdown panels identified in paragraph 1-4, and the control room workspace and environment.
1978toPresentAmericanElectricPowerServiceCorConsulting Mechanical Engineer-Consultant tomechanical engineering andotherdisciplines inareasofautomatic control,plantoperation andthermalperformance.
The equipment to be reviewed includes all displays, controls, peripheral consoles, communication equipment, ancillary devices, and other main control board components with which the control room operators interface.
Performnuclearplantaudits.Consultonresearchprojects.
During the review process, the government regulations and guidelines listed below and other related industry standards and guidelines will be used for information or background:
1972-77Assistant DivisionManager-Mechanical Engineering Responsible formechanical engineering activities inplantmodification andoperation ofanuclearpowerplant.1955-72Manager,ResultsSection-Responsible fordesignandpurchaseofinstrumentation andcontrolsystems,steamcycleanalysis, andpezformancetestingofpowergenerating plants.Plantsincludedcoal,oil,nuclearandhydro.1950-551948-49Engineer-Responsible fordesignandpurchaseofinstrumentation andcontrolsystemsforfossilpowerplants.AalachianPowerCo.,Loan,WestViriniaResultsEngineerresponsible formaintenance ofinstruments andcontrolsandforperformance testingincoalfiredpowerplant.PROFESSZONAL AFFZLZATZON:
    ~    NUREG 0659  (staff  supplement to 1580)
Fellow,AmericanSocietyofMechanical Engineers Chapter8,PumpHandbook-McGraw-Hill 1976Operating Experience WithTheCardinalPlantTrainingSimulator
    ~    NUREG 0660  (action plan    as a result of  TMI-2 accident)
-AmericanNuclearSociety1970ServiceExperience WithAnalogComputers ForUtilityPowerPlants-AmericanPowerConf.1962 CMeasurement ofDensityandMoistureinaLargeCoalStoragePile-AmericanPowerConf.1961Application ofanAutomatic DigitalDataCollecting SystemToThePhiloSupercritical Unit,AmericanPowerConf.1958ThermalPerformance OfThePhiloSupercritical Unit-AmericanSocietyofMechanical Engineers, 1958PATENTS:4,343,682 Feedwater HeatingMeansforNuclearUnitsDuringStart-upandMethodofControlling Same.3,721,898, Apparatus forDetecting LeakageFromorRuptureofPipesandOtherVesselsContaining FluidUnderPressure.
    ~    NUREG  0694  (TMI-related requirement for      new  operating licensees)
3,211,135 SteamGenerator UnitContxolSystem SummaryResumeofTHOMASB.SHERIDANThomasB.SheridanattendedPurdueUniversity (B.S.1951)and,aftertwoyearsinmilitaryservice(Aeromedical Laboratory, WrightPatterson AirForceBase,Ohio)attendedtheUniversity ofCalifornia, LosAngeles(M.S.1954)andM.I.T.(Sc.D.1959).Hisdoctoralprogramwasinterdepartmental between'systemsengineering andpsychology, withoneyearspentincross-registration atHarvardUniversity.
    ~    NUREG 0696  (functional criteria for      emergency  response  facilities)"
Formostofhiscareer,Or.SheridanhasremainedatM.I.T.,whereuntilrecentlyhewasProfessor ofMechanical Engineering andisnowProfessor ofEngineering andAppliedPsychology.
    ~    NUREG 0700  (control  room human  engineering guidelines)
HeheadstheMan-Machine'Systems Laboratory andteachesbothgraduateandundergraduate subjectsinMan-Machine Systems.HeisaFacultyAssociate oftheM.I.T.Science,Technology andSocietyProgram.Hehelpeddevelopanewinterdepartmental graduatedegreeprograminTechnology andPolicy,and.hastaughtthecoreseminarsforthatprogram.Hehasalsotaughtcontrol,designandotherengineering subjects.
    ~    NUREG 0737  (clarification of    TMI  action plan requirements) 6755B:I/062883                              1-3
HehasservedasvisitingfacultymemberattheUniversity ofCalifornia,
 
: Berkeley, StanfordUniversity, andtheTechnical University ofDelft,Netherlands.
    ~  NUREG  0737, Supplement  I (requirements for emergency response capability) e  NUREG  0801 (draft evaluation criteria for control      room design review)
NDr.Sheridan's researchhasbeenonmathematical modelsofhumanoperatorandsocio"economic systems,onman-computer interaction inpilotingaircraftandinsupervising underseaandindustrial roboticsystems,andoncomputergraphictechnology forinformation searching andgroupdeicision-making.
    ~  NUREG  0814 (methodology  for evaluation of    emergency  response facilities)
Heisauthor,withW.R.Ferrell,ofMan-Machine Sstems:Information, ControlandDecisionModelsofHumanPerformance, M.I.T.Press,1974,1981(published inRussian,1980)andco-editor ofa1976PlenumPressbook,M~onitorin BehaviorandSuervisorControl.HeisafellowoftheInstitute ofElectrical andElectronics Engineers, wasformerlyeditoroftheIEEETransactions onMan-Machine Sstems,ispastpresident ofthe'EEESystems,ManandCybernetics Society,servedasChairmanoftheIEEECommittee onTechnology Forecasting andAssessment andwaschairmanofthe1981IEEEWorkshoponHumanFactorsinNuclearSafety.HeisalsoaFellowoftheHumanFactorsSociety,andin1977receivedthe'irPaulM.FittsAwardforcontributions toeducation.
    ~  NUREG  0835 (human  factors acceptance criteria for      SPDS)
HeisAssociate EditorofAutomatica andontheEditorial AdvisoryBoardofComuterAidedDesin.Dr.SheridanhasservedontheAccidentPrevention andInjuryControlStudySectionsoftheNationalInstitutes ofHealth,theNASALifeSciencesAdvisoryCommittee, theNSFAutomation ResearchCouncil,theNASAStudygrouponRobotics, theU.S.CongressOTATaskForceonAppropriate Technology, andtheNSFAdvisoryCommittee onAppliedPhysical, Mathematical andBiological FactorsandservedontheNRCAdHocCommittee onAircrew-Vehicle Interaction andtwoadvisorypanelsoftheNRCMarineBoard.Hisindustrial consulting activities haveincluded:
    ~  NUREG  0899 (guidelines for the preparation of emergency operating procedures)
TheGeneralMotorsCorp.(autosafety);GeneralElectricCo.(telemanipulator s);C.S.DraperLaboratory 6755B:1/112983B-17 ThomasB.SheridanPage2(designofastronaut interface forApolloguidancesystem,industrial robots);Biodynamics, Inc.(biomedical andhumanfactors);
    ~  Regulatory Guide 1.47 (bypassed and inoperable status indication)
PublicBroadcast Service(TVaudiencefeedback);
    ~  Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision    2  (postaccident monitoring instrumentation) 1-7. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM The  Detailed Control Room Design Review Program      will  be  conducted to achieve the following objectives:
NationalBureauofStandards (industrial robots);GroupDialogSystems,Inc.(groupmeetinganddecisiontechnology);
    ~  Determine whether the  existing control room design provides the system status information, control capabilities, feedback, and analytical aids necessary for control room operators to perform their functions effectively
NorthropAircarft(pilotworkload);
    ~  Identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements which may significantly impair/impede control room operator performance
BabcockandWilcoxCo.(industrial instrumenta-tions);Lockheed, GeneralPhysics,AmericanElectricPower,Consumer's andWebster,theBWROwners'roup, Brookhaven NationalLaboratory, YankeeAtomic,andElectricPowerResearchInstitute.(man-machine aspectsofnuclearplantsafety).67558:1/112983 8-18 Manaer,Instrumentation andControlSectionSeventeen yearsexperience ininstrumentation, controlandequipment protection activities involving majorpowergenerating anddistribution facilities intheUnitedStates..EDUCATION:
    ~  Analyze and evaluate the problems which could occur during emergency conditions, and identify means of correcting those discrepancies which could lead to substantial operational or safety concerns 6755B:I/062883                              1-4
B.S.Electrical Engineering, IllinoisInstitute ofTechnology, 1966REGISTRATION:
 
EXPERiENCE:
    ~  Verify and validate the proposed means of correction to provide an effective plan of action which applies human factors principles to improve the control'oom design and enhance operator efficiency and effectiveness
1977toPresent1976to1977Additional Education:
    ~  Integrate the OCRDR Program with other area of          human factors identified in the NRC Task Action Plan
AEPManagement Course-University ofMichigan, 1979Professional Engineer-California (1977)AmericanElectricPowerServiceCororationManager,Instrumentation
    ~  Provide effective coordination of control room enhancements and/or modifications with identifications of NUREG 0696 and Regulatory Guide 1.97 considerations, plant operating/emergency procedures development, and the implementation of training as necessary to ensure that control room operators can function adequately with any control room design changes
&ControlSection-Responsibilities includesupervising thedevelopment oftheoverallplantcontrolphilosophy.
    ~  Ensure    that the results of this total effort meet the intent of NUREG 0737, Item I.D.l, and NUREG 0700.           In addition, perform the OCROR Program cognizant of these documents as clarified in NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, Item 5.2.a 1-8. OCROR PROGRAM    ACTIVITIES The design  review process    will  address  four major phases of activity (figure 1-6):
Review,approveandrecommendations ofinstruments, controls&computersuppliedwithallmajormechanical equipment.
o  PHASE  I        PLANNiNG ( secti on, 4) . The Program Plan Report  for the D. C. Cook Units 1 and    2 DCROR  and the preliminary Control Room Human Engineering Criteria (CRHEC) Report will provide the basis for the design review.
Organizethedevelopment ofsoftware, selection ofhardwareforpowerplantprocesscomputers.
    ~  PHASE  II --    REVIEW  (section .5). During the Review'hase, data will be collected, reduced, and analyzed to observe and document whether the existing control room design provides operators with the capabilities necessary to perform their function and tasks under normal and 67558:1/062883                                1-5
Supervise thearrangement ofcontrolrooms,simulators andpanelsincorporating humanfactorconsiderations.
 
Assuredocumentation ofinstru-mentation, controlandcomputerstrategies viatheEngineering ControlProcedure (ECP)packages.
emergency operating      conditions. Results of Phase  II activity will generate task summary reports        and a listing of departures from the Control Room        Human Engineering    Criteria Report.
Carryouttheinterface betweenMechanical andElectrical Engineering forControlDesignandEngineering.
    ~  PHASE III-A  ASSESSMENT (section 6). Ouring this phase,             an assessment will be made of the significance        and impact of the departures from the        CRHEC  reports identified in Phase  II. For those 'departures    assessed as signifi-cant,  recommended    design changes/enhancements    will be developed.
Provideforprofes-sionaldevelopment andtrainingofSectionpersonnel.
o  PHASE III-B --   IMPLEMENTATION    (section 7). After the assessment has II been completed and all corrective actions identified, a schedule will be developed to ensure the integration of the proposed control room changes with other post-TMI programs, refueling outages, and other company modifications.
Recommend hiring,salaryadjustments, promotion, transfers andreleaseofpersonnel.
    ~  PHASE IV          REPORTING    (section 8). A  Program Summary Report  will be  prepared which will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies'and findings, and summarize all OCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements and schedules.
ProjectworkincludesMontaineer Unit1andRockportUnits1&21300mwfossilfiredpowerplants,CookNuclearPlantUnits1&2upgrades, thePressurized Fluidized BedCombustion ProjectStudies,andanewseriesofFossilFiredPlantstudiesin-plantmonitoring computers forStackEnvironmental Data.Assistant SectionHead/Instrumentation
Each phase  will  be performed by    a  team  of specialists from I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group. Oisciplines represented on the team will include instrumentation and control engineering, nuclear safety and            li-censing, electrical engineering, human factors, plant operations, quality assurance, project engineering, and training to maximize the efficiency of the effort and to complete the total review identified in this Program Plan Report.
&ControlSection-Responsibilities includedsupervision, instrument andcontrolwork,training, evaluating personnel performance, reviewandapprovalofpurchaseorders,standards anddrawings, supervise thearrangement anddesignofcontrolpanels,supervise anddesignofcontrolsystems,coordinate thepreparation ofboiler&turbineinterlock diagramsandanalyzing thepowerplantcycleandtheircontrols.
6755B:I/062883                                1-6
Projectworkincludedaseriesof1300MMFossilFiredPowerPlants,D.C'.CookNuclearPlantUnit1&2andaMechanical Engineering DivisionPowerPlantCycleStudy.67558:1/112983 8-19 JohnC.JeffreyPage21975to1976Engineer, Instrumentation
 
&ControlSection,N.Y.Office-"Responsibilities includeddesignofcontrolsystems,selection ofinstruments andcontroldevices,preparation ofspecifications, reviewofconstruction
I "9. DEFINITION OF    TERMS A  list  of abbreviations and acronyms is contained in appendix A to this report. Also, to alleviate ambiguity of terms, the following definitions are provided:
: drawings, inspection ofnewfacilities, preparecalibrated andoperation instructions andmakedynamicresponsestudies.ProjectworkincludedtheCookPlantWasteEvaporator andWasteEvaporator BottomsSystems,RequestForChangeSheet,LotandUnitP2replacement equipment.
Control  Room Enhancement. A change  to a  piece'of equipment, such as a control panel, which can be performed without interfering with the operation of that equipment. Such changes might include the application of labels or demarcation lines.
1974to19751972to1974Engineer, Instrumentation
Control  Room Modification. A change to a piece of equipment, such as a control panel, which is likely to interfere with the operation of that equipment on which the change is being performed.          Such changes include the removal or relocation of an existing control panel component or the addition of a panel component.
&ControlSectionatCookPlant-Responsibilities includedsupervision oftheNERVEorganization asoutlinedbelowplusassisting theCookPlantwithstaffprocedures, audits,testsandtraining.
Emer enc    Operatin    Procedures. Plant procedures which guide, the operator(s) during    a  transient or  emergency  condition.
Indiana&MichianElectricComtianSupervising
Emer enc    Response  Guidel ines. Symptom-based  guidelines from which emergency    operating procedures are developed.
: Engineer, GeneralOffice,StationDepartment atCookPlant-Responsibilities includedsupervision,
Human  Enaineerin . The science of optimizing the performance of human beings and the design of equipment for more efficient use by human beings'uman Enoineerin    Discre anc    . A  departure from the established human factors criteria for the control room design which could impair/impede operator performance.
: engineer, design,construction, maintenance andoperation ofstation&plantfacilities, supervise installation
Photomosaic. A scaled photographic reproduction of the main control room panels.
&maintenance andofstationandplantequipment, formulate policiesandprocedures, supervise specialstudiesandreports,assistinplanningandengineering newstations, supervise repairing equipment inconnection withfailure.Responsible foremployment, promotion,
Safet Parameter Dis la S stem. Display system which provides continuous indication of plant parameters to assist control ro'om personnel in evaluating the safety status of the plant.
: transfer, discipline anddischarge.
6755B: I/062883                                1-7
Projectsincludedallelectrical controlsandD.C.CookNuclearPlant.1971to1972SeniorEngineer, GeneralOffice,StationDepartment atCookPlant-Responsibilities includedperforming anddirecting othersintesting,adjusting stationandplantequipment, reviewing construction printstoassurethattheyareconsistent withintendedfunction, inspect&coordinate theworkofcontractors, makerecommendations tocorrectmalfunctions, planandperformspecialtests,analyzetestresults,prepareestimates, reportsandstudies.Projectsincludedallelectrical controlsatD.C.CookNuclearPlant.1970to1971SeniorEngineer.,
 
GeneralOffice,StationDepartment atNewYorkOffice-Responsibilities includedparticipating inthedesignandengineering ofD.C.CookNuclearPlant.Projectsincludeddieselloadanalysis, safeguard pumpcontrol,essential servicewater,sewagedisposal, auxiliary feedwater,controlair,black"out sequencing, component coolingwaterthe345/765stationandthe69/4KVemergency powerstation.6755B:1/112983 8;20 JohnC.JeffreyPage31969to19701969to1969Engineer, GeneralOffice,StationDepartment atMichiganPowerCompany-Responsibilities includedMaintenance andPerformance TestsofStationandHydroequipment suchascircuitbreakers, transformers, relaysandprotective equipment.
Validation. The process  of determining whether the physical design supports the procedures for operation in an adequate manner to support effective integrated performance of the functions of the control room operating crew.
Iwasresponsible forinspection ofstationconstruction projectsandcoordinating contractor's workandtraining.
Verification. The process of determining whether instrumentation, controls, and other equipment meet the specific requirements of the tasks performed by operators.
Projectsincludedtwo69KVtransmission anddistribution stationandConstatine and'Mottville Hydroelectricplants.Engineer, GeneralOffice,StationDepartment atBigSandyPlant-Responsibilities includedperforming testsofPlantEquipment suchascircuitbreakers, heaters,transformers, pumps,valves,relays,protective equipment andtraining.
6755B:1/062883
Projectsincludecirculating water,coolingtowers,trans-formers,pulverizers, generator, unitcircuitbreakersandthe765KVstationequipment.
 
1968to1969Engineer,
P LANT'CI F IC                        SYMPTOM-BASED OPERATING AND        CHANGES IN EMERGENCY OPERATING                    EMERGENCY PROCEDURES              R EQU I R E MENTS FOR PROCEDURES (EOPs)                                                        TRAINING AND STAFFING NUREG 0799 NUREG 0899                        NUREG 0660 I.C.1, I.C.8, & I.C.9 NUREG 0660 I.A.1 & IA.2 PRC TMI DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW                                                          PROGRAM                      APERTURE PLAN REPORT ACTION PLAN PRELIMINARYCONTROL ROOM                                                                                            CARD NUREG 0660 NUREG 0737                      HUMAN ENGINEERING                                                            NUREG 0700 CRITERIA REPORT DCRDRPROGRAM
'GeneralOffice,StationDepartment atMichiganPowerCompany-Responsibilities includedmaintaining andperforming testsofstationequipment, suchascircuitbreakers, transformers, relaysandprotective equipment.
 
Iwasresponsible forinspection ofstationconstruction projectsandcoordinating contractors work,design,economicjustification ofnewstationcontrolandtraining.
==SUMMARY==
Projectsincludedinspection, testing,repairandpartialredesignofControlatallMichiganPowerTransmission Stations.
 
Thecontroldesign&economicjustification, testing,calibration andplacinginserviceofa69/34KVtransmission stationSchoolCraftSouth.1966to1968Engineer, GeneralOffice,.StationDepartment atIndianaandMichiganElectricCo.-Responsibilities includedrunningspecialequipment test,performing testingofstationequipment suchascircuitbreakers, transformers, relaysandprotective equipment, carriercurrentandsupervisory control.Iwasresponsible forinspecton ofstationconstruction projectsandcoordinating contractor's workfortrainingandtrainingequipment, forcalibration andtimingstudies,calibration recordsystemandcalibration aids.Projectsincludedtestingofsolidstaterelays,testingshockpreventative devices,designandconstruction ofatrainingsimulator, development ofacalibration record,calibration charts,stationcalculations, timingcoordination studies,installation of345KVcircuitbreakersatTannersCreekPlant.Stationremovalandinstallation of345KVcircuitbreakersatBreekPlantStation.6755B:1/112983B-21
REPORT'OST-ACCIDENT
'\/A0 RexfordF.Shoemaker SeniorEnineer,Instrumentation
                                                                                                                                              'Also Available 6z Aperture Card MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION REG. GUIDE 1.97 EMERGENCY RESPONSE SAFETY PARAMETER                    FACILITY DISPLAY SYSTEM NUREG 0696 NUB EG 0660, III, A.12                    NUREG 0814 NUREG 0835 Figure l-l. Relationship of NUREG 0660 Task Action Items 1-9 s401040196              -o)
&ControlSectionTwenty-one yearsexperience ininstrumentation, controlandprotective systemsactivities infossilfuelpowergeneration stations.
 
EDUCATION:
0 P
B.S.Mechanical Engineering WestVirginiaInstitute ofTechnology, 1961EXPERIENCE:
N
1972to1983Apalachian PowerComanPlantPerformance Superintendent, JohnE.AmosPlant-Responsibilities includedallplantinstrumentation, controlandprotective systems,cyclechemistry andcontrol,environmental controlsandthermalperformance andtesting.Supervise eighty(80)technical andsupervisory personnel.
 
Wrotefirst1300MWIntegrated UnitControlSystemlineupandcalibration procedure.
UNIT 1 CONTROL ROOM                                UNIT 2 CONTROL ROOM UNIT 2                    UNIT 1 HOT                      HOT SHUTDOWN                  SHUTDOWN AREA                      AREA Figure 1-2. General Arrangement Drawing  of Donald  C. Cook Units  1 and 2 Control Rooms
Alternate weekendcall-outdutieswithOperation Department Superintendent, supervise unitstart-ups andoperations Wrotefirst1300MWunitnormalcoldstart-upprocedure.
 
1970to1972Performance Supervising Engineer"Responsibilities includedsupervising technicians andengineers incheck-out, calibration andstart-upactivities ofAmosplantinstrumentation andcontrolssystemsontwo800MWandone1300MWcoalfiredsupercritical pressureunits.1969to1970Performance EngineerSenior,ontemporary assignment toAmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation, Instrumentation 6ControlSectioninNewYorkCity-Responsibilities includedhelpingtoassemblecalibration booksforAmosUnits1and2.Reviseasrequiredforautomatic controlBigSandyUnit2Integrated UnitControlSystem.Developfirst800MWIntegrated UnitControlSystemcalibration andlineupdrawings.
RC    OTU BA                          SG PRZ                                        FP RCP                                                  CP RHR                                              PSSO OPERATOR'S CONSOLE        CRT A S  IS RMS    BISI CRT    CRT SPY              PSS CRT B                        CRT CCW TYPEWRITER ESW                    COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE NESW                                                            SA N IS IV VS SV EF RMS                                CW CABINET  FFC    MFX  APO MS    Fl Figure 1-3. Functional Layout Orawing of Oonald      C. Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels 6755B: 1/062883                            1-13
HelpwithMitchellUnitOneWestinghouse-Hagan factorycheckoutofIntegrated UnitControlSystemCabinets.
 
1968to1969Performance
FFC  MFX  APDMS    FID            CW PANEL                          CABINET EF SV VS IV N IS SA                                                              NESW COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE                          ESW TYPEWRITER +
: Engineer, KanawhaRiverPlant-Responsibilities includedsupervising instrument andcontroltechnician crew.6755B:1/112983 B-23 RexfordF.Shoemaker Page21966to19671961to1966BaileMeterComanSystemsEngineer, Wickliffe, Ohio-Responsibilities includeddes'ign,specify,documentstandardcontrolsystemlogicforcentralstationapplications.
CCW PSSD                SPY BISI CRT B BISI  R MS CRT    CRT                                  SIS OPERATOR'S CONSOLE                      RHR PSSD CRT A RCP CP PRZ FP BA SG DTU      RC    FLX Figure 1-4. Functional Layout Drawing of Donald        C. Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels 67558:1/062883                              1-15
Troubleshootlargeelectronic controlsystemsonsupercritical unitsandreviseasnecessary tohelpdevelopcompanystandards.
 
Helpdesign,assemble, check-out andputintoservicefirstclosedloopanalogsimulator forfactorycheckoutoflargeelec'tronic controlsystemsforsupercritical units.FieldServiceEngineer, Cincinnati, Ohio-Responsibilities includedserviceandmaintainexistingcontrolsystemspluscheckoutandstart-upnewcontrolsystemsrangingfromsmallpneumatic onindustrial drumboilersandprocesses tolargeelectronic oncentralstationunits.6755B:1/1129838"24 FrankS.VanPelt,Jr.Professional Engineer-MichiganSectionManager-Construction ProjectManagement IIIAmericanElectricPowerServiceCorp.BachelorofScience-Mechanical Engineering VirginiaPolytechnic Institute andStateUniversity June,1982-Present-AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorp.SectionManagerforCookPlantProjectManagement IIIPlanningandScheduling RFCworkforCookPlant.March,1980-May,1982-AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorpSectionManager-PlanningandScheduling; ProjectControls.
FLX        Flux Panel RC        Rod Control Panel OTU        Oe)ta T and Unit Panel SG        Steam Generator Panel FP        Feed Pump Panel CP        Condensate  Polishing Panel Condensate  Panel Turbine Panel SA        Station Auxiliary Panel Generator Panel BA        Boric Acid Panel PRZ        Pressurizer Panel RCP        Reactor Coolant Pump Panel RHR        Residual Heat Removal Panel SIS        Safety'injection  System Panel SPY        Contaiqment Spray Panel CCW        Component Cooling Water Panel ESW        Essential Service Water Panel NESW  -   Nonessential Service Water Panel IV        Isolation Valves Panel VS        Vents.latlon Panel EF        Emergency Fire Panel SV        Plant Service Panel NIS        Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinets FI        Fixed In-Core Panel RMS      Radiation Monitoring System Panel FFC      Failed Fuel Communications Panel MFX        Movable In-core Cabinet APMS      Axial Power Distribution Monitoring System Cabinet FID      Fixed In-core Cabinet RMS      Radiation Monitoring System Cabinet CW        Circulating Water  Panel Figure I"5. List of Abbreviations    and Function for Control Panels 6755B:I/062883                            1-17
Coordinated CookPlantFSARUpdate;begandevelopment ofdetaillogicnetworksforCoalFiredPowerPlantConstruction program.HeadedoneofthreeteamsduringStudyprogramfornewcoalfiredpowerplant.July,1979-'ebruary, 1980-AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorp.ProjectControl-Engineer-Construction Projects.
 
Beganthedevelopment ofcomputerprogramforscheduling theengineering, designandconstruction ofacoalfiredpowerplant.April,1978-June,1979-AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorp.ProjectManagerassignedtoHeliumBreederAssociates, SanDiego,California.
2 ug    Q                                                                                                                                  0 I    z                                                                                                                                  I 0a Z                                                                  +  Ca Ca CC Ca
Assistedinthedevelopment oftheManagement SystemandprogramtobeusedfortheGasCooledFastBreederReactorProgram.May,1977-March,1978-I&MElectricCo.-D.C.CookPlantLeadStart-upEngineerDirectedsixStart-UpEngineers inthecompletion andstart-upofUnit2'ntCookPlant.Maintained thePreopscheduleandassuredtimelyreleaseofsystemsforPreopTesting..
                                                                                                                >OOOO 2 UJ cgC CC Ca 0 Z. CL I
August,1972-April,1977-I&MElectricCo.-D.C.CookPlantStart-UpEngineer/Assistant LeadStart-upEngineerCoordinated thecompletion andstart-upofassignedsystemsforbothUnit1and2.Preparedsysteminitialoperating procedures, flushingprocedures andhydrostatic testprocedures.
2 g5z Ug CL CL                                                              ug 0 0. Co a:                                                 0 ug CL 2                                                                        2 0                                                                        0 2
6755B:1/112983B-25 FrankS.VanPelt,Jr.Page2June,1970-July,1972-CentralOperating Co.-PhilipSpornPlantPerformance EngineerPlanned,set-upequipment, tookdata,calculated andanalyzedtheresultsandmaderecommendations forequipment performance improvements formyassignedunits.67558:1/112983 8-26 JamesB.BrittanSeniorEnineer,ualitAssurance Morethantwentyyearsexperience invariousgualityAssurance andReliability activities including sevenyearswithnuclearpowergeneration facilities.
I        I t      'T                                  o+
EDUCATION:
I 2
B.S.inMarineEngineering, NYStateMaritime1954GraduateStudiesinNuclearEngineering, UCLAMBA,CWPost,'Div.
ul              D
LIU.EXPERIENCE:
                                                                                        <                  0          Oo            D                                  0                                        E cn  lu I IL    I Zca>
1977toAmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation Responsible forestablishment andimplementation ofcompletesupplierqualification programforallcompanies furnishing equipmeat orservicesimportant tonuclearsafetytoAEP(morethanfourhundreddiverseorganizations).
Ug Zca 0                                              I          I OQ                                                                                        0                            I          0 Ch z0    ag                              2      Z      Jug 0                                                    OzO        zO                  zo                            2          <
Responsible forauditortrainingandcertification program.Responsible forplanning, scheduling andimplementation ofinternalgualityAssurance auditprogram.ProjectgArepresentative onspentfuelrackmodification andPlantsecuritysystemprojects.
0                                              ZILca I-Zl- 0 Og                                                          cn I
1962-1976 LundElectronics 8Sstem,Inc.gualityAssurance Manager,responsible forqualityplanning, reliability, qualityplanning, qualityengineerng, qualitycontrolandalltestingassociated withthecompany's diverselineofelectromechanical products.
ag Ez    E ug  z    Cn                                            0 0 ca                    Cn                                          2 IL 0 0                            O O                                    cn 0 0I    ~ a I
Directedenvironmental lab,modelshop,electronic lab,andmetrology functions.
ca a. (
Managedbudgets,testprogramcontracts, otherplanning8scheduling functions.
                                                                                          -5                gl-o0 gI Olu2              I D
Wroteproposals, testplansandreports.6755B:I/112983B-27 LouisP.DeMarcoEXPERIENCE:
O 2                                  hl-                           CZ
6/73-PresentEngineering Assistant Electrical Generation SectionElectrical Engineering DivisionRESPONSIBILITIES:
                                                                                                          .. ~ cu cn Z~                                                                                            D O    'D                                            ~ C Cn ul                    I                              oguo ug X                        gzI CC 2  2                              OO IU O IL ug o                      O) I Qm]                lu ~
4/79-PresentResponsible forSystemEngineering functions suchas:Evaluating andimplementing allphasesofdesignmodifications fortwo1100MWnuclearunits,including Radiation Monitoring System,ReactorProtection System,HydrogenMitigation Distributed IgnitionSystem,FireProtection Systems,variousplantsystemsandtheirsupport.Provideplantstaffwithelectrical engipeering support.Investigate andprepareresponses inconnection withNuclearRegulatory Commission circulars andbulletins.
I-I-     cn Z Z ~
Coordinate Plant'Annunciator ResponseProcedure Review.TaskforcememberforOnsiteLowLevelRadiation WasteStorageFacility.
g Oolu      <0  )
3/76-4/79(}ualityControlEngineerresponsible formanagingandimplementing thequalitycontrolsystemfornuclearplantengineering designmodifications, including reviewofallelectrical engineering des'ignmodifications fortechnical andprocedural completeness.
IU I
6/73-3/76Technical Assistant, assisting bothfossilandnuclearengineering staffby:performing engineering calculations, datatabulations, equipment specifications, purchaseandexpediting.
o Z~ Dllu Ul ug    Cn                    I
EDUCATION:
                                                                                >  Ug    ch >            CCZUJCL        ~ugca                                              0          CL C) gIL~~            2 0
Polytechnic Institute ofNewYork110creditscompleted towardB.S.E.E.StatenIslandCommunity CollegeA.S.S.Degree-1973Electro-Mechanical Technology 6755B:1/1129838-29 ftJ ThaddeusRussellStephensCitizenshi U.S.(Born-Niles,Michigan)
                                                                                                )
PositionTitleSeniorPerformance EngineerPresentEmloerIndianaandMichiganElectricCo'mpanyDonaldC.CookNuclearPlantEducation November1980:AttendedCombustion Engineering's two-weekSimulator TrainingProgramandcompleted thereactorstartupexamination satisfactorily.
                                                                                                        ~o<ca<zox                      2 0
April1980:University ofMichigan, AnnArbor,Michigan.
I- 0 cn 0 g
Successfully completed thetwo-weekReactorOperatorTrainingProgramatFordNuclearReactor/Phoenix MemorialLaboratory.
Ug ca  2 8              L(J                        UJ wc@In      via
March1978:Asixteen-hour courseonvibration analysisgivenbytheIRDCompany.(June-August1976:AmericanElectricPower'sPerformance Improvement Programconsisted of240hoursofbothclassroom lecturesonpowerplantrelatedsubjectsandperformance testingof1300megawattcoalfiredunitwithrelatedequipment andcalculations oftestdata.March1975:Aforty-hour recorderandcontrolsmaintenance coursegivenbytheLeeds8NorthrupCompany.1974:Graduated, Tri-State College,Angola,Indiana,BachelorofScienceinMechanical Engineering.
                                                                          ~CO iI                                                                                          I PRC 0
Attendeda40-hourManagement TrainingCoursegivenbytheIndiana4MichiganElectricCompany.6755B:1/112983B-31 T.R.StephensPage2Setember1979toPresent:SeniorPerformance EngineerassignedtotheOperations Department attheDonaldC.CookNuclearPlant.DutiesincludethereviewandrevisionoftheOperations Department Procedures andgeneraltechnical supportfortheDepartment.
ca Q~
Auust1976toSeptember 1979:SeniorPerformance EngineeratTannersCreek,havingthedutiestosupervise thePerformance Engineers whohaveunitresponsibility, toscheduletestworkandassignandmonitorprojectwork.November1974toAuust1976:WorkedasaPerformance Engineerina1050megawattgenerating stationwhichhasfourcoal-fi,red units.ThestationistheTannerysCreekStationownedbytheIndiana5MichiganElectricCompany,asubsidiary ofAmericanElectricPowerCompany.Mydutiesincludedtestingofmajorunitequipment, assortedprojectwork,andthemaintaining oftheunit'scontrolsystems.March1974toNovember1974:Workedasafirstlinesupervisor ofaforgelineandweldinglineinthemanufacture ofsinglepieceaxlehousingsintheHousingDivisionofClarkEquipment Company.Lefttogetworkmoreinlinewithmyprofessional training.
                                                                                )I 0~
June1968toMarch1974:Co-opstudentwithClarkEquipment CompanyinBuchanan, Michigan.
Ca Ca CC Ca APERTURE QZQ                                                                                                                        o00 22 0a.
6755B:1/112983B-32 JOHND.YOUNG-SeniorEngineer, Electrical PowerSystems/Control BoardDesign,Westinghouse ElectricCorporation Education:
0cC4 ca  aug
-B.S.inElectrical Engineering fromTri-State College~EMr.YoungiswithWestinghouse ElectricCorporation intheInstrumentation andControlDepartment, Electrical PowerSystemsandControlBoardDesigngroup.Hisworkexperience forthepasttenyearshasbeenintheareaofmaincont'rolandpanellayout.design.HeistheleadengineerfortheControlBoardDesigngroup.Mr.Youngwastheresponsible designengineerforthecontrolboardsforthefollowing nuclearpowerplants:a)SequoyahUnits1and2b)WattsBarUnits1and2c)KrskoUnit1(Yugoslavia) d)NapotPointUnit1(Philippines)
: 0. 0. ca ca OKRa zI                    CARO I
Hewasalsotheresponsible engineerinthedesignofamodularoperation consolewhichcanintegrate therequirements ofReg.Guide1.97andNUREG0696intoexistingcontrolrooms.Mr.Youngalsohasoverthreeyearsexperience withthereactorprotection andsafeguards systemspanels.Hewasinstrumental inthedesignofthesafeguards on-linetestingsysem.Mr.Young'sexperience inthenuclearindustryspansfourteenandone-halfyearswithWestinghouse intheInstrumentation andControlfield.6755B:1/112983B"33 WAYNER.YOUNG-Engineer, Electrical PowerSystemsandControlBoardDesignEducation:
2                                                                                                                                                                        I 0
-A.S.inElectronics Technology fromtheCommunity CollegeofAllegheny County-Continuing towardsaB.S.inElectrical Engineering fromtheUniversity ofPittsburgh Exerience:Mr.YoungiswiththeWestinghouse ElectricCorporation intheInstrumentation andControlDepartment, Electrical PowerSystemsandControlBoardDesignGroup.Hisworkexperience hasbeenintheareaofmaincontrolboard/panel layoutanddesign.Histotalnuclearexperience spansnineyearsofservicewithWestinghouse intheinstrumentation andcontrolfield.Heisthecognizant engineerforthehumanengineering evaluation fortheLouisiana PowerandLightWaterford 3nuclearplant,aprogramwhichincludedthefollowing.
I O          I                                                                                              o Z
a)Assessthelayoutandadequacyofthemaincontrolboard(MCB)requiredtosupportoperating crewactivities throughtheuseofplant-specific Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs).b)VerifythattheEOPsequenceofstepsandprocedural flowarecompatible withtheMCBlayout.c)ConductEOPverification walk-throughs intheWaterford 3controlroom.d)=Providerecommendations forresolution ofHumanEngineering Discrepancies (HEDs).e)Assistinthedevelopment ofplantspecific, symptom-based, eventscenarios foruseintheEOPverification.
Iu    O                                                                      2                                                                  I 2                Iu                                                                            0    O u.
6755B:1/062883B-35 WAYNER.YOUNG(continued) f)Assistinthepreparation oftheeventrecognition report,MCRdisplaymaps,taskmaps,andlinkanalysisdocumentation.
2I                                                  Z                                                          -
Mr.Youngisalsoresponsible forthemaincontrolboardequipment qualification program.Dutiesforequipment qualified toIEE323"1974and344-1975include:a)Participation inthepreparation ofequipment qualification reports.b)Generation andmaintenance ofbaselinedesigndocuments.
324g                                                                    lu z ~ ca 2    CC z
c)Generation andmaintenance ofcomputerized specifications.
CC lgJ Og n0 E
d)Equipment quotations.
0O      z82 g02                                          3                          a:COO          CC    I- Ug Oo                        X~                                                      0I CC Q
e)Equipment procurement.
Oz  Pg                                Y            I- z ca 2      2    CL UJ Q
f)Maintenance ofqualification filsforauditability.Additionally, Mr.YoungisthesystemsengineerfortheNuclearSteamSupplySystem(NSSS)onthefollowing powerplants:a)ComanchePeakUnits&#xb9;1and&#xb9;2b)McGuireUnits&#xb9;1and&#xb9;2c)CatawbaUnits&#xb9;1and&#xb9;2d)MannshanUnits&#xb9;1and&#xb9;2e)KoreaUnit&#xb9;2f)Millstone Unit&#xb9;2g)VirgilC.Summerh)BeaverValleyUnit&#xb9;2Activities includereviewandapprovalofarchitect/engineer documentation, designoftheroddropdisconnect switchbox,equipment procurement, schedul-ing,anddocumentation transmittal.
ol Cn zz      2 0            o ccl O
6755B:1/062883~B-36 ROBERTJ.WARTENBERG
0 0 ca                    +~ Z CC 0            ~I                  <~u              CC 40 Py 0    0. QO I            IL ca
-Instruction Coordinator andInstructor, Instrumentation Technology TrainingCenter,Westinghouse ElectricCorporation Education:
: 0. 5 ca I-      2                                          0ca ca0 0 0ca Ug                                        I-Czo ca I                                  Ul                                              I                    ~
-Community CollegeofAllegheny Country,12credithoursinEducation
2 I
-SouthernIllinoisUniversity, 69credithoursinEducation
O      oo                  Ca OZ  O                    I ZCL IL 2 Ca I X            UJ  Q lu O0 I->
-Militaryschools:Electronic Technician "A"School,BasicNuclearPowerSchool,andNuclearPowerPrototype Exerience:Mr.Wartenberg hasover8yearsofexperience inthenavalandcommercial nuclearfields,withemphasisonplantoperations andtraining, andsupervisory experience inallaspectsofcoursepresentation, personnel
cf  Ul 2
: training, andprogramadministration anddevelopment.
O (y2                        p        I  I    0g ca 0 0 o~~      2-0  0 g g O I-         CC CC                OOCU Ca                        IL a: ~    CC  CC IO oo                                    22 0        lu  O                lu  I D
Mr.Wartenberg assistsinhumanfactorsevaluations ofcontrolroomdesignsandprocedure verifica-tions.InOctoberof1981,hereceivedSeniorReactorOperatorcertification.
VIUQ 2
Asaninstruction coordinator, heisresponsible formeetingtheoverallobjectives ofallcustomersimulator coursesandthedirection ofinstructional activities offifteeninstructors, withparticipation directlyinstudentandinstructor evaluations andaudits.Previousworkexperience includesanassignement asaninstructor tothereactorcontrolsdivision, andasaqualified reactoroperatorandshutdownreactoroperatoronanavalnuclearprototype.
CC D
Asatrainingengineer, Mr.Wartenberg alsoassistedinthestartupoftheSNUPPSIIsimulator.
2 iogvz g Ilg g 0 g'2 2 + 2 CL I            IU ca 0Z ZQ 0 z o Iu I-   0 co ca Q 0 cgt Q
6755B:1/062883 B-37 G.ALLENELLIFF,EDUCATION:
Do zz ug IL Ca    cn
Ph.D.,M.S.,B.S.,Industrial Engineering/Operations
                                                                                                                              < 0 0.
: Research, TexasARMUniversity, 1973Industrial Engineering/Operations
ILozcn 0CC VQ UJ Ug IU ug IU        0.
: Research, TexasARMUniversity, 1971'ndustrial Engineering, TexasARMUniversity, 1970AFFILIATIONS:
F Z
AmericanInstitute ofIndustrial Engineers.
co CC I Ug lulu I        O a.                 a<2~
Operations ResearchSocietyofAmericaAlphaPiMu(Industrial Engineering HonorSociety)SigmaXiPROFESSIONAL BRIEF:Dr.ElliffisaBranchManagerinEssexCorporation's Alexandria office.Heiscurrently responsible formanagement, technical direction, andreviewofprojectsfornuclearindustryclientsoftheIndustrial ServicesDepartment.
ug ca ca ~
Dr.Elliff'sutilityexperience includesdirectprojectmanagement responsibility forseveralnuclearpowerplantcontrolroomdesignreviews,aswellasmanagement oversight andreviewofrelatedprojectsfornuclearindustryclients.Hehas10yearsconsulting experience withthemilitary(Navy,AirForce,andOfficeoftheSecretary ofDefense);
gO              g 2I ca              Z Ca Pu QO                  ZOQZ I  I
otherfederalagencies(Department ofEnergy,Department ofTransportation);
                                                                                                                                                <0      ~ CQ 2 ca          1CL    0.
andprivatesectorclients(utilities, motorcarriers, railroads, militaryhardwarevendors).
goO                                      I 0 Ug ca v zCJ    ~>2                                      O.ZUJ<              0                          u. 0.                     <    u. 2    IU                                              OQ
Hisexperience includesappliedhumanfactorsanalysis, maintenance management, logisticsupportanalysis, lifecyclecost/design tocostanalysis, information systemvalidation, businessandfinancial management, marketanalysis, transportation operations
                              )lu Y0 Ug ca              OgzaUl ca I 0u. >
: analysis, mathematical modelling, reliability/maintainability
CJ CC
: analysis, production engineering, statistical qualitycontrol,andtrainingcoursedevelopment andpresentation.
                                                                                  > 0 UI cn IL CJ  UJ      I co Ug N
PriortojoiningEssexin1981,Dr.Elliffwasassociated withEvaluation ResearchCorporation; Peat,Marwick,Mitchell, RCo.;Logistics Management Institute; andtheTexasARMUniversity graduatefaculty.Dr.Elliffalsohasthreeyearsexperience asafull-time graduatefacultymemberatTexasARMUniversity teachingindustrial engineering andoperations researchcoursesandsupervising thesisresearch.
Vz IL CC 0 Ug                  ~ IU o  ug I
2E  P    IL 2 I 0 I
20 zozIuz Ca N 2 Ogcn OQ                  )CUE~
CC Kx<              I  gZYV        ~R    >
CU 0 a.
0 2      WQIca 5 Q                                lugao ca      CL Ul            Iu  0 0 Iu        0  a cn2 ca            ILZQZ                          2 CC  cn 2 0 I                          0 0. Z V                        0 gaIL Z  Z Ug O Ug D
0.
2 IUOIU      E                                                                                                      o8~~                      cn  CC 2      ~ C 0  CJ Ca I 0
2                                                                                                                                  I ul  ~
Q  ca                        Co 2                                                            2                                        Z  Cn 2
0  2 lu O                                                            0                                    ozo zol=
Ql Z  IU                                                        IU I
O                                                                zoI-CC
: 0. Ug 0, co                                                                                                                            Q Cn QO zl-                                                          0  I                                                                Z0
                                                                                                                              $ z ca I
2 Ug 2U                                                                                                                                0 IU                                            OIL
                        ~ ug IL ca
                                                                                      ~  IL IU gEa:                        IU IL IU                        ~,0 g~gaable CL                                                                  IZ:
Aperture Card 1-19 840 1040 19 6          W~2
 
0 4
    ~(f
    ~ U, t
 
SECTION 2 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2-1. PURPOSE The purpose  of this section is to identify the OCROR Program teams and their areas of responsibility. Figure 2-1 details the organizational structure of personnel involved in the OCROR Program. (}ualifications of key personnel are provided in appendix B. All personnel on the Donald C. Cook OCRDR Program teams will meet or exceed the qualifications provided in NUREG 0801 and related guidance.
2-2. DCRDR TEAM INTERFACE To  effectively perform the    DCROR  Program and  still be able to be successfully audited,  an  interface  between the various review teams      is required. The "OCRDR Program Lead Engineer" will be the primary contact and liasion for the management organization, design review, project review, and assessment teams.
Figures 2-2 through 2-6 show these various interfaces.
2-3. MANAGEMENT FUNCTION The management    function for the OCRDR Program will be provided under previously established AEPSC procedural requirements and responsibilities defined in AEPSC General Procedure 25, "Engineering Design Changes," and General Procedure 32, "Preparation of Submittals to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission."
The  function of  management  is to:
    ~  Approve the'Program Plan Report
    ~  Review and approve recommendatons      for control room design changes I
6755B:I/062883                              2-1
 
    ~    Provide the resources      necessary  for implementation of the  DCROR
    ~    Approve the Program Summary Report
    ~    Provide the mechanism for the preparation and submittal of documents to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.,
2-4. PROJECT    REVIEW TEAM The  Project Review      Team  will coordinate    the  DCROR  Program. Typical team functions are to:
    ~    Approve Task Plans      prior to  performance of associated  Review Task A
    ~    Ensure  that the  DCRDR  Program  is performed in accordance with the AEPSC  guality  Assurance Program
    ~    Provide overall support to the        DCROR  process
    ~    Monitor the    DCROR  progress o    Ensure  that the design review objectives and tasks, in relation to other NUREG 0660 efforts, are properly coordinated
    ~    Establish    and  initiate  a  control  room improvement program Key personnel    for the Project    Review Team are    identified in figure 2-1.
2-5. DESIGN REVIEW TEAM The Design Review Team comprises          the qualified multidiscipline personnel    to perform the various review functions. The areas of expertise include:
    ~    NSSS  and  balance-of-plant systems
    ~    Instrumentation    and  control 6755B: 1/062883                                  2-2 r
 
    ~  Conrol board design
    ~  Human  factors
    ~  Plant operations (licensed operators)
    ~  Training
    ~  Licensing/nuclear safety The  function of the Design Review Team is to carry out the entire design review program in accordance with the guidelines detailed in this Program Plan Report. Design Review Team responsibilities include the following:
    ~  Develop the Program Plan Report
    ~  Develop the Licensee Event Report Review Report
    ~  Develop the Control    Room Inventory
    ~  Develop forms/checklists
    ~  Develop Task Plans o  Develop Control  Room Human  Engineering Criteria Report o  Perform Review Tasks
    ~  Develop Task Summary Reports
    ~  Assist Assessment  Team as  technical support
    ~, Develop Implementation Plans
    ~  Develop the Program Summary Report 6755B:I/062883                            2-3
 
Key personnel    for the  Design Review Team are    identified in figure 2-1.
2-6. ASSESSMENT TEAM The Assessment    Team  will:
    ~    Evaluate the significance of the observed departures        from the CRHEC Report identified in the Phase II review
    ~    Identify the applicable departures      as human  engineering discrepancies (HED)
    ~    Assign  a  category and  priority to  the  HEDs for scheduling of corrective action
    ~    Review/approve control room recommendations        for HED  corrective action prior to origination of    a  request for change    (AEPSC  procedure 25).
Key personnel    for the  Assessment  Team are  identified in figure 2-1.
6755B: I/062883                              2-4
 
P10J1 CZ REVIZ&#xc3; TEAM
* DCBDR Program  Mninistrator:  A. S. Grim s
* DCRDR Program Lead Engineer:  R. F. Shoemaker
* DCRDR Program  Plant Coordinator: T. R. Stephens
* DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F. Van Pelt, Jr.
* DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse): J. D. Young
                  * ~SC Human Factors Consultant: Dr. T. Sheridan DESIGN REVI1% TEAM
* DCRDR Program Administrator: A. S. Grieves
* DCBDR Program Lead Engineer/AEPSC I & C Engineer: R. F. Shor
* AEPSC Nuclear Safety & Licensing Engineer: K. J. Toth
* I&MEG3 Reactor Operators
* DCRDR Program Plant Coordinator: T. R. Stephens
* AEPSC Quality Assurance Engineer: J. B. Brittan
                ~
* DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F. Van Pelt, Jr.
* AEPSC Electrical Engineer: L. P. ~co
* DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse): J. D. Young
* DCRDR Human Factors Consultant (Canyon Research): Dr. G. A. Elliff
* I&MECO & Westinghouse Training Personnel
* Westinghouse Training Personnel: R. J. Wartenberg ASSESSMENT TEAM
* DCRDR Program Adnunistrator: A. S. Grimes
* DCRDR Program Lead Engineer: R. F. Shor
* AEPSC I&C Section Manager: J. C. Jeffrey
* AEPSC Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section Manager: J. G. Feinstein
* D. C. Cook Plant Managem nt: B. A. Svensson
* AEPSC Human Factors Consultant: Dr. T. Sheridan
* I&MECO Senior Reactor Operator(s)
* ArPSC Manager of Quality Assurance: R. F. Kroeger
* AEPSC Electrical Generation Section Manager: R. C. Carruth Figure  2  1. DCRDR Program Organization Structure 6755B:1/062883                          2-5
 
DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                    ~  PREPARE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT PROJECT REVIEW TEAMI
                  ~  APPROVE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT              SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENTS PROGRAM PLAN REPORT ACCEPTABLE YES AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 32 "PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALSTO NRC" MANAGEMENTORGANIZATION
                ~ SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN REPORT TO NRC PROGRAM PLAN REPORT NRC Figure 2-2. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase I, Planning 2-7 6755B:I/070583
 
DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                                ~  DEVELOP TASK PLAN
                                ~  DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM INVENTORY
                                ~  PERFORM REVIEW
                                ~  DEVELOP LER REVIEW REPORT    ~
                                ~  DEVELOP TASK
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT
                                ~  DEVELOP FORMS/CHECKLISTS
                                ~  DEVELOP CRHEC REPORT SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENT PROJECT REVIEW TEAM
                                    ~  REVIEW/APPROVE/COMMENT TASK
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT FORMS/CHECKLISTS NO      TASK
 
==SUMMARY==
 
REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT SEE FIGURE 24 0
e Figure 2-3. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase II, Review 2-9 6755B: I/070583
 
ASSESSMENT TEAM                              DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                        ~  DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE                    ~  ASSIST IN HED OF HEDS                                      EVALUATION
                        ~  R EV I EW/APP ROVE CONTROL                ~  DEVELOP FINAL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/                          CRHEC DOCUMENT RETROFITS SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT SUPERVISORY PROJECT REVIEW TEAM                            REVIEW/COMMENT
                      ~  REVIEW/COMMENT/APPROVE FINAL CRHEC DOCUMENT ASSESSMENT REPORT NO ASSESSMENT REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT SEE FIGURE 2.6          0 Figure 2-4.      Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-A, Assessment 2-11 6755B:I/070583
 
ASSESSMENT TEAM                    DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                        ~ DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM            ~ ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT OF IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT              CONTROL ROOM
                        ~ DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATION              IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT SCHEDULE                        ~ ASSESS CONTROL ROOM IMP ROV E MENTS FOR SUPERVISORY                                                DEPARTURES FROM THE REVIEW/COMMENT                                            CRHEC DOCUMENT CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION NO      DOCUMENT ACCEPTABLE YES PROJECT REVIEW TEAM
                          ~ REVIEW/COMMENT APPROVE CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION REPORT AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 25 "ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGE" MANAGEMENTFUNCTION
                          ~  REVIEW/APPROVE CONTROL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/
MODIFICATIONS SEE FIGURE 24    C Figure 2-5. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-B, Implementation 2-13 6755B:I/070583
 
DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
          ~ DEVELOP PROGRAM
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT P ROJ ECT R EV I EW TEAM
        ~  REVIEW/COMMENT/
APPROVE PROGRAM
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT ASSESSMENT REPORTS PROGRAM
 
==SUMMARY==
FROM FIGURE 24 B REPORT ACCEPTABLE TASK
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORTS YES        NO                      FROM FIGURE 2.3  A PROGRAM
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT MANAGEMENT FUNCTION
        ~ APPROVE PROGRAM FROM FIGURE 2-5    C
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT
        ~ SUBMIT PROGRAM
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT TO NRC AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 32 "PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS TO NRC" PROGRAM
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT NRC Figure 2-6. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase IV, Reporting 2-15 6755B:I/070583
 
SECTION 3 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 3-1. INTRODUCTION A complete and up-to-date      library of reference information is    necessary to manage    and  perform the various phases of the DCRDR Program.      This library will provide support during the design review as well as a data base for future control    room  modifications.
3"2. REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION The  following documentation      will  be used  during the review phase:
    ~
Control room drawings (panel layouts, floor plan, and the        like)
    ~    Control board equipment specifications
    ~    Control panel photographs (photomosaic)
    ~    Control room preliminary assessments
    ~    Description of coding conventions
    ~    Original  and Updated FSAR    for  D. C. Cook  Units 1 and 2
    ~      Instrumentation  and  control diagrams
    ~    Operator training material
    ~    Systems  function task analysis 6755B: 1/062883                                3-1
 
    ~  Lists of  acronyms and abbreviations
    ~  Piping and instrumentation drawings
    ~  Plant computer software description and sample printout
    ~  Procedures    (emergency,  normal, and the    like)
    ~  System  descriptions
    ~  Regulatory guides and    NUREGs  (paragraph 1-6)
    ~  Control room inventory    list
    ~  AEPSC  quality assurance procedure
    ~  Licensee event reports Any  additional reference material identified      by the design review team during the review phase (Phase      II) will be  obtained and added to the library.
Because  O. C. Cook  Units  1 and 2 are operating, access to the control rooms will be limited. Therefore, photomosaics will be used ta perform most of the tasks outlined in section 5.
3-3. OCROR-GENERATEO DOCUMENTATION The  documentation generated by the design review process will be subject to those controls identified in paragraph 3-4. The following documentation will be produced by the OCROR process:
o  Program Plan Report    (this document)
    ~  Control room operating personnel      surveys 6755B:I/062883                              3-2
 
    ~  Control room inventory
    ~  Control room  human  factor surveys
    ~  Task plans,  checklists, data collection forms, sketches, photographs, and photomosaics    used in the review and. assessment/recommendation phases
    ~  Control room  human  engineering  criteria report
    ~  Licensee event report (LER) review
    ~  Program Summary Report 3-4. DOCUMENT CONTROL A controlled-access file will be established for all hard copy DCRDR Program output documents. In addition, these documents will be entered into a computer-based data system. Access to these files will be controlled by the DCRDR  program manager.
67558:1/062883                              3-3
 
P
  .Il l
 
SECTION 4 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE    I, PLANNING 4-I. INTRODUCTION The  planning phase consists of developing a well-defined work program which outlines specific recommendations for personnel, reference material, and documentation needed to perform the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program  (figure 4-1).
IEMECo  intends to commence with the DCRDR Program as documented in this Program Plan Report prior to formal acceptance by the NRC. Any deficiencies noted in this Program Plan Report should be brought to the attention of a I&MECo in a timely manner.      Final acceptance of this document will end the Planning Phase.
4-2. DCRDR MILESTONES A  schedule  for Phases I  and  II of this  Program Plan was developed and      is included as figure 4-2.      As  stated in the I8MECo response to G.L. 82-33 (AEP:NRC:0773) on April    15, 1983, an intermediate milestone response will be sumitted to the NRC with the current status of the DCRDR Program on September 1, 1984. At that time, Phases I and II will be essentially completed, and an estimate for the Phase III-A Assessment will be developed shortly thereafter.
The NRC will be provided with more detailed information regarding Phase III-A Assessment schedule (in another intermediate milestone response) when this estimate has been made and the evaluation of        it is completed.
4-3. CONTROL ROOM HUMAN ENGINERING      CRITERIA REPORT w
At the beginning of the review phase, a preliminary Control Room            Human Engineering Criteria Report will be developed.          This preliminary    criteria report will contain,    as a  baseline, detailed Task Plans which      will be executed to complete specific    Phase  II Review  Tasks  within the  DCRDR  Program. The Task 6755B: I/062883                              4-1
 
Plans have been proven effective on over 20 human factors control room reviews. The Task Plans will provide a detailed audit trail to the generic guidelines provided in  NUREG 0700, yet have been restructured to facilitate the data  collection, documentation,  and auditing requirements inherent in a NUREG  0700 oriented  DCRDR Program.
Based on  observations and assessments of the DCRDR Program, the generic guidelines of NUREG 0700 found in the preliminary CRHEC Report will be revised to reflect plant-specific design conventions and plant-specific human factors criteria. A section of the final CRHEC Report will be dedicated to departures from NUREG 0700 with the applicable justification provided therein. The final CRHEC Report is intended to ensure that any future control board modifications reflect previously evaluated human factors practices and do not detract from operability of the control board.
6755B: 1/062883                          4-2
 
REVIEW OVERALL        EVALUATE                                    OUTLINE ALL REVIEW                                      ISSUE DCRDR                OBJECTIVES &
IDENTIFY                                  DEVELOP THE TASKS TO BE                                            PROGRAM RESOURCES                                DCRDR PROGRAM PROGRAM              DESIGN GUIDELINES                            PERFORMED AS PART OF                                    PLAN REQUIRED                                  SCHEDULE OBJECTIVES            TO BE USED                                  THE DCRDR PROGRAM                                      REPORT
~ ASSESS ACTIVITIES  ~  EMERGENCY            ~  FINAL SAFETY    ~  TASK 1 - OPERATING    ~ AEPSC AND l&MECo        ~  REVIEW PROCESS COMPLETED BY            OPERATING              ANALYSIS REPORT    EXPFRIENCE REVIEW        INPUTS TO AEPSC AND l&MECo        PROCEDURES                                                          SCHEDULE                ~  METHODOLOGY
                                              ~ SYSTEM            ~  TASK 2 '- SYSTEM
                      ~  DESIGN CRITERIA        DESCRIPTIONS        FUNCTIONS REVIEW                                ~  TEAM QUALIFICATIONS INCLUDING PLANT                            AND TASK ANALYSIS SPECIFIC ITEMS      ~ PIPING AND                                                            ~  DESIGN GUIDELINES INSTRUMENTATION  ~  TASK 3 CONTROL
                      ~  NUREG 0660            DRAWINGS            ROOM INVENTORY                                  ~  SCHEDULE 0700 0801        ~  FLOOR PLANS      ~  TASK 4- CONTROL                                  ~  INTERFACE ROOM HUMAN FACTOR                                  REQUIREMENTS
                      ~  DEFINE PROGRAMS    ~  PANEL LAYOUTS        SURVEY                                              OF PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE AN IMPACT ON CONTROL ROOM    ~  ABBREVIATIONS    ~  TASK 5 - VERIFICATION                            ~  DOCUMENTATION AND DESIGN (NUREG          AND CODING'          OF TASK PERFORMANCE                                DOCUMENT CONTROL 0696, REGULATORY GUIDE 1.97)            SOFTWARE          ~  TASK 6 - VALIDATION DESCRIPTIONS        OF CONTROL ROOM
                      ~  DEFINE RELATIONSHIP                        FUNCTIONS WITH OTHER EMERGENCY
                                              ~  PROCEDURES                                                                        PRC R ESPONSE  ACTIVITY ~  OPERATOR TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE
                                                                                                                          .;APERTURE
                      ~  PRELIMINARYCRHEC REPORT CARO Figure 4-1. Planning Phase Development Outline I
4-3 8401040        i 96 ~Q
 
]~ > C Q
7
 
1983                                                      1984 MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT      OCT  NOV    DEC JAN  FEB  MAR APR    MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT            OCT  NOV  DEC JUNE 27 PLANNING PHASE I ~ PLANNING PPR  To NRC            PPR To NRC                          JAN 1 SEPT  1 OCT 1 MAY 22 PHASE II - REVIEW        LER REVIEW                                JAN 2 NOV 1 TASK 1 LER REVIEW                                                            CROPS              JUNE  1 CROPS                                          CROPS TASK 2 SFRTA                CRI                                                                        JUNE 30 TASK 3 CRI                                                                  MAR 22 JULY 14 CRHFS SEPT  1  OCT  I                                                            AUG 15 TASK 4 CRHFS NOTE 1                        SEPT 1 VER IF.            OCT 6 TASK 5 VERIFICATION OCT 20 VALID.          NOV 1 TASK 6 VALIDATION                                                                                                                  NOV 22 PHASE III DETAILED JAN 29    MAR 25 ESTIMATION iUNITNo. 2 COMPLIES WITH SUPPLEMENT 1 NUREG0737 OUTAGE )
                                                                                              ~      AEPSC AND INDIANAAND MICHIGAN ACTIVITY PARAGRAPH 52.A "LICENSEES SHALL SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN WITHIN TWO MONTHS FROM START OF DCRDR."
                                                                                        ~~
NOTE  1 DCRDR REVIEW TEAM ACTIVITY CRHFS ACTIVITIESMAY OCCUR IN PARALLELWITH CROPS. CRHFS
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT DUE JUNE 30, 1984.
Figure 4-2.        DCRDR    Program Schedule      for  Phases    I and      II
 
SECTION 5 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE  II, REVIEW 5-1. INTRODUCTION During the Review Phase of the D. C. Cook DCRDR Program, data will be collected and human factors issues will be reviewed. Thus, the objective of the Review Phase is the collection of data identifying attributes of the D. C.
Cook Units 1 and 2 control rooms which depart from criteria specified in the D. C. Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report (paragraph 4-3).
The Review Phase    will  generate:
o    Task Summary Reports    for each major review phase  task specifying methods used and    findings
    ~    Component  sheets specifying the findings of each task related to each component in the control room
    ~    Checklist observation forms documenting departures from the human engineering criteria established before and during the review phase 5-2. REVIEW PHASE STAFFING The Review Phase    will  be conducted  by the Design Review Team. Representatives of I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group will be included on the team. Appropriate disciplines from these organizations will be included on each task team. Design Review Team members include:
    ~  System designers    and  analysts
    ~  Human  factors consultants
    ~  Control board designers 6755B: 1/062883                              5-1
 
    ~  Instrumentation    and  control engineers
    ~  Plant operators
    ~  Licensing engineers
    ~  Data management    technicians
    ~  Electrical engineers
    ~  guality  assurance  engineers 5-3. METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEW PHASE TASKS The methodology  for the  Review Phase  tasks will consist of executing Task Plans and completing human engineering surveys as reflected in the D. C. Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report.
5-4. Task  1 -- 0  eratin    Ex  erience Review The  operating experience review consists of two related activities. The first is a review of plant performance records for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 (and a review of LERs for other similar plants) to identify areas in which human error has caused problems in the past that may be related to control panel design. The second activity is the Control Room Operating Personnel Survey (CROPS). The Design Review Team will interview a representative sample consisting of at least 50 percent of the licensed control room operators at D.
C. Cook Units 1 and 2.      The objective of the CROPS is to identify specific attributes of the D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2. control board design which, in the operators'pinions, have caused or could potentially cause operator error.
The CROPS will be conducted by admini'stration of questionnaires and by conducting individual and group interviews.
6755B: 1/062883                              5-2
 
5-5. Task  2    S  stem Function and Task Anal  sis The System    Function and Task Analysis will establish instrumentation requirements and performance criteria for select normal and emergency conditions. This task will be performed by using plant-specific procedures generated from the Westinghouse Owners'roup Emergency Response Guidelines.
These plant-specific procedures will be submitted to the Design Review Team.
This data will provide input to the Design Review Team for the verification and  validation of control    room  functions (Tasks  5 and 6).
5-6. Task  3  Control    Room  Inventor The  control  room  inventory will be developed on a computer data base and will include all data required by NUREG 0700 for each component. AEPSC wi 11 develop and maintain the D. C. Cook Control Room Inventory data base.        Formats and completeness of the data item list have been reviewed by all review team members and comments have been incorporated to ensure that the inventory data base to support relevant D. C. Cook DCRDR Program tasks can be accepted.
5-7'. Task 4  Control    Room Human  Factors Surve The  bulk of the detailed data regarding specific departures from the Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report will be gathered in the Control Room Surveys Task. The Control Room Surveys Task will be conducted by completing 14 human engineering surveys as follows:
      ~  Workspace e  Anthropometrics
      ~  Emergency equipment
      ~  Heating, ventilating, and      air conditioning
      ~  Illumination 6755B:I/062883                                5-3
 
    ~  Ambi ent noi se o  Maintainabi i ty 1
    ~  Communications
    ~  Annunciator
    ~  Controls
    ~  Displays
    ~    Labels and location aids
    ~  Computer system review
    ~  Conventions Detailed Task Plans, checklists, special data collection forms, NUREG 0700 criteria references applicable to D. C. Cook, and methodology descriptions for each survey will be included in the CRHEC Report. The Annunciator Survey Task Plan is included in this Program Plan Report in appendix C as an example.
5-8. Works ace Surve    -- This survey concentrates on the general layout and arrangement of control room equipment. The workspace survey will also address the adequacy of control room noninstrumentation items such as desks and chairs.
5-9. Anthro ometric Surve -- The anthropometric survey will assess and document the vision and reach envelopes for all D. C. Cook control room equipment. This data will be evaluated for general control and display location adequacy based upon the CRHEC Report anthropometric criteria for the 5th percentile female and 95th percentile male. In addition, the anthropo-metric data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.
6755B: I/062883                          5-4
 
5-10. Emer enc    E ui ment Surve Emergency equipment will be evaluated for usability by the control room operators. Included will be an assessment of emergency equipment storage locations; operator accessability; tactile, visual, and auditory adequacy of breathing apparatus and protective clothing; and other critical features of the control room emergency equipment.
5-11. Heatin      Venti latin    and Air Conditionin Surve "" The ail flow, temperature regulation, and humidity control within the control room will be evaluated in terms of the CRHEC Report. The primary concern is to identify parameters which may be out of tolerance or unstable to the point of adv'ersely
, affecting the recommended comfort zones for the control room.
5-12. Illumination  Surve  Ambient      illumination will be measured using appropriate instruments for lighting levels at various workstations and control board areas. Presence of glare, if any, on instrumentation will be documented. Illumination will be evaluated for compliance with recommended and required light levels for identified tasks.
5-13. Ambient Noise Surve      --  Ambient noise  will be measur'ed using appropriate sound measurement equipment. A primary concern will be the peak and average decibel(A) levels and the preferred octave band decibel levels for the ambient noise conditions. The data will be reviewed for potential sound problems which may interfere with operator communication requirements or which may mask auditory signals.
5-14. Maintainabilit    Surve    -- The maintainability survey will    assess human factors suitability of all equipment in the control room. Primary concerns are that the operators can maintain indicator lights, determining if annuncia" tor system bulbs are replaceable, replenishing expendables such as recorder paper and ink, and determining that spare parts and expendables are available and accessable.
V 5-15. Communications Surve -- The control room communication systems will be reviewed and evaluated to determine        if they are adequate to support emergency and normal operations.        Systems such as the paging system, intercom 6755B:1/062883                                5-5
 
system,-telephone  system,  sound-powered  and portable radio communications equipment, and free/air, unaided voice communications will be included in this review. Auditory signals will also be evaluated for applications, meaning, coding techniques, signal transmission/propagation, and signal characteristics.
5-16. Annunciator  S  stems Review  -- The  annunciator system, as a special case of legend light displays and auditory signals, will be evaluated in terms of its general human engineering suitability and also as a critical and central control room system used in the identification of transient and emergency conditions.      Data collected will be analyzed for discrepant characteristics which may potentially increase the probability of human error. Also, relevant data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.
engineering suitability without reference to specific task supportive roles.
The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on section 6.4 of NUREG 0700.
f general human engineering suitability independently of the specific tasks in which the displays are used. The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on Section 6.5 of NUREG 0700.
5-19. Labels and Location Aids The control panels and instrumentation will be surveyed for general readability and consistency of terms, abbrevia-tions, and acronyms. Data from this task and the conventions survey will furnish the base line information used to establish a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms used throughout the control room.
5-20. Com uter S stem Review -- The P-250 process computer system used in the control room will be assessed for its functional integration into the operational requirements of the control room. It will also be evaluated for general human factors suitability and for its supportive role in control room operation. The critiera. from the CRHEC Report, based on NUREG 0700, Section 6.7 (process computers), forms the basis for this =task plan.
6755B:I/062883                              5-6
 
5-21. Conventions Surve    The purpose of the conventions survey is threefold. Those conventions used at D. C. Cook, whether general stereotypes, industry conventions, or plant-specific conventions, will      be  identified.
Second,  the  identified conventions will be evaluated for good human factors characteristics, as defined in the criteria from the CRHEC Report based on section 6 of NUREG 0700. Finally, any inconsistencies in the applications of identified conventions will be documented and their impact assessed. Data from this task and the labeling and location aids task will  r be used to develop and document a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms for the  D. C. Cook  plants.
5-22. Task  5 Verification    of Control  Room  Function As one  of the two terminal tasks in the review phase, the presence and suitability of control room instrumentation will be verified. The primary concern will be determining that all required information and control capabilities are in the control room. As a corollary, the presence of nonessential information and control instrumentation will be assessed to ensure that it does not detract from adequate operator performance.        Data from the Control Room Inventory and the systems function and task analysis are extensively used in these activities.
5-23. Task  6 -- Validation of  Control .Room  Functions Through  a  process of walkthroughs and talkthroughs selected emergency and normal operations will be validated for the availability of required skills and knowledge of the trained operators.
5-24. PRODUCTS OF THE REVIEW PHASE The  primary output of the Review Phase is a set of checklist observation (CLO) forms. Each departure from established human factors criteria observed during the Review Phase will be documented  ~  Each CLO form will state the problem, affected components, criteria violated, probable error, and other relevant data required for analysis of the problem.
67558:I/062883                            5-7
 
The CLOs wi 1 1 provide the primary input to the Assessment Phase, where each will be categorized according to safety and/or operational impact. In addi-tion, at the completion of the Review Phase, component sheet files wi 11 be complete, and Task Summary Reports for each task will have been prepared.
6755B:1/062883                          5-8
 
SECTION 6 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE    III-A, ASSESSMENT 6-1. INTRODUCTION The review process    described in section 5 will result in the identification of departures from human engineering criteria defined in the CRHEC Report.
Analysis and interpretation of these departures will be required to establish their potential safety implications. Means of correcting or minimizing the effects of the departures will be identified and documented. A plan of action will be applied to improvements affecting operator performance under emergency and selected normal operating conditions.
The Phase    III activities  of assessment and implementation are covered in this section and section 7, following. The Assessment Phase of the DCRDR Program wi 11 achieve the following objectives:
    ~    Analyze and evaluate the observed departures      from human engineering criteria identified during the review phase
    ~    Recommend  the means of correcting those departures which could    affect safety or plant/operator performance-
    ~    Define  a plan of action which applies the human factor principles to improve control room design and to enhance operator effectiveness and efficiency
    ~    Apply the assessment process to other projects related to the control room which are concerned with, or may be affected by, the human factors review (Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2, safety parameters display system, procedures, training) 6755B: I/062883                            6-1
 
6-2. METHODOLOGY The assessment    process  involves the review  and  evaluation of all CRHEC Report departures identified by the Design Review Team during Phase II to determine which departures can affect the operator's performance such that the potential for operator eror is increased. This process also involves determining the extent of corrections and justifying any recommendations which do not completely correct the discrepancies.
All departures    from the  CRHEC  Report identified during the  Review Phase  will be processed  according to the assessment methodology presented in figure 6-1.
These departures will be documented on checklist observation forms and will be provided to the Assessment Team for analysis and assessment.          Also, some of the operating personnel will be canvassed using the photomosaic to resolve any factors which could contribute to performance problems.
The Assessment    Team  will  review the CLOs to determine the need for reassess-ment by the Design Review Team or their acceptance as HEDs. The disposition of each CLO will be justified and/or documented by the Assessment Team. The Assessment Team will evaluate and categorize each HED according to the metho-dology presented in figure 6-2. This approach accomplishes the assessment objectives of    NUREGs  0700 and 0801.
All category I,    II, and  III HEDs will be  analyzed  for correction as per figure 6-3. Category IV HEDs, considered optional for correction, will be assessed for their cumulative and interactive effects on all other HEDs. Those cate-gory IV HEDs shown to possess the above effects will be recategorized to the appropriate category II level.
      'I The  initial  step in  this process is to identify those HEDs which can be cor-rected by enhancements, training of operators, and/or procedural revisions.
The remaining HEDs will be analyzed to identify and provide design improvement alternatives. A cost/benefit analysis will be performed to determine which corrections are the most feasible and acceptable from a human engineering point of view. As a part of the review, IEMECo/AEPSC will perform a cost/
benefit assessment for implementation of the recommendations.
6-2 6755B: 1/062883
 
The  control  room review process    will be reapplied    as appropriate to ensure the following:
    ~  That the creation of new      HEDs  is identified
    ~  That other corrections are not invalidated
    ~  Compliance with human engineering guidelines developed during Phase          II The HEDs and    final  recommendations  for correction provided by the assessment team  will be  submitted to the Project Review Team for review and disposition.
Rejected  CLOs  and/or recommendations    will be returned to the Assessment  Team for additional    assessment.
6755B:I/062883                                  6-3
 
D ES I G N R EV I EW TEAM
                    ~ PERFORMS THE REVIEW
                    ~ PREPARES CHECKLIST OBSERVATION FORMS LIST OF DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY CONTROL ROOM HUMAN EN G IN E E R IN G C R ITE R IA R E PORT INTERFACE/
REASSESS CLO ASSESSMENT TEAM
                    ~ REVIEW CLOS
                    ~ DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE/
IMPACT AS HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDS)
                    ~  INTERFACE WITH DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                    ~  CATEGORIZE HEDS (REFER TO FIGURE 6-3)
                    ~  FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS
                    ~  DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATIONSCHEDULE              R EASSESS/
D I SAP P ROV E HEDS (W/FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS)
PROJECT REVIEW TEAM
                      ~ REVIEW/COMMENT HEDS WITH I
F MAL R E COMME NDAT ON S  I
                      ~ INTERFACE WITH ASSESSMENT TEAM
                      ~ AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 25 "ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGES" Figure 6-1.      Assessment      Methodology Chart 6755B: 1/062883                              6-5
 
DESIGN REVIEW TEAM CHECKLIST                          (REASSESSMENT)
OBSERVATIONS FORMS ASSESSMENT TEAM HUMAN ENGINEERING DISC R EPANC I ES EVALUATE FOR SAFETY CONSEQUENCE YES                          NO HIGH PROBABILITY                            ASSESS FOR NO YES OF OPERATIONAL                              SIGN I F CANT I
ERROR/SIGNIFICANT                          OPERATIONAL DEVIATION                                  IMPACTS NO                                              YES CATEGORY 2                              CATEGORY 3 NO    S IGNI F I CANT REFER TO                                REFER TO                COST VERSUS FIGURE 6-3                              FIGURE 6-3              OPERATOR BENEFIT CATEGORY    1            IDENTIFY COR R ECT IONS REFER TO                AND COSTS TO F IX FIGURE 6-3                                                                          YES SELECT RECOMMENDED BACKFIT QQ c  0 CATEGORY 4 DOCUMENT ASSESS FOR NEW                                                  REFER TO DOCUMENT                          FIGURE 6-3 o  z5e                    DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY AND PREPARE FOR IMPLEMENTATION P
CRHEC REPORT It Figuzq 6-2. Human  Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart
 
1I 4-t'
          ) '.
e +  P 1
 
REVIEW PROCESS OBSERVATIONS HED ASSESSMENTS ASSESSMENT CRITERIA CATEGORY      ASSESSMENT        IMPLEMENTATION FACTOR            (RATING)
SAFETY (")
EARLIEST CONSEQUENCES:                      HEDS (I,II,III)
OPPORTUNITY DOCUMENTED (MANDATORY)
ERRORS INCREASED          EARLIEST POTENTIAL          OPPORTUNITY FOR ERROR          (HIGH PRIORITY)
LOW                CONVENIENT PROBABILITY        OUTAGE OF ERROR          (ACCEPTED)
NOT ASSOCIATED    MAY OR MAY NOT WITH              BE REQUIRED IV        P ROBABI L ITY    (NOT OF ERROR          MANDATORY)
CAT IV YES  ANALYSIS RECOMMENDED FOR CORRECTIONS
(") EXAMPLE: RESULTS IN                                        CORRECTION UNSAFE OPERATION, NO VIOLATIONOF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENT Figure 6-3. HED  Category Guidelines 6755B: 1/062883                                6-9
 
SECTION 7 OESCRIPTION OF PHASE    III-B,  IMPLEMENTATION Approved  solutions of    HEDs by the  Project Review Team will be scheduled for implementation. The category guidelines established in section 6 will be used as a basis for the corrective action schedule.          Additional considerations in the development of the implementation schedule will be:
    ~    Safety consequences    of operator errors that could      be caused  by the discrepancy
    ~    Integration with other post-TMI programs
    ~    Plant operation constraints o    Operator training/retraining requirements
    ~    Outage  schedules o    Equipment procurement    schedules The following designations,    identifed in    NUREG  0801, will be adopted  for scheduling purposes:
the  NRC. Make changes  at the  first  refueling after submittal of the report or the    first outage after receipt of equipment (expedited).
    ~    Near  term. Correct problems    on a  schedule approved by the NRC. Make changes  at the second refueling outage after submittal of the report.
    ~    Lon  term o tional . Corrections of          insignificant discrepancies  may be implemented at any time.
6755B: 1/062883                              7-1
 
SECTION 8  .
OESCRIPTION OF PHASE    IV,  REPORTING A Program Summary  Report will  be prepared  in accordance with NUREGs 0700 and 0801 upon completion of the OCROR Program.      This report will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies and findings, and summarize all DCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements. This report will also provide an implementation schedule for planned corrective action. The schedule for planned corrective action shall be based on realistic and achievable dates.
The use of intermediate milestones in place of end dates may be used      if additional relevant information is not available at the time the Program Summary Report is. submitted to the NRC. Intermediate milestone dates will be determined based upon the date by which necessary additional information will be known, thus permitting an informed determination of end dates.      The Program Summary Report will update the Program Planning Report.
The Program Summary Report  will  be prepared    using the recommended format shown in figure 8-1. In addition to this final report, supporting documentation will be available for completeness in the event of an NRC audit.
6755B:I/062883                            8-1
 
II CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT 1.0 METHODOLOGY
: 1. 1 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program Plan Objectives
: 1. 1. 1  Detailed Control Room Design Review methodology
: 1. 1.2    Detailed Control Room Design Review program management
: 1. 1.3    Proposed schedule of the four phases of activity (chart)
: 1. 1.4    Integration of other emergency response activities of NUREG 0737, Supplement    1
: 1. 1.5    Quality assurance program 1.2 Management and Staffing 1.2. 1    Qualification of Detailed Contxol      Room Design Review personnel 1.2.2    Organizational structure of      DCRDR  Review Teams 1.3  Documentation and Document Control.
1.4  Review Phase 1.4.1    Operating experience review 1.4.2    System functions review and task analysis 1.4.3    Control room inventory 1.4.4    Control room human factors survey 1.4.5    Verification of task performance 1.4.6    Validation of control      room functions 2.0  REVIEW CONCERNS
: 2. 1 Control  Room Human  Factor Survey Concerns
: 2. 1. 1  Workspace Survey
: 2. 1.2    Anthropometrics Survey
: 2. 1.3    Emergency Equipment Survey
: 2. 1.4    Heating, Ventilation, and Air Condition Survey 2.1.5    Illumination Survey
: 2. 1.6    Ambient Noise Survey-Figure 8-1. Sample  of Program  Summary  Report Format (Sheet 1) 67558:1/062883                              8-3
 
CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW
 
==SUMMARY==
REPORT  (cont) 2.1.7      Maintainability Survey 2.1.8      Communication Survey 2.1.9      Annunciator Systems Review 2.1.10      Controls Survey 2.1.11      Displays Survey 2.1.12      Labels and Location Aids
: 2. 1. 13    Computer System Review 2.1.14      Conventions Survey 2.2  Panel/Work Station Concerns 2.3  System Concerns 2.4  Other Review Concerns 3.0 ASSESSMENT      RECOMMENDATION  AND IMPLEMENTATION PHASE
: 3. 1  HED  Assessment 3.2  Proposed    Implementation 3.3  Scheduled Implementation
 
==4.0 CONCLUSION==
 
Figure 8-1. Sample of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 2) 6755B:1/062883                              8-5
 
SECTION 9 COORDINATION WITH NUREG  0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIYITIES The activities to    be coordinated with the DCRDR in accordance with NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, include the following requirements for Emergency Response Capabilities:
Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS)
Upgrade of Emergency Operating Prodecures (EOPs)
Application to Emergency Response Facilities - Regulatory Guide 1.97 Emergency  Response  Facilities  (ERFs)
IEMECo  will  address these activities as referenced in I&MECo's response to NRC Generic Letter 82-33 for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2; letter PAEP-NRC-0773, dated April 15, 1983. A schedule of performance and integration of these other post TMI activities with the DCRDR is shown in Figure 9-1.
6755B: 1/062883
 
C)
(Tl            D.C. COOK PLANT - DCRDR COORDINATION SCHEDULE 198'985 ER (X7 1983 JF MAM JJASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASOND
                                                                            $ 7ATv5 HARDWARE                      AVAILABLE    RFm'~        OPERATIONAL SOFTWARE                      FOR TRAINING              WITH OPERATOR INSTALLED                                                TRAINING SPDS                                                                        COMPLETE INTERMEDIATE      REVIEW                  FINAL PPR TO          STATUS                                   
 
==SUMMARY==
 
NRC                                PHASE REPORT            COMPLETE                REPORT DCRDR                                                                              TO NRC EQUIPMENT                        INTERMEDIATE            COMPLETE REPLACEMENTS                      STATUS                  REVIEW SPECIFIED                        REPORT                  REV. 2 REG. GUIDE 1.97 PRGCEAlRE (jEN. PACk:    QQG/hl
                                    ,STATUS                    0pzmv oq            IMPLEMENTED PFFAk'7      ncRC        rg~wlN8 EOP KEY TARGET    COMMITMENT Figure 9-1. Schedule of Performance
 
SECTjON 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE The  OCROR  Program  will be performed in accordance with AEPSC  Quality Assurance Program  for the  Oonald C. Cook  Nuclear'lant, specifically AEPSC  General Procedure  2. 1 and other applicable general procedures as referenced herein and the applicable portions of Westinghouse WCAP-8370 pertaining to document control and auditability.
6755B: 1/062883                            10-1
 
SECTION 11
 
==SUMMARY==
 
This Program Plan Report defines the overall process by which the O. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be performed.
It is an effective and thorough design review which will ensure that the results of this effort meet the intent of all applicable government regulations  and guidelines.
Indiana and Michigan Electric Company has committed the resources needed to perform the design review as detailed in this document. Therefore, the acceptability of the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be based on the approval'f this Program Plan Report.      The Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Corporation reserves the right, however, to make changes and will notify the NRC prior to the execution of any planned departures.
Final acceptance  of this document will  end the Planning Phase of this program.
6755B: 1/062883
 
APPENDIX A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS The  following abbreviations apply only to this Program Plan Report and do not necessarily apply to efforts associated with plant standard abbreviations.
A/E        Architect/Engineer AEPSC      American  Electric  Power Service Corporation BOP        Balance of Plant CLO        Checklist Observation (form)
CR        Control  Room CRI        Control  Room Inventory CROPS      Control  Room Operating Personnel  Survey CRT        Cathode Ray Tube DCRDR      Detailed Control  Room Design Review DRT        Design Review Team EOP        Emergency Operating Procedures EPRI      Electric  Power Research  Institute ERG        Emergency Response  Guidelines FSAR      Final Safety Analysis Report HE        Human Engineering HED        Human Engineering Discrepancy HF        Human Factors I8(C    Instrumentation and Control IKMECo    Indiana and Michigan Electric Power    Company (licensee)
INPO      Institute of Nuclear Power Operators LE        Lead Engineer LER        Licensee Event Report MCB      Main Control Board MWe      Megawatt (electric)
MWt      Megawatt (thermal)
NRC      Nuclear Regulatory Commission NSSS      Nuclear Steam Supply System OSD      Operational Sequences Diagrams PC        Plant Coordinator PM        Program Manager PPR        Preliminary Planning Report 6755B: 1/062883
 
PRT    - Project Review Team PSR    - Program Summary Report PWR    - Pressurized Water Reactor SFTA    - Systems Function and Task Analysis SPDS    - Safety Parameter Display System TMI      Three Mile Island WOG      Westinghouse  Owner's Group CRHEC  - Control Room Human Engineering Criteria TP      - Task Plan CRG    - Canyon Research Group CRHFS  - Control Room Human Factors Survey 6755B: I/062883                          A-2
 
APPENDIX B RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL 6755B:1/112983            B-l
 
Robert F. Kr oe er Manager of Quality Assurance Twenty three years experience    in electrical engineering, nuclear fuel, and quality assurance involving major    power generating and distribution in the U.S.
EDUCATION:    B. S. Electrical Engineering Purdue  University - 1960 Additional Education:
                -Indiana University - Business    Management 1960-62
                -General  Electric Co. Power  Systems Engineering Course 1967-1968
                -AEP Management Program - University of Michigan - 1980 EXPERIENCE    American    Electric Power Service Cor oration.
Mana  er of ualit Assurance - Responsibilities include:
1978'to    formulating and recommending policies and practices with respect Present    to the QA and QC programs for Cook Plant; establishing effective QA and QC programs for the Cook Plant; insuring effective implementation of the established QA and QC programs; providing guidance and assistance to AEPSC and Cook Plant management on QA and QC requirements and then implementation; monitoring of compliance with established QA programs through audits, surveillance and reviews; and reporting to Senior management and QA programs effectiveness.      Direct the day-to-day operation of the AEPSC QA Department including recommending the hiring, salary adjustments, promotions, transfers, disciplining, and termination of personnel. Continue as Secretary of the CCB.
Elected a member of the AEPSC Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee (Offsite review committee for Cook Plant).
1976  to  Staff  En ineer, Nuclear En ineerin    Division - Responsibilities 1978        included paiticipation in nuclear fuel design reviews, vendor evaluation, and inprocess surveillance and audits of nuclear fuel fabrication. Continued as Secretary of the CCB.
1973  to  Staff  En  ineer, Project Management Division - Responsibilities 1976        included development of transmission and distribution project management systems and techniques, methods of manpower allocations, and methods for cost control. Was assigned the responsibility as Secretary of the AEPSC Change Control Board (CCB) for the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant. 'Was assigned to a 2 person task action group to develop corporate project management and control procedures for an anticipated, new high temperature gas cooled nuclear reactor project.      Received additional special assignments on Cook Plant in the areas of control of modification, and tracking of commitments.
6755B: 1/112983                          B-3
 
Robert F. Kroe er (Page 2) 1971  to  Administrative Assistant to the AEPSC Vice Chairman, En ineerin 1973      and Construction  Responsibilities were numerous and widely diversified involving all facets of electric utility engineering, design, construction and operation. Assigned responsibilities for coordination of numerous special projects,.
studies and problem solving task forces. Prepared responses to outside correspondence for all levels of senior management.
Developed and implemented an AEPSC engineering manpower monitoring programs to continually monitor changes in engineering manpower and technical level of engineering.
1970  to  Senior En ineer - Electrical En ineerin Division S ecial 1971      Assi nment to Nuclear Task Force - D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant Electrical Engineering Division gA procedures, site electrical construction gA procedures, electrical equipment specifications, original corporate wide seismic qualification specification, and electrical equipment supplier qualification programs. Conducted preaward audits of and inprocess surveillance on suppliers of safety related electrical equipment. Conducted numerous site audits of electrical construction activities.
1965  to  En  ineer  various  rades  - Electrical En ineerin Division 1970      Distribution Section  NY Office - Primary responsibility was for long range planning of the distribution systems for two of the AEP  system operating companies, including improvement plans, load forecasts, system optimization, cost analyses, coordination of plans with transmission planning groups and presentation of plans to corporate management for approval. Other responsibilities included: administration (further development of and implementation of the AEP system wide distribution transformers load monitory program (program to predict on a statistical basis the monthly and annual peak loads on over 400,000 distribution transformers); development and implementation of an AEP system side distribution system trouble, damage and interruption reporting program to provide statistical data on circuit and equipment "reliability" for planning and equipment evaluation purposes; participated in a task force to develop distribution system planning guidelines; conducted numerous special studies on distribution system equipment, construction standards and planning calculation techniques.
67558: 1/112983                            8-4
 
Robert F. Kroe er (Page 3) 1963  to  Associate  En  ineer - Canton Ohio  En ineerin Oivision - Primary 1965      responsibiljties  were basically the same as those shown for 1965 to 1970. Th'is position was established as part of an effort to develop an AEPSC engineering group in Canton, Ohio. After two years, the decision was made to transfer the distribution planning function,to the AEPSC New York office.
1960  to  Indiana 5 Michi an Electric Comoan Assistant Engineer - S stem 1963      En ineerin    Office, Oistribution Section - Primary responsibilities were for short range distribution system planning, development of detailed work plans for implementation of distribution system improvements, and special customer related studies.
Additional responsibilities included: evaluation of sheet light equipment, equipment utilization studies and installation standards; continuous evaluation of distribution conductor connects and associated tooling and hardware.
67558:1/112983                          8-5
 
RESUME:      Robert  C. Carruth TITLE:      Head  Electrical Generation Section American  Electric Power Service Corporation EDUCATION:  Bachelor of Engineering 1965 Stevens Institute of Technology Master of Engineering - Electric Power Systems Engineering 1967 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute PRESENT:    Manager  Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division American Electric Power Service Corporation 1979-1981    Assistant  Manager of Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division AEPSC:
Execute  a broad range of technical and administrative responsibilities in supervision of,an organization of 40 engineers and supporting technical personnel involved in all aspects of Power Plant Electrical Design Engineering, including power equipment specification and application, auxiliary power system design, application of protective relaying and protective interlocking circuits, design of relay and solid state logic control systems, application of fault diagnostic equipment, performance of equipment and,system failure analysis and the monitoring and upgrading of installed and operating electrical equipment and systems. Specific technical and administrative responsibilities include:
Conducting Job Performance Reviews.
Administrative of the training    and orientation program for  new technical personnel.
Manpower  planning and manpower allocation.
Providing independent technical reviews.
Participating in Nuclear Standards Development.
Participating in Nuclear Safety Design      Review Sub-Committee activities.
Conducting special    studies in Nuclear and Fossil Plant Design, construction  and  operation related area.
Research or conduct evaluation of systems or equipment misoperations, reportable occurrences, equipment failures, etc.
Participate in Nuclear Plant Site Audits.
6755B:1/112983                            B-7
 
R. C. Carruth Page  2 Previous Nuclear    Ex erience 1972-1979      Senior Engineer, and Project Electrical Engineer      for D.C. Cook Nuclear Plant; two 1100 MW Westinghouse PWR's.
Responsible for technical and administrative supervision of an organization of six to ten engineers and engineering support personnel involved in construction, qualification, licensing, pre-operational testing, startup        and post operational engineering and design support. Specific technical and administrati've responsibilities included:
Performing or supervising hhe detail design of Class IE as well as balance of plant electrical systems, circuits and components.
Preparation of Equipment qualification test procedures.
Witness acceptance    testing.
Supervise the preparation of plant    site audit plans.
Write and supervise the preparation and execution of pre-operational test procedures.
Supervise the development and testing of Class IE components.
Provide on site startup technical support and supervision.
Develop an Engineering Procedures      Manual.
Establish procedures for engineering quality control.
Institute  an  Engineering equality Assurance Program.
Assist in the establishment of      a Corporate Design Change Control Process.
Perform work planning; scheduling manpower and assignments.
Personnel    Performance  Reviews.
Supervise and provide technical liaison to a consultant organization contracted to supplement the permanent staff assigned to the Project Electrical organization.
6755B: 1/112983                              B-8
 
R. C. Carruth Page  3 General  Industr    Ex  erience 1977-1979      Senior Engineer and Supervisory Engineer for the electrical design of Racine Hydroelectric Project.
Responsible for conceptual as well as detail engineering of the electrical systems, protectives, plant controls, dispatch automation and supervisory and diagnostic systems for remote unattended operations Specific areas of activity included:
Generation of Electrical    One  Lines.
Specification purchase and application of major electrical systems and hardware including:
600  V and 6.9kV  switchgear.
6.9kV Isolated and Non Seg. Phase bus.
Programmable  controllers for control      and dispatch functions.
Equipment status and alarm monitoring system.
Remote  supervisory and data acquisition system.
Battery charger, inverter      and UPS system.
Parameter monitoring and data management        system.
Design  of'lant  controls  and  protective inter locking circuits    and logic.
Development of dispatch algorithims        for  economic dispatch  of the facility.
Application of generator    and  auxiliary  power system  protective relaying.
Integration of plant controls      and  operation with subtransmission system relaying and switching requirements.
Application of station oscillograph and plant systems status diagnostic computer and annunciator systems.
Application of on-site emergency diesel generation,          and the design of automatic load shedding, restoration, re-transfer          and testing circuitry.
6755B: 1/112983                              B-9
 
R. C. Carruth Page  4 1969-1972      Engineer and Sponsor (Project      Electrical) Engineer for. Mitchell Plant - two 800 MW coal fired      super-critical units:
Responsible    for electrical control and protection, auxiliary power systems protective relaying, related operator training and related startup and commissioning supervision.        Specific responsibilities and activities included:
Design  of electrical control    and power  circuits.
Application    and  setting of protective relays.
Application of switchgear      and  other switching  and  protective devices.
Design  of relay  and  digital solid state logic for plant      coal handling automation.
Design  of relay control logic    and  interlocking for plant systems.
Preparation of operator reference system descriptions          and operating instructions.
Prepare and deliver operator      training  and  orientation lectures on key plant systems.
Write test and commissioning instructions.
Provide on-site technical support to construction and relay checkout personnel.
1968-1972      Engineer and Project    Electrical Engineer for the design and installation of    a 345 MVAR  synchronous condenser installation as part of  a 765kV  EHV system  expansion. Responsibilities included:
Design  of all controls  and  protectives.
Design of  auxiliary  power system.
Rating major    electrical  components.
Specification and purchase of control components, switchgear, transfer switches, auxiliary power equipment, motor control centers,  transformers.
Review and approval    of all vendor supplied systems, including excitation, generator cooling water treatment and demineralizer system equipment, and all starting system equipment including generator starting and running bus switching equipment.
6755B: 1/112983                              B-10
 
R. C. Carruth Page  5 1967"1969    Associate Engineer, Assisting Project Electrical Engineer in various aspects of a strip mine expansion project, automated coal haulage (railroad), overland conveyors, coal processing stations and misc. coal handling systems.
67558:1/112983                            8" 11
 
KARL  J. TOTH EDUCATION University of Southern Califormia, M.A., System Management,          1968 University of Omaha, B.S., Military Science, 1962 Central Michigan College of Education, 1950 REGISTRATION Professional  Engineer, State of California EXPERIENCE American  Electric  Power Service Corporation,      1983 - Present NUS Corpodation,  1980 - 1983 U.S. Air Force, 1951 - 1980 Michigan School System, 1950 - 1951 AMERICAN ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE CORPORATION        - Assigned to the Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section with responsibility for safety implications of all proposed D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant modifications. Reviews all proposed changes for  10CFR50.59  requirements and D. C. Cook    licensing commitments to the  NRC.
NUS  - As a consulting engineer with the Consequence Assessment Department, is responsible for the analysis of probabilities and consequences of industrial and transportation accidents. Conducted aircraft impact hazard analysis for the San Onofre, Skagit/Hanford, and Hope Creek nuclear power plants and wrote Section 3.5. 1.6 of the preliminary and final safety analysis reports (PSAR and FSAR) for the Hope Creek plant.      Performed analysis of probabilities for accidents injuries, and deaths for the environmental impact statement for away-from-reactor fuel receiving and storage stations at Nuclear Fuel Services, West Valley, New York; General Electric, Morris, Illinois, and Allied General Nuclear Services, Barnwell, South Carolina. Conducted risk analyses, including possible accidents scenarios, on military deployment and use of krypton-85 advanced airfield lighting systems.          Performed excavatioon planning and time estimates for the Ginna Nuclear Power Plant. Conducted accident and risk analyses of remotely piloted vehicles for the U.S.
Department of Energy. These analyses included possible accident scenarios, failure modes, and probabilities. In addition, performed field surveys, collected data, and managed projects for both offite and onsite hazards analysis for control room habitability for Units 1 and 2 of the Surry, Skagit/Hanford, and Midland Nuclear Power Plants. This work resulted in writing revisions to Section 2.2 of the Midland FSAR, which, included an extensive study and report, and writing Section Z.Z of the Skagit/Hanford PSAR and the Hope Creek FSAR  ~  Participated in the IDCOR Atomic Industrial Forum on Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Operator Human Factors Study.
6755B: 1/112983                            B-13
 
KARL  J. TOTH Page  2 U.S. AIR  FORCE - Served as pilot and in progressive management positions in both the operations and safety functions. At termination of Air Force career, was Chief of Safety for Air Force Systems Command, with responsibility for system safety, reliability, maintainability, and overall product assurance for approximately 90 percent of the hardware and software purchased by the U.S.
Air Force.
From 1974 through 1977, was responsible for reviewing and approving evacuation plans and control center operations for 20 installations in the eastern United States. Has had extensive experience working with and directing postaccidents radiation-monitoring teams, decontamination teams, and accident investigations.
As  Chief of Safety and Disaster Control, from 1962 to 1974, conducted evacuation studies at six nuclear installations; one in Japan, two in Europe, and three in the United States. Studies included time estimates, routes, methods, and procedures for dispersing personnel and critical defense equipment. Responsibilities also included establishing and directing emergency control center procedures and operations at each location.
Investigated a catastrophic bomber aircraft crash in Japan which resulted in many unnecessary civilian casualties.      These losses were attributed to a lack of knowledge by the local population. As a result, developed, and translated, and distributed emergency procedures checklists for local officials. Also wrote an explanation of the hazards and risks and established simple procedures to be followed in the event of future accidents.      These procedures were translated and published in local papers and broadcast periodically on local radio and television. These checklists and news media releases were well received and subsequently translated and successfully used at locations in Europe and in the United States.
MEMBERSHIPS American Defense Preparedness Association American Nuclear Society Certified Hazard Control Manager International Society of Air Safety Investigators National Aerospace Education Association National Society of Professional Engineers System Safety Society 6755B: 1/112983                          8-14
 
ARTHUR S. GRZMES Consultin  Mechanical  En ineer Thirty five years experience in mechanical engineering      activities involving major power  generating  facilities  in the United States and  Zsrael.
EDUCATZON:    Pzofessional degree in Mechanical Engineering University of Cincinnati, 1948 Additional Education:
Business Administration, Adelphi University 1955 Automatic Control, University of Michigan 1954 EXPERZENCE:    American Electric Power Service Cor 1978  to      Consulting Mechanical Engineer - Consultant to Present        mechanical engineering and other disciplines in areas of automatic control, plant operation and thermal performance.      Perform nuclear plant audits. Consult on research projects.
1972-77        Assistant Division Manager - Mechanical Engineering Responsible for mechanical engineering activities in plant modification and operation of a nuclear power  plant.
1955-72        Manager,  Results Section - Responsible    for design and purchase of instrumentation and control systems, steam cycle analysis, and pez formance testing of power generating plants.      Plants included coal, oil, nuclear and hydro.
1950-55        Engineer - Responsible    for design and purchase of instrumentation  and  control systems for fossil power plants.
1948-49        A  alachian Power Co., Lo an, West Vir inia Results Engineer responsible for maintenance of instruments and controls and for performance testing in coal f ired power plant.
PROFESSZONAL AFFZLZATZON: Fellow, American Society of Mechanical Engineers Chapter 8,  Pump  Handbook-McGraw-Hill 1976 Operating Experience With The Cardinal Plant Training Simulator - American Nuclear Society 1970 Service Experience With Analog Computers For Utility Power Plants - American Power Conf. 1962
 
C Measurement of Density and Moisture in a Large Coal Storage Pile - American Power Conf. 1961 Application of an Automatic Digital Data Collecting System To The Philo Supercritical Unit, American Power Conf. 1958 Thermal Performance    Of The Philo Supercritical Unit -    American Society of Mechanical Engineers,    1958 PATENTS: 4,343,682    Feedwater Heating Means for Nuclear Units During Start-up and Method  of Controlling Same.
3,721,898, Apparatus for Detecting Leakage From or Rupture of Pipes and Other Vessels Containing Fluid Under Pressure.
3,211,135    Steam Generator  Unit Contxol System
 
Summary Resume  of  THOMAS B. SHERIDAN Thomas B. Sheridan attended Purdue University (B.S. 1951) and, after two years in military service (Aeromedical Laboratory, Wright Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio) attended the University of California, Los Angeles (M.S. 1954) and M. I.T. (Sc.D. 1959). His doctoral program was interdepartmental between
'systems engineering and psychology, with one year spent in cross-registration at Harvard University.
For most  of his career,  Or . Sheridan has remained at M. I. T., where until recently he was Professor of Mechanical Engineering and is now Professor of Engineering and Applied Psychology. He heads the Man-Machine'Systems Laboratory and teaches both graduate and undergraduate subjects in Man-Machine Systems. He is a Faculty Associate of the M. I.T. Science, Technology and Society Program. He helped develop a new interdepartmental graduate degree program in Technology and Policy, and .has taught the core seminars for that program. He has also taught control, design and other engineering subjects.
He  has served as visiting faculty member at the University of California, Berkeley, Stanford University, and the Technical University of Delft, Netherlands.                                            N Dr. Sheridan's research    has been on mathematical models  of  human  operator and socio"economic systems,  on man-computer interaction in  piloting aircraft  and in supervising undersea and industrial robotic systems, and on computer graphic technology for information searching and group deicision-making. He is author, with W. R. Ferrell, of Man-Machine S stems: Information, Control and Decision Models of Human Performance, M. I.T. Press, 1974, 1981 (published in Russian, 1980) and co-editor of a 1976 Plenum Press book, M~onitorin Behavior and Su ervisor Control.
He  is a fellow of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, was formerly editor of the IEEE Transactions on Man-Machine S stems, is past president of the'EEE Systems, Man and Cybernetics Society, served as Chairman of the IEEE Committee on Technology Forecasting and Assessment and was chairman of the 1981 IEEE Workshop on Human Factors in Nuclear Safety. He is also a Fellow of the Human Factors Society, and in 1977 received the'ir Paul M.
Fitts Award for contributions to education. He is Associate Editor of Automatica and on the Editorial Advisory Board of Com uter Aided Desi n.
Dr. Sheridan has served on the Accident Prevention and Injury Control Study Sections of the National Institutes of Health, the NASA Life Sciences Advisory Committee, the NSF Automation Research Council, the NASA Study group on Robotics, the U.S. Congress OTA Task Force on Appropriate Technology, and the NSF Advisory Committee on Applied Physical, Mathematical and Biological Factors and served on the NRC Ad Hoc Committee on Aircrew-Vehicle Interaction and two advisory panels of the NRC Marine Board.
His  industrial consulting activities have included: The General Motors Corp.
(auto safety); General Electric Co. (telemanipulator s); C.S. Draper Laboratory 6755B: 1/112983                          B-17
 
Thomas B. Sheridan Page 2 (design of astronaut interface for Apollo guidance system, industrial robots);
Biodynamics, Inc. (biomedical and human factors); Public Broadcast Service (TV audience feedback); National Bureau of Standards (industrial robots); Group Dialog Systems, Inc. (group meeting and decision technology); Northrop Aircarft (pilot workload); Babcock and Wilcox Co. (industrial instrumenta-tions); Lockheed, General Physics, American Electric Power, Consumer's and Webster, the BWR Owners'roup, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Yankee Atomic, and Electric Power Research Institute.(man-machine aspects of nuclear plant safety).
67558:1/112983                          8-18
 
Mana  er, Instrumentation  and  Control Section Seventeen  years experience in instrumentation, control and equipment protection activities involving major power generating and distribution facilities in the United States..
EDUCATION:        B. S. Electrical Engineering, Illinois Institute of Technology, 1966 Additional Education:
AEP Management  Course  - University of Michigan,  1979 REGISTRATION:      Professional  Engineer - California ( 1977)
EXPERiENCE:        American  Electric Power Service Cor oration 1977 to            Manager,  Instrumentation & Control Section-Present            Responsibilities include supervising the development of the overall plant control philosophy. Review, approve and recommendations of instruments, controls & computer supplied with all major mechanical equipment. Organize the development of software, selection of hardware for power plant process computers. Supervise the arrangement of control rooms, simulators and panels incorporating human factor considerations. Assure documentation of instru-mentation, control and computer strategies via the Engineering Control Procedure (ECP) packages.      Carry out the interface between Mechanical and Electrical Engineering for Control Design and Engineering. Provide for profes-sional development and training of Section personnel.
Recommend hiring, salary adjustments, promotion, transfers and release of personnel. Project work includes Montaineer Unit 1 and Rockport Units 1 & 2 1300 mw fossil fired power plants, Cook Nuclear Plant Units 1 & 2 upgrades, the Pressurized Fluidized Bed Combustion Project Studies, and a new series of Fossil Fired Plant studies in-plant monitoring computers for Stack Environmental Data.
1976  to 1977        Assistant Section Head/Instrumentation & Control Section-Responsibilities included supervision, instrument and control work, training, evaluating personnel performance, review and approval of purchase orders, standards and drawings, supervise the arrangement and design of control panels, supervise and design of control systems, coordinate the preparation of boiler & turbine interlock diagrams and analyzing the power plant cycle and their controls.
Project work included a series of 1300 MM Fossil Fired Power Plants, D. C'. Cook Nuclear Plant Unit 1 & 2 and a Mechanical Engineering Division Power Plant Cycle Study.
67558:1/112983                            8-19
 
John C. Jeffrey Page 2 1975 to 1976      Engineer, Instrumentation & Control Section, N.Y. Office-
                "Responsibilities included design of control systems, selection of instruments and control devices, preparation of specifications, review of construction drawings, inspection of new facilities, prepare calibrated and operation instructions and make dynamic response studies.
Project work included the Cook Plant Waste Evaporator and Waste Evaporator Bottoms Systems, Request  For Change Sheet, Lot and Unit P2 replacement equipment.
1974 to 1975      Engineer, Instrumentation & Control Section at Cook Plant-Responsibilities included supervision of the NERVE organization as outlined below plus assisting the Cook Plant with staff procedures, audits, tests and training.
Indiana & Michi an Electric Comtian 1972 to 1974      Supervising Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Cook Plant - Responsibilities included supervision, engineer, design, construction, maintenance and operation of station & plant facilities, supervise installation &
maintenance and of station and plant equipment, formulate policies and procedures, supervise special studies and reports, assist in planning and engineering new stations, supervise repairing equipment in connection with failure.
Responsible for employment, promotion, transfer, discipline and discharge. Projects included all electrical controls and D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.
1971 to  1972    Senior Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Cook Plant - Responsibilities included performing and directing others in testing, adjusting station and plant equipment, reviewing construction prints to assure that they are consistent with intended function, inspect & coordinate the work of contractors, make recommendations to correct malfunctions, plan and perform special tests, analyze test results, prepare estimates, reports and studies. Projects included all electrical controls at D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.
1970 to  1971    Senior Engineer., General Office, Station Department at New York Office - Responsibilities included participating in the design and engineering of D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.
Projects included diesel load analysis, safeguard pump control, essential service water, sewage disposal, auxiliary feed water, control air, black"out sequencing, component cooling water the 345/765 station and the 69/4KV emergency power station.
6755B:1/112983                        8;20
 
John C. Jeffrey Page 3 1969 to 1970    Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Michigan Power Company - Responsibilities included Maintenance and Performance Tests of Station and Hydro equipment such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment. I was responsible for inspection of station construction projects and coordinating contractor's work and training. Projects included two 69KV transmission and distribution station and Constatine and 'Mottville Hydro electric plants.
1969 to  1969    Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Big Sandy Plant - Responsibilities included performing tests of Plant Equipment such as circuit breakers, heaters, transformers, pumps,  valves, relays, protective equipment and training.
Projects include circulating water, cooling towers, trans-formers, pulverizers, generator, unit circuit breakers and the 765  KV  station equipment.
1968 to  1969    Engineer, 'General Office, Station Department at Michigan Power Company  - Responsibilities included maintaining and performing tests of station equipment, such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment. I was  responsible for inspection of station construction projects and coordinating contractors work, design, economic justification of new station control and training. Projects included inspection, testing, repair and partial redesign of Control at all Michigan Power Transmission Stations. The control design & economic justification, testing, calibration and placing in service of a 69/34KV transmission station School Craft South.
1966 to 1968    Engineer, General Office,. Station Department at Indiana and Michigan Electric Co. - Responsibilities included running special equipment test, performing testing of station equipment such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment, carrier current and supervisory control. I was responsible for inspecton of station construction projects and coordinating contractor's work for training and training equipment, for calibration and timing studies, calibration record system and calibration aids. Projects included testing of solid state relays, testing shock preventative devices, design and construction of a training simulator, development of a calibration record, calibration charts, station calculations, timing coordination studies, installation of 345KV circuit breakers at Tanners Creek Plant. Station removal and installation of 345KV circuit breakers at Breek Plant Station.
6755B: 1/112983                        B-21
 
  '\/
A 0
 
Rexford F. Shoemaker Senior  En  ineer, Instrumentation  & Control Section Twenty-one years experience in instrumentation, control and      protective systems activities in fossil fuel power generation stations.
EDUCATION:        B. S. Mechanical    Engineering West  Virginia Institute of Technology,    1961 EXPERIENCE:        A  palachian Power Com an 1972 to 1983        Plant Performance Superintendent, John E. Amos Plant-Responsibilities included all plant instrumentation, control and protective systems, cycle chemistry and control, environmental controls and thermal performance and testing. Supervise eighty (80) technical and supervisory personnel. Wrote first 1300 MW Integrated Unit Control System  line up and calibration procedure. Alternate weekend  call-out duties with Operation Department Superintendent, supervise unit start-ups and operations Wrote first 1300 MW unit normal cold start-up procedure.
1970 to  1972        Performance  Supervising Engineer " Responsibilities included supervising technicians and engineers in check-out, calibration and start-up activities of Amos plant instrumentation and controls systems on two 800 MW and one 1300 MW coal fired supercritical pressure units.
1969 to  1970        Performance Engineer Senior, on temporary assignment to American Electric Power Service Corporation, Instrumentation 6 Control Section in New York City Responsibilities included helping to assemble calibration books for Amos Units 1 and 2. Revise as required for automatic control Big Sandy Unit 2 Integrated Unit Control System. Develop first 800 MW Integrated Unit Control System  calibration  and line up drawings. Help with Mitchell Unit One Westinghouse-Hagan factory checkout of Integrated Unit Control System Cabinets.
1968 to  1969        Performance  Engineer, Kanawha River  Plant-Responsibilities included supervising instrument      and control technician crew.
6755B:1/112983                            B-23
 
Rexford F. Shoemaker Page 2 Baile Meter  Com an 1966  to  1967      Systems  Engineer, Wickliffe, Ohio - Responsibilities included des'ign, specify, document standard control system logic for central station applications. Trouble shoot large electronic control    systems on supercritical units and revise as necessary to help develop company standards.
Help design, assemble, check-out and put into service first closed loop analog simulator for factory checkout of large elec'tronic control systems for supercritical units.
1961  to 1966      Field Service Engineer, Cincinnati, Ohio - Responsibilities included service and maintain existing control systems plus checkout and start-up new control systems ranging from small pneumatic on    industrial drum boilers and processes to large electronic  on  central station units.
6755B: 1/112983                          8"24
 
Frank S. VanPelt, Jr.
Professional Engineer - Michigan Section Manager - Construction Project Management          III American  Electric Power Service Corp.
Bachelor of Science    - Mechanical Engineering Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University June, 1982 - Present - American Electric Power Service Corp.
Section Manager for Cook Plant Project Management        III Planning  and Scheduling RFC work for Cook Plant.
March, 1980    -  May, 1982  -  American  Electric  Power Service Corp Section Manager - Planning and Scheduling; Project Controls.
Coordinated Cook Plant FSAR Update; began development of detail logic networks for Coal Fired Power Plant Construction program. Headed one of three teams during Study program for new coal fired power plant.
July,  1979  -'ebruary,    1980  - American Electric    Power Service Corp.
Project Control- Engineer - Construction Projects. Began the development of computer program for scheduling the engineering, design and construction of a coal fired power plant.
April,  1978  June,    1979  - American Electric  Power Service Corp.
Project Manager assigned to Helium Breeder Associates,        San  Diego, California.
Assisted in the development of the Management System and program to        be used  for the  Gas Cooled    Fast Breeder Reactor Program.
May, 1977  -  March, 1978 - I    &  M Electric Co.  -  D. C. Cook Plant Lead  Start-up Engineer Directed six Start-Up Engineers in the completion and start-up of Unit
      'nt  Cook Plant. Maintained the Preop schedule and assured timely 2
release of systems for Preop Testing..
August, 1972    - April,  1977  - I  & M Electric  Co.  - D. C. Cook Plant Start-Up Engineer/Assistant Lead Start-up Engineer Coordinated the completion and start-up of assigned systems for both Unit 1 and 2.
Prepared system initial operating procedures, flushing procedures and hydrostatic test procedures.
6755B: 1/112983                              B-25
 
Frank S. VanPelt,    Jr.
Page  2 June,  1970 July,  1972 - Central Operating Co. - Philip Sporn Plant Performance Engineer Planned, set-up equipment, took data, calculated and analyzed the results and made recommendations for equipment performance improvements for my assigned units.
67558:1/112983                            8-26
 
James  B. Brittan Senior  En  ineer,    ualit  Assurance More than twenty years experience      in various guality Assurance and  Reliability activities including seven years    with nuclear power generation  facilities.
EDUCATION:        B. S. in Marine Engineering, NY State Maritime 1954 Graduate Studies in Nuclear Engineering, UCLA MBA, CW Post,'Div. LIU.
EXPERIENCE:      American Electric Power Service Corporation 1977 to            Responsible for establishment and implementation of complete supplier qualification program for all companies furnishing equipmeat or services important to nuclear safety to AEP (more than four hundred diverse organizations). Responsible for auditor training and certification program. Responsible for planning, scheduling and implementation of internal guality Assurance audit program. Project gA representative on spent fuel rack modification and Plant security system projects.
1962-1976          Lund  Electronics    8 S stem,  Inc.
guality  Assurance Manager, responsible    for quality planning, reliability, quality planning, quality engineerng, quality control and all testing associated with the company's diverse line of electromechanical products.
Directed environmental lab, model shop, electronic lab, and metrology functions. Managed budgets, test program contracts, other planning 8 scheduling functions. Wrote proposals, test plans and reports.
6755B: I/112983                            B-27
 
Loui s P. DeMarco EXPERIENCE:      6/73  - Present Engineering Assistant Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division RESPONSIBILITIES:
4/79 - Present    Responsible for System Engineering functions such as:
Evaluating and implementing all phases of design modifications for two 1100MW nuclear units, including Radiation Monitoring System, Reactor Protection System, Hydrogen Mitigation Distributed Ignition System, Fire Protection Systems, various plant systems and their support.
Provide plant  staff with electrical engipeering support.
Investigate and prepare responses in connection with Nuclear Regulatory Commission circulars and bulletins.
Coordinate Plant'Annunciator Response    Procedure Review.
Task force member    for Onsite  Low Level Radiation Waste Storage  Facility.
3/76 - 4/79        (}uality Control Engineer responsible for managing and implementing the quality control system for nuclear plant engineering design modifications, including review of all electrical engineering des'ign modifications for technical and  procedural completeness.
6/73 - 3/76        Technical Assistant, assisting both fossil and nuclear engineering staff by: performing engineering calculations, data tabulations, equipment specifications, purchase and expediting.
EDUCATION:        Polytechnic Institute of    New  York 110  credits completed toward B.S.E.E.
Staten Island Community College A.S.S. Degree - 1973 Electro-Mechanical Technology 6755B: 1/112983                          8-29
 
ft J
 
Thaddeus  Russell Stephens Citizenshi U.S. (Born    -  Ni les, Michigan)
Position Title Senior Performance Engineer Present  Em  lo  er Indiana and Michigan Electric      Co'mpany Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant Education November 1980: Attended Combustion Engineering's two-week Simulator          Training Program and completed the reactor startup examination satisfactorily.
April  1980:    University of Michigan,    Ann Arbor, Michigan. Successfully completed the two-week Reactor Operator Training Program at Ford Nuclear Reactor/Phoenix Memorial Laboratory.
March 1978:      A  sixteen-hour course  on  vibration analysis given by the IRD Company.
(
June  - August 1976: American Electric Power's Performance Improvement Program consisted of 240 hours of both classroom lectures on power plant related subjects and performance testing of 1300 megawatt coal fired unit with related equipment and calculations of test data.
March 1975: A forty-hour recorder and        controls maintenance course given  by the Leeds 8 Northrup Company.
1974: Graduated, Tri-State College, Angola, Indiana, Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering.
Attended  a  40-hour Management Training Course given by the Indiana 4 Michigan Electric  Company.
6755B: 1/112983                              B-31
 
T. R. Stephens Page  2 Se tember 1979 to Present:      Senior Performance Engineer assigned to the Operations Department at the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant. Duties include the review and revision of the Operations Department Procedures and general technical support for the Department.
Au  ust  1976 to September 1979:    Senior Performance Engineer at Tanners Creek, having  the duties  to supervise  the Performance Engineers who have unit responsibility, to schedule test work and assign and monitor project work.
November 1974 to Au ust 1976: Worked as a Performance Engineer in a 1050 megawatt generating station which has four coal-fi,red units. The station is the Tannery s Creek Station owned by the Indiana 5 Michigan Electric Company, a subsidiary of American Electric Power Company. My duties included testing of major  unit equipment, assorted project work,    and the maintaining of the unit's control systems.
March 1974  to November 1974: Worked as a first line supervisor of a forge line  and  welding line in the manufacture of single piece axle housings in the Housing Division of Clark Equipment Company.      Left to get work more in line with  my  professional training.
June 1968 to March 1974:    Co-op student  with Clark Equipment  Company in Buchanan, Michigan.
6755B: 1/112983                            B-32
 
JOHN D. YOUNG    - Senior Engineer, Electrical  Power Systems/Control  Board Design, Westinghouse Electric Corporation Education:
-  B.S. in  Electrical Engineering from Tri-State College
~E Mr. Young  is with Westinghouse Electric Corporation in the Instrumentation and Control Department, Electrical Power Systems and Control Board Design group.
His work experience for the past ten years has been in the area of main cont'rol and panel layout. design. He is the lead engineer for the Control Board Design group.
Mr. Young was the responsible design engineer        for the control boards for the following nuclear power plants:
a)  Sequoyah  Units  1 and 2 b)  Watts Bar Units 1 and 2 c)  Krsko Unit 1 (Yugoslavia) d)  Napot Point Unit    1  (Philippines)
He was  also the responsible engineer in the design of a modular operation console which can integrate the requirements of Reg. Guide 1.97 and NUREG 0696 into existing control    rooms.
Mr. Young also has over three years experience        with the reactor protection  and safeguards systems panels.      He was instrumental  in the design of the safeguards on-line testing sys em.
Mr. Young's experience in the nuclear industry spans fourteen and one-half years with Westinghouse in the Instrumentation and Control field.
6755B: 1/112983                            B"33
 
WAYNE R. YOUNG  - Engineer, Electrical  Power Systems  and Control Board Design Education:
-  A.S. in Electronics Technology from the Community College of Allegheny County
- Continuing towards    a B.S. in  Electrical Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh Ex  erience:
Mr. Young    is with the Westinghouse Electric Corporation in the Instrumentation and  Control Department, Electrical Power Systems and Control Board Design Group. His work experience has been in the area of main control board/panel layout and design. His total nuclear experience spans nine years of service with Westinghouse in the instrumentation and control field.
He  is the cognizant engineer for the human engineering evaluation for the Louisiana Power and Light Waterford 3 nuclear plant, a program which included the following.
a)  Assess  the layout and adequacy of the main control board (MCB) required to support operating crew activities through the use of plant-specific Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs).
b)  Verify that the EOP    sequence  of steps and procedural  flow are compatible with the  MCB  layout.
c)  Conduct  EOP verification walk-throughs in the Waterford    3 control room.
d) =Provide recommendations    for resolution of  Human Engineering Discrepancies (HEDs).
e)  Assist in the development of plant specific, symptom-based,      event scenarios for use in the EOP verification.
6755B: 1/062883                              B-35
 
WAYNE R. YOUNG  (continued) f) Assist    in the preparation of the event recognition report,      MCR display maps, task maps, and link analysis documentation.
Mr. Young  is also responsible for the main control board equipment qualification program. Duties for equipment qualified to IEE 323"1974          and 344-1975 include:
a)  Participation in the preparation of equipment qualification reports.
b)  Generation and maintenance    of baseline design documents.
c)  Generation and maintenance    of computerized specifications.
d)  Equipment quotations.
e)  Equipment procurement.
f)  Maintenance of    qualification  fi ls for audi tabi lity.
Additionally,  Mr. Young  is the systems engineer    for the Nuclear Steam Supply System (NSSS) on    the following  power  plants:
a)  Comanche  Peak  Units &#xb9;1 and &#xb9;2 b)  McGuire Units &#xb9;1 and &#xb9;2 c)  Catawba Units &#xb9;1 and &#xb9;2 d)  Mannshan Units &#xb9;1 and &#xb9;2 e)  Korea Unit &#xb9;2 f)  Millstone Unit &#xb9;2 g)  Virgil  C. Summer h)  Beaver Valley Unit &#xb9;2 Activities include review    and approval  of architect/engineer documentation, design of the rod drop disconnect switch box, equipment procurement,        schedul-ing, and documentation transmittal.
6755B: 1/062883                          ~  B-36
 
ROBERT  J. WARTENBERG  - Instruction Coordinator and Instructor, Instrumentation Technology Training Center, Westinghouse Electric Corporation Education:
-  Community College  of Allegheny Country,    12 credit hours in Education
-  Southern  Illinois University,  69  credit hours in Education
- Military schools:    Electronic Technician "A" School, Basic Nuclear    Power School, and Nuclear Power Prototype Ex  erience:
Mr. Wartenberg has over 8 years    of experience in the naval and commercial nuclear fields, with emphasis on plant operations and training, and supervisory experience in all aspects of course presentation, personnel training, and program administration and development. Mr. Wartenberg assists in human factors evaluations of control room designs and procedure verifica-tions. In October of 1981, he received Senior Reactor Operator certification.
As an  instruction coordinator,  he  is responsible for meeting the overall objectives of all customer simulator courses and the direction of instructional activities of fifteen instructors, with participation directly in student and instructor evaluations and audits.
Previous work experience    includes  an assignement  as an instructor to the reactor controls division, and as a qualified reactor operator and shutdown reactor operator on a naval nuclear prototype. As a training engineer, Mr.
Wartenberg also assisted in the startup of the SNUPPS II simulator.
6755B:1/062883                              B-37
 
G. ALLEN ELLIFF, EDUCATION:              Ph.D., Industrial Engineering/Operations Research, Texas ARM University, 1973 M.S., Industrial Engineering/Operations Research, Texas ARM University, B.S.,              Engineering, 1971'ndustrial Texas ARM University, 1970 AFFILIATIONS:          American Institute of Industrial Engineers.
Operations Research Society of America Alpha Pi Mu (Industrial Engineering Honor Society)
Sigma Xi PROFESSIONAL BRIEF:
Dr. Elliff is a Branch Manager in Essex Corporation's Alexandria office. He is currently responsible for management, technical direction, and review of projects for nuclear industry clients of the Industrial Services Department.                        Dr. Elliff's utility experience includes direct project management responsibility for                  several  nuclear power plant control room design reviews, as well as management oversight                  and  review  of related projects for nuclear industry clients. He has 10 years consulting                    experience    with the military (Navy, Air Force, and Office of the Secretary of Defense);                other  federal  agencies (Department of Energy, Department of Transportation);                        and private    sector    clients (utilities, motor  carriers,  railroads,  military hardware            vendors). His  experience    includes applied human factors analysis, maintenance management, logistic support analysis, life cycle cost/design to cost analysis, information system validation, business and financial management,      market analysis, transportation operations analysis, mathematical modelling, reliability/maintainability analysis, production engineering, statistical quality control, and training course development and presentation. Prior to joining Essex in 1981, Dr. Elliff was associated with Evaluation Research Corporation; Peat, Marwick, Mitchell, R Co.; Logistics Management Institute; and the Texas ARM University graduate faculty.
Dr. Elliff also has three years experience as a full-time graduate faculty member at Texas ARM University teaching industrial engineering and operations research courses and supervising thesis research.
EXPERIENCE:
EXPERIENCE:
CANYONRESEARCHGROUP,aDivisionofEssexCorporation (1981-Present)Manaer0erationsAnalsisBranchIndustrial ServicesDeartment-Providemanagement andtechnical direction forconductofIndustrial ServicesDepartment operations analysisprojects.
CANYON RESEARCH GROUP, a Division of Essex Corporation                                    (1981 - Present)
Haveprimarytechnical responsibility foralloperational taskanalysis, probabilistic riskassessment, andhumanreliability analysesfortheIndustrial ServicesDepartment.
Mana er    0  erations Anal sis Branch Industrial Services De artment - Provide management and technical direction for conduct of Industrial Services Department operations analysis projects. Have primary technical responsibility for all operational task analysis, probabilistic risk assessment, and human reliability analyses for the Industrial Services Department. Serve as senior technical resource for application of industrial engineering and operations research techniques to client situations. Responsible for technical review of client deliverables.
Serveasseniortechnical resourceforapplication ofindustrial engineering andoperations researchtechniques toclientsituations.
B-39
Responsible fortechnical reviewofclientdeliverables.
B-39 G.ALLENELLIFF(continued)
Providemanagement reviewofprojectplan,technical scope,andresourceestimates forIndustrial ServicesDepartment projects.
Asbranchmanager,supervise humanfactorsanalystsandlicensedSeniorReactorOperators (SROs).Assignappropriate personnel toclientprojects, asneeded.MonitorcostandschedulestatusonallIndustrial ServicesDpartmentprojectstoensurecompletion ofproductstoclientsatisfaction.
Projectmanagerfordetailedcontrolroomdesignreview(DCRDR)forPublicServiceElectricandGasCompany's HopeCreekGenerating Station(HCGS).HCGS'isaneartermoperating licenseboilingwaterreactor.Thecontrolroomisoneofthemoreadvancednuclearpowerplantcontrolr'oomsintheUnitedStatesandemploysseveralCRTs.AlsoservingasprojectmanagerforDCRDRofDonaldC.CookUnitland2controlrooms.D.C.Cookplantisanoperating plantwithseveralyearsofoperating experience.
ManageddetailedhumanfactorscontrolroomdesignreviewforTexasUtilities Generating Company's ComanchePeakSteamElectricStation(CPSES)Unitl.Evaluated controlroomforcompliance withhumanengineering principles andapplicable regulatory guidelines.
DirectedEssexhumanfactorsanalystsandSROsinassessment ofproposedclientrearrangement ofCPSEScontrolboards.Assistedclientindesignandapplication ofmimics,demarcation, andhierarchical labelingoftheCPSESUnitlcontrolboards.Developed amodelforpredicting humanreliability innuclearpowerplantcontrolroomoperations.
Foraforeignnuclearutility,developed estimates ofexpectedimprovements inoperatorreliability forsuggested backfitstoresolvethirty"genericcontrolroomdesignproblems.
Providedgeneralmanagement direction formajorprocedures development andproduction projectforaneartermoperating license(NTOL)plant.Thefirstphaseoftheprojectinvolvedrewriting/reformatting ofallemergency,
: abnormal, andstandardoperating procedures.
Asaresultofprojectteamperformance, Essexwasalsoawardedcontractfordevelopment andproduction ofapproximately 300nuclearpowerplantsurveillance/test procedures.
Thisphaseinvolvedrewrite/reformat, technical review,andeditingofprocedures; technical direction ofallprojectstaff;andcoordination oftheproduction oftheprocedures frominitialwritingthroughfinalwordprocessing.
Essexprojectteamwascomposedof6to8technical writers,twoeditors,twonuclearplantoperations specialists, and8wordprocessors, plustwoshiftsupervisors fromclientorganization.
EVALUATION RESEARCHCORPORATION Vienna,Virginia(1979-1981)
PrincialEnineerandBranchManaerSstemsEnineerinandAnalsisGrouProvidedtechnical andengineering supporttoNAVSEA,NAVELEX,NAVAIR,andotherFederalgovernment clients.Thissupportincludedintegrated logistics support(ILS)analyses, systemsanalysis, systemsengineering, costanalysis, andapplication ofopera-tionsresearchtechniques forshipandsystemacquisition programsandILSfunctional offices.B-40 G.ALLENELLIFF(continued)
Participated indevelopment ofNAVSEAReliability andMaintainability Technical Seminar.Performed acomparative lifecyclecost(LCC)analysisof3EREDandCHTmarinesanitation systemsforDD963classships.ResultswereaprimeinputtoNADECbriefing.
AsamemberofCAPTORProduction Readiness Review(PRR)Team,assessedthecapability ofprimecontractor andfirsttiersubcontractor toeffectively managefull-scaleproduction.
AsaresultofthePRR,thecontractors wererequiredtomakesubstantive improvements toproduction controlprocedures priortofullproduction release.Developed multipleregression modeltoprojectNavyship-building qualityassurance (QA)manpowerrequirements basedonworkloaddescriptor parameters.
Developed ananalyticapproachandplanfortrade-off andcostimpactanalysisofalternative aviationintermediate maintenance supportstrategies fortheAviationInter-mediateMaintenance Improvement ProjectOffice.Objective ofthistaskwasidentifica-tionofthecomplement ofintermediate-level maintenance equipment, spareparts,andpersonnel skillsthatwouldmostimprovemissioneffectiveness ofthedeckloadofagivenaircraftcarrier.Analyticapproachintegrated existingNavydatafilesandmodelstothegreatestextentpractical.
Managedprojecttoassessperformance andeffectiveness ofdefensecontractor inproviding supplyanddepotrepairsupportonAN/SLQ-32(V).
Evaluated timeliness, quality,andcostofdepotrepairandsupplysupportprovidedbycontractor.
Integrated andcross-validated transaction datafromnumerouscontractor internaldatasources,including ADPreports,manuallogbooks,andsourcedocuments.
Assessedoperational availability basedonanalysisofCASREPTSand0790-2Kformsanddata.Determined systemstockandmaintenance repairpartsrequirements tosupportAN/SLQ-32(V).
Assistedinconducting FY1981provisioning conference.
Preparedcontractorderstoimplement resultsofprovisioning conference.
Attendedprogramreviewsinsupportofprogramoffice.Providedtechnical reviewofLogisticSupportAnalysis(LSA)ProgramPlanforArmyStand-off TargetAcquisition System(SOTAS)undercontracttoMotorola.
SeniorAnalstandPro'ectManaerPlanninandSciencesGrou-ManagedanddirectednumerousprojectsforU.S.Department ofEnergyclients.Seniortechnical analystforquantitative analysistasksforthePlanningandSciencesGroup.Directedindependent validations ofvariousDOEandindustryinformation systemsandmodels.ManagedaprojecttovalidatetheDOECrudeOilTransferPricingSystem(ERA-51).
Projectincludedassessment ofuserrequirements, respondent reporting andmeasurement practices, andDOEdataprocessing procedures.
Qualitative andquantitative analysesfordataconsistency andvaliditywereperformed, bothwithinERA-51andbetweenERA-51andrelatedDOEreporting systems.8-41 G.ALLENELLIFF(continued)
Providedtechnical andmanagement direction forquantitative dataanalysesforfourdatasystemsproviding information onmajorindustrial combustors tosupportenforce-,
mentofthePowerPlantandIndustrial FuelUseAct.SystemsanalyzedincludedtheDOEBoilerManufacturer's Report(ERA-97),
DOE1975MajorFuelBurningInstallation CoalConversion Report(FEA-C-602-S-O),
DOE1980Manufacturing Industries EnergyCon-sumptionStudyandSurveyofLargeCombustors (EIA-063),
andEPANationalEmissions DataSystem(NEDS).Developed scenarios forassessment ofrefineryindustrycapability torespondtovarioussupplyanddemandscenarios.
Analysisrequiredfamiliarity withtworefinerymodels:BonnerandMooreRefineryandPetrochemical ModelingSystem(RPMS)andTurner,Mason,Solomon(TMS)refinerymodel.RPMSandTMSmodelswerelinkedtoaccountforrefineryprocessing capabilities, transportation network,andpetroleum inventory management considerations..
Developed productpricesandcost,quality,andquantitycharacteristics ofcrudeslatesforseveralrefineries usingDOEdatainquick-reaction supportfortheOfficeofSpecialCounsel(OSC).DatawasinputtoRPMS,whichwasusedinsupportofOSCauditandcompliance analysis.
~c"PEAT>MARWICKyMITCHELLRCOWashington, D.C.(1975-1979)jISeniorConsultant andPro'ectManaer-Managedthe'evelopment andimplementa-tionofalifecyclecostbudgetary projection modelfortheHARPOONProjectOffice.Determined anddocumented logistics resources forsupportofagivenprocurement schedule; developed andvalidated predictive costestimating relationships; identified appropriation andbudgetsponsorsforeachenditemandlogisticresourcecategory; anddeveloped time-phased fundingrequirements byappropriation tosupportaparticular acquisition scenario.
Asamemberofamanagement auditteam,evaluated theanalyticcapability oftheF-16SystemProjectOfficeorganization.
Areasevaluated includedlifecyclecost/design tocost(LCC/DTC) estimation andtrackingcapability, configuration management, ILSplanningandcoordination, andassessment oftheextenttowhichacommondatabaseofcostandperformance parameters wasmaintained foruseinperforming thevariousanalytictasks.Definedanddeveloped anintegrated projecttaskmanagement information system(MIS)fortheShipboard Intermediate RangeCombatSystemProjectOffice.Surveyedinformation requirements; conducted aninventory andasse'ssment ofinformation sources;definedinformation flows;investigated information processing anddisplayalternatives; anddeveloped anMIStoprovidekeyprojectpersonnel withcurrentandprojected cost/schedule status,varianceanalyses, financial flexibility
: analyses, andassessment oftheprobableimpactofpotential management decisions.
8-42 G.ALLENELLIFF(continued)
Developed andpresented seminarsforcommercial clientsonlifecyclecost/design tocost,Department ofDefense(DOD)acquisition
: policies, andDODmarketing.
Servedascorporate representative
'totheWeaponSystemLifeSupport(WSLS)groupunderNSIALogistics Management Committee (LOMAC).ManagedaprojectfortheFederalRailroadAdministration toperformsystemsengineering forintermodal freightsystems.Identified, described, andanalyzedthefullrangeofimprovedandinnovative components, subsystems, andsystems.Assessedproposedinnovations andimprovedtechnologies forpotential toimprove"profitability andreturnoninvestment forrail-based intermodal freightsystems;Principal Investigator foraprojecttodevelopanimprovedpassenger carmainte-nanceandutilization programfortheNationalRailroadPassenger Corporation (AMTRAK).
Specificresponsibilities includedassessment oftheeffectiveness ofthecurrentAMTRAKpassenger carmaintenance process,identification oftrade-offs betweenpassenger carmaintenance andpassenger carutilization, anddevelopment ofrecommendations forimproving boththequalityofAMTRAKmaintenance andutilization ofitspassenger carfleet.ManagedastudyfortheFederalRailroadAdministration toassessalternative organizational structures foryardsandterminals fortheUnitedStatesrailindustry.
Analyzedmanagement controlsystems,measuresofeffectiveness, andtheeffectoforganizational alternatives foryardsandterminals ontheinfrastructure oftherailindustry.
Managedprojectsforprivaterailroads involving market,operations, andtrafficanalysis, anddevelopment ofbusinessstrategies.
Foramajormotorcarrier,performed ananalysisofterminalandline-haul operations toimprovecarrierprofitability andoperational efficiency.LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE Washington, D.C.(1970-1975)SeniorResearchAssociate
-ForPMS306,underjointsponsorship withtheAssistant Secretary ofDefenseInstallations andLo'gistics),
analyzedandevaluated theabilityoftheNavy'sintermediate-level maintenance activities tosupportthesurfaceFleetinthemid-1980's.
Responsibility includedassessment oftheadequacyoftheNavy'smainte-nancedatacollection system(MDCS)indocumenting maintenance delivered totheFleet,trade-off analysestodetermine themosteffective utilization ofNavyresources insupporting thesurfaceFleet,anddevelopment ofspecificrecommendations forimprovement.
Developed amanagement information systemandtheassociated databasetoassistplannersintheOfficeoftheAssistant Secretary ofDefense(Installations andLogistics) inmakingpolicydecisions regarding avionicsstandardization.
Thesystem.wascapableofproducing annualprojections ofthedemandforavionicssystemsintermsoffunctional requirement and/orassociated hardwarebyTMSofaircraft, attheequipment level,foraircraftscheduled formajormodification oracquisition duringthe1975-1985 timeframe.
G.ALLENELLIFF(continued)
Thedatabasecouldbereadilyupdatedonanannualbasis,therebyenablingthesystemtocontinueproviding 10yearprojections.
Developed acostelementstructure (CES)forlifecyclecost(LCC)analysisoftrackedvehiclesasinputtoanLMItaskaddressing thefeasibility ofastandardized LCCCESforvarioustypesofDODsystems.TEXASARMUNIVERSITY CollegeStation,Texas(1972-'1970)Assistant Professor ofIndustrial Enineerin-Taughtgraduatecoursesandsupervised thesisresearchinoperations
: research, production engineering, manufacturing processes, production management, engineering costestimating, production andinventory control,andqualityassurance tograduatestudentsinreliability andmaintainability engineering programssponsored bytheArmyMaterialCommand(nowDARCOM).Dissertation topicaddressed economicdesignofacontinuous samplingqualityassurance plan,whichhasresultedinapublication andpresentations.
PUBLICATIONS ANDTECHNICAL PRESENTATIONS
'ranco,3.,Elliff,G.A.,andTulis,E.A.Memorandum Reort-DevelomentofProductPricesforRPMSStaticRefinerModel,3une2,1981.PreparedforOfficeofTechnology andComputerSciences, OfficeofSpecialCounsel,EconomicRegulatory Administration, U.S.Department ofEnergy.Elliff,G.A.,andFranco,3.Alicabilit ofDOEModelsinShort-Term Continenc~plannin, March27,f981.PreparedforOfficeofTechnology andComputerScience,OfficeofSpecialCounsel,EconomicRegulatory Administration, U.S.Department ofEnergy.Elliff,G.A.Memorandum Reort-AssinrnentofCoststoCrudeOilFeedstocks forEstablishin StaticRefinerBaseCasesMarch19,1981.PreparedforOfficeofTechnology andComputerScience,OfficeofSpecialCounsel,EconomicRegulatory Administration, U.S.Department ofEnergy.Elliff,G.A.,andTulis,E.A.Memorandum Reort-Analsisofthe"AveraeDa"ConcetforEstablishin CrudeandProductSlatesforSohioBaseCases,February9,1981.PreparedforOfficeofTechnology andComputerScience,OfficeofSpecialCounsel,EconomicRegulatory Administration, U.S.Department ofEnergy.Elliff,G.A.,andTulis,E.A.Preliminar AnalsisoftheDOETransferPricinSstem,February1,1981.PreparedfortheOfficeofEnergyInformation Validation, EnergyInformation Administration, U.S.Department ofEnergy.Leilich,R.H.,Elliff,G.A.,etal.SstemsEnineerinforIntermodal FreihtSstems(3volumes).
PreparedfortheFederalRailroadAdministration, U.S.Department ofTransportation, March1978.B-44 G.ALLENELLIFF(continued)
Yager,R.,Elliff,G.A.,andBauer,R.StudtoDeveloanIntercitPassenerCarMaintenance andUtilization Proram,April1977.PreparedfortheFederalRailroadAdministration, U.S.DOT,andNationalRailroadPassenger Corporation (AMTRAK).Fisher,W.,Elliff,G.A.,andWhite,3.M..DODDemandforSelectedAvionicAssemblies-PhaseI.InterimReportonLMITask75-9,November1975.Shepherd, F.,Elliff,G;A.,andWroblewski, P.SurfaceShiMaintenance, LMIReport70-21,ADA008233,3anuary1975.Elliff,G.A.,andFoster,3.W."ANoteofCalculation oftheAverageFractionInspected foraContinuous SamplingPlan."International 3ournalofProduction
: Research, 1975.Elliff,G.A.,andFoster,3.W."LeastCostContinuous SamplingPlans."Presented atORSA/TIMS 3ointNationalMeeting,LasVegas,Nevada,November1975.Elliff,G.A.,andFoster,3.W."Economic DesignofaMultilevel Continuous SamplingPlan."Presented atAOASymposium onLogistics, FortLee,Virginia, February1970.Elliff,G.A."AnEconomicBasiswithInspector AccuracyConsiderations forDesignofaMulti-level Continuous SamplingPlan,"unpublished doctoraldissertation, TexasARMUniversity, 1973.Elliff,G.A."CostOptimization ofaTrickling Filtration SewageTreatment FacilityUsingPatternSearchwithSummation ofGradients,"
unpublished masters'hesis, TexasARMUniversity, 1971.SECURITYCLEARANCE:
SECRET,grantedbyDISCO(1970).B-45 JOHNFFARBRY,JR.EDUCATION:
BachelorofArchitecture, Washington University, 1965.M.A.Experimental Psychology, University ofMissouri-Columbia, 1973Ph.D.Experimental Psychology, University ofMissouri-Columbia, 1978;MajorArea:HumanMemoryandCognition AFFILIATIONS:
AmericanPsychological Association (Member)Division21:SocietyofEngineering Psychologists HumanFactorsSociety(Member)Technical InterestGroup:ComputerSystemsPotomacChapteroftheHumanFactorsSociety(Member)PROFESSIONAL BRIEF:Dr.Farbry'sactivityinpsychology hasbeenconcerned withbasicresearchinhumanperformance,
: teaching, andtheapplication ofpsychological knowledge tocomplexsystemsinindustrial settings.
Hisresearchactivityinvolvestheinvestigation ofstresseffectsinteracting withindividual differences.and theanalysisofhumanmemoryandlearning.
Inthefirstarea,stresseffectswereexaminedwithregardtocopingresponses inaVAhospitalenvironment.
Also,theeffectsofstressonproblem-solving behaviorwerestudiedinalaboratory setting.Thesecondareaincludesthestudyofqualitative changesinmemoryoveranextendedperiodoftimeandtheobservation oferrorbehaviorinrotelearning.
Theundergraduate coursestaughtincludeexperimental method,physiological psychology, introductory psychology andthepsychology oflanguage.
DuringhisthreeyearsatEssex,hisworkhasbeenprimarily concerned withtheanalysisandevaluation oftheoperator-machine interface innuclearpowerplantcontrolrooms.Thisworkhasbeendirectedprimarily totheevaluation ofconventional PWRandBWRmaincontrolroomsintheU.S.andaBWRradwastecontrolroominJapan.Hehasconducted designstudiesofcontrolpanelcomponent arrangement inbothcases.Thetwomostrecentprojectshavefocusedontheevaluation ofCRTdisplaysystemsinadvancedcontrolroomsforBWRandPWRfacilities inJapan.EXPERIENCE:
ESSEXCORPORATION (1980-Present)roomofChubuElectricPowerCompany.Thisworkincludedtheupdatingandreorgani-zationofCRTspecifications; analysisofpopulation stereotype datafromclientoperations personnel andapplication oftheresultstoCRTevaluation.
Conducted reviewoffunctional allocation betweencontrolroomoperatorvs.CRT,system andaninformation availability analysis.
Evaluation, ofCRTdisplaysystemincluding featuresofCRTformatorganization, color/symbol schemes,alarmsystem,CRTinformation accessandlabeling.
ResearchScientist.
Developed generalguidelines and'criteria tosupportdesignofmaincontrolroominanuclearpowerplant.Theguidelines weredirectedtotheB-47 3OHNE.FARBRY,3R.(Continued) arrangement andgroupingofcomponents andcomponent systemsonthemaincontrolpanel,thedetermination oftheprofileandfloorplanconfiguration ofthecontrolpanelandtheplanningofthecontrolroomfacility.
ResearchScientist.
Developed population stereotype questionnaire forcontrolpanelelementswithresultsappliedtostereotype specification foranadvancedcontrolroom(ACR)ofapressurized
'waterreactorunitforMitsubishi HeavyIndustries.
Alsoevaluated CRTpagesforACRandstudiedoperatormovementamongCRTs.Developed voice-computercommunication guidelines tosupportinteractive computersystems.Pro'ectEnineer.Evaluation ofproposedandexistingcontrolpanelsforradwastecontrolroomofboilingwaterreactorplantfor3apanAtomicPowerCompany.Short-andlong-term recommendations weremaderegarding thearrangement ofpanelcomponents, proposedcomponent typesandannunciator system.Therecommendations includedadesignproposalforthecomponent arrangement oftworadwastecontrolsubpanels.
ResearchAssociate.
Performed humanfactorsevaluation andadesignstudyformaincontrolpanelarrangement ofnewpressurized waterreactorpowerplantforCarolinaPowerandLight.Alsoparticipated inon-siteevaluation ofindividual components andpanelarrangement formaincontrolpanelofexistingboilingwaterreactorplantandpreparedlabelbackfitsupplement.
HELLMUTH,OBATA,ANDKASSABAUM, INC.SaintLouis,Missouri(1978-1980)Architectural Draftsman/Research.
Commercial structures:
preparation ofcon-struction documents, statistical researchonfirmsdistribution ofmanpoweracrossdifferent buildingtypes.Clientcontact,coordination withstructural andmechanical engineers, buildingcodeanalysis.
CHINNANDASSOCIATES
: Columbia, Missouri(1977-1978)Architectural Draftsman.
Commercial andresidential structures.
Coordination withstructural andmechanical engineers, preparation ofconstruction documents suchassiteplans,floorplans,elevations, construction detailsandperspectives.
STEPHENSCOLLEGEColumbia, Missouri(1976-1977)Instructor.
Department ofPsychology.
Fullresponsibility forsixcoursesinBasicPsychology andcoursesinPsychobiology andthePsychology ofLanguage.
Also,studentadvisingandstaffseminarparticipation.
B-48 3OHNE.FARBRY,3R.(Continued)
MID-MISSOURI MENTALHEALTHCENTER,Columbia, Missouri(1970-1976)ResearchAssistant
-Coordinated medical,research, andtechnical staffforpsychological researchonstressinhospitalpatientsreceiving adifficult examination (endoscopy).
Alsorecording ofpolygraph databeforeandduringexamination, pre-andpost-patient interviews, datareduction/preliminary
: analysis, libraryresearch, andassis-tancewiththepreparation ofavarietyofjournalarticles.
CHINN,DARROUGH, ANDCOMPANYColumbia, Missouri(1973-1970)Architectural Draftsman.
Commercial andresidential structures:
preparation ofconstruction documents, coordination withstructural andmechanical engineers.
UNIVERSITY OFMISSOURIColumbia, Missouri(1973)TeachinAssistant.
Department ofHomeEconomics.
Architectural DesignII:Taughtdesign,process,planning, anddevelopment ofdraftingskills.Delineation course:Emphasisoncolormediaappliedtointeriorperspective drawing.UNIVERSITY OFMISSOURIColumbia, Missouri(1969-1973)"TeachinAssistant.
Department ofPsychology.
GeneralExperimental Psychology (Laboratory Instructor; GeneralPsychology (CourseCoordinator, Discussion Leader);andResearchMethods,TheSenses,AppliedPsychology (Assistant).
UNIVERSITY OFMISSOURIColumbia, Missouri(1969-1971)ResearchAssistant.
Department ofPsychology.
Designofgraphicstimuli(faceassistance withthewritingofjournalarticles.
: HELLMUTH, OBATA,ANDKASSABAUM, INC.*(1966-1968)SaintLouis,MissouriArchitectural Draftsman.
Commercial structures:
documents.
preparation ofconstruction A.L.AYDELOTTANDASSOCIATES Memphis,Tennessee (1965)Architectural Draftsman.
Commercial structures:
documents.
preparation ofconstruction B-49 3OHNE.FARBRY,3R.(Continued)
TECHNICAL REPORTS:SummarReort:AHumanEnineerinReviewofanAdvancedControlRoomCRTDislaSstemfortheChubuElectricPowerComan.Technical ReportforChubuElectricPowerCompany,Inc.inNagoya,3apan,inpress.(withD.Eike)HumanEnineerinSecifications foranAdvancedControlRoomCRTDislaSstemfortheChubuElectricPowerComan.Technical ReportforChubuElectricPowerCompany,Inc.inNagoya,3apan,inpress.(withR.Kane,S.Fleger,andT.O'Donoghue)
AFunctional Allocation ReviewofanAdvancedControlRoomCRTDislaSstemfortheChubuElectricPowerComan.Technical ReportforChubuElectricPowerCompany,Inc.inNagoya,3apan,inpress,(withT.Harding).
AHumanEnineerinEvaluation ofanAdvancedControlRoomCRTDislaSstemfortheChubuElectricPowerComan.Technical ReportforChubuElectricPowerCompany,Inc.inNagoya,3apan,inpress.(withS.Fleger,R.Kane,T.Harding,andD.Pilsitz).
ResonseSterotesof3aaneseControlRoom0eratorstoElementsofCRTDisla~Sstems.Technical ReportforChubuElectricPowerCompany,Inc.inNagoya,3apan,October,1982.AHumanEnineerinEvaluation ofCRTFormatsCRTsandKeboardsfortheMitsubishi HeavIndustries AdvancedControlRoom.Technical ReportforMitsubisi HeavyIndustries, 3apan,3uly1982.withR.Kane,S.Fleger,T.HardingandF.Piccione)
Extracontractual Studieson:StressMethodforDesinCriteriaEvaluation andPCCConfiurationStud.Technical ReportforMitsubishi HeavyIndustries, 3apan,3uly,12.withR.Kane,D.Metcalf,R.Benel,S.Fleger)Resonsestereoesof3aanesenuclearowerlantcontrolroomoerators.StudyforMitsubishi HeavyIndustries, December1981.(withR.KaneandS.Fleger)Sstem-SecificSecifications BasicConsoleEvaluation andHumanEnineerinLibrarBibliorahforAdvancedControlRoom.Technical ReportforMitsubishi HeavyIndustries, 3apan,3uly1982.withR.Kane,H.Manning,S.Fleger,T.O'Donoghue, N.Tulloh,andL.Grealis)Humanfactorsevaluation reortontheTsuruaNumberOneNewRadwasteControlRoom.Finalreportpreparedforthe3apanAtomicPowerCompany,September 1981.(withA.Strong)LabelbackfitsulementBSEP1andBSEP2.PreparedforCarolinaPowerandLight,September 1981.B-50 3OHNE.FARBRY,3R.(Continued)
Humanfactorsevaluation reortfortheBrunswick Unit1andUnit2ControlRoom.FinalReportprepared!for CarolinaPowerandLight,September 1981.(withW.Talley,D.Beith,E.Talley,andT.3ustice)Humanfactorsdesinevaluation reortfortheShearonHarrisUnit1controlroom.FinalreportpreparedforCarolinaPowerandLight,September"'1981.
(withW.Talley,3.Haher,T.Amerson,D.Beith,andT.3ustice)3OURNALARTICLES:
Control-display integration onlarge,multi-system controlpanels.Proceedin softheHumanFactorsSociet25thAnnualMeetin.Rochester, NewYork1981.(withT.HardingandK.MalloryEvaluative persistence:
Saltfromtheevaporative forgetting process.Dissertation Abstracts International, 1979,39(No.8),0068B.Greaterrepetition oferrorsunderperformance comparedtoobservation inmultiple-choicehumanlearning.
PercetualandMotorSkills,1973,37,909-950.,
(withM.H.MarxandD.Witter)Psychological preparation forendoscopy.
Gastrointestinal Endosco,1977,20,9-13.(withR.H.Shipley,3.H.Butt,andB.Horwitz),Preparation forastressful medicalprocedure:
Effectofamountofstimuluspreexposure andcopingstyle.3ournalofConsultin andClinicalPsvcholo, 1978,06,099-507.(withR.H.Shipley,3.H.Butt,andB.HorwitzLong-term persistence ofresponse-repetition tendencies basedonperformance orobser-vation.BulletinofthePschonomicSociet,1978,8,65-67.(withD.W.WitterandM.H.Marx)PRESENTATIONS:
Evaluative persistence:
Alongtermmemoryforfirstimpressions.
Paperpresented attheconvention oftheAmericanPsychological Association,
: Montreal, September 1980.Videotape preparation forastressful medicalprocedure:
Effectsofnumberofexposures.
Paperpresented atthemeetingoftheAssociation forAdvancement ofBehaviorTherapy,NewYorkCity,December1976.(withR.H.Shipley,3.H.Butt,andB.Horwitz)8-51 ASw.CIn EDUCATION University ofHartford, B.S.,Mechanical Engineering, 1965UnionCollege,graduatecourses1966-1969 Northeastern University, graduatecourses1969-1970 GeneralElectricAdvancedCourseinEngineering EXPERIENCE AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation, 1983-Present NUSCORPORATIONS 1978-1983 AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation, 1971-1978 StoneaWebsterEngineering Company,1969-1971 KnollsAtomicPowerLaboratory, 1965-1969 AmericanElectricPowerServiceCorporation
-Manager,NuclearSafetyandLicensing.
Management anddirection ofsectionpersonnel incarryingoutassignedresponsibilities andactivities whichincludesmaintenance ofNRCrelateddocumentation, reviewcoordination, andresolution ofallmatterspertaining tonuclearsafetyaffecting AEPSC.Provideknowledge, expertise, andanalytical capability innuclearsafetyrelatedmattersnecessary tosupportplantoperations andlicensing efforts.IalsoserveasSecretary, NSDRC,andasCorporate Cognizant Engi'neer forNuclearSafety.NUS-Havebeenresponsible foravarietyofsafetyanalysisandlicensing activities insupportofdomesticandforeignutilities.
Typicalactivities haveincluded:
ServiceforeightmonthsasamemberoftheOn-SiteSafetyReviewGroup,SalemGenerating Stationgtechnical specification coordinator foralargedomesticutilityyprojectmanagerforNUSsupportactivities ontheFSARupdateoftheDonaldC.CookNuclearPlantyprojectmanagerfortheBigRockPointPlantSpentFuelrackAdditionConsolidated Environmental ImpactEvaluation andSafetyAnalysisReportsandtechnical advisortotheJapaneseSurveyGrouponnewsitingconcepts.
UntilOctober1982wasManager,NuclearWasteManagement Department.
Dutiesincludedprojectmanagement andtechnical contribution tofulfillNUScontractual responsibilities totheBasaltWasteIsolation ProgramandtheOfficeofNuclearWasteIsolation.
Varioussafetyandlicensing activities performed underthesecontracts includeddevelopment oflicensing coordination plans,performance ofoperational andlongtermradiological safetyandriskanalysesfornuclearwasterepositories, development ofapreliminary safetyanalysisreportforanuclearwasterepository inadomedsaltformation, development ofguidelines foraqualityassurance program,andperformance ofcostbenefitanalyses.
AlsoservedasamemberofanONWI-sponsored taskforceongeotechnical andanthropomorphic problemsassociated withsitinganuclearwasterepository inadomedsaltformation.
JhNES0FEZNSTEIH PAGB2AmericanBlectricpcnrerServiceCorporation
-LeadEngineerSafetyAnalysisandsubsequently Hanager,NuclearSafetyanLicensing.
Dutiesincludedsupportoflicensing, design/construction, andoperation oftheDonaldC.CookNucleartthefirstNestinghouse PNRwithanicecondenser containment tobelicensedforoperation.
Princpa1ibilitywastoassurethatallsafetysystemsweredesignedandanalyzedinamanneracceptable totheUnitedStatesNuclearRegulatory Commission.
Involvedinmanyfirst-of-a-kind
: analyses, systemsdesign,andtechnical speccaonifitidevelopment intheareasofheattransfer,fluiddynamics, thermalhydraulicst postLOCAyghdroengeneration, icesublimation, radiological doseanalyses, etc.Responsible fortechnical andadministrative coordinat'ion ofmajorprojectssuchasplantmodifications requiredtomeetNRCconcernsonhighenergylinebreaksoutsidecontainment, ECCSsystemsdesign,andenvironmental qualificationofonsibilit safetyrelatedequipment.
Hadleadtechnical responsib yforAmericanElectxicPowerformeetingswiththeNRCandforpresentations totheAdvisoryCommittee onReactorSafeguards.
Nasresponseoxiblfthetechnical inputandcoordination ofsafetyreviewsofdesignchanges,theFinalSafetyayRtndamendments andoralandwrittencorrespondence withtheNRC.Supervisory responsibility fordevelopme tcommitment lists,Nestinghouse ownersgroupactivities, firettirogramN-lists,technical specifications, securityplan,emergency plan,internalQAprocedur, peslanthealthphysicssupport,nuclearsafetyandlicensing aspectsff1eloadsprobabilistic riskassessment studies>etc.WasSecretary ofNuclearSafetyDesignReviewCommittee, memberofEdisonElectricInstitute ad-hoccommittee tocommentonNASH-1400'ompany representative tojointutility-AEC-vendortaskforceonwatexreactorsafetyresearch(latertakenoverbyEPRI),memberofjointTVA-DUKE-AEP icecondenser taskforce,andChairmanofHeliumBreederAssociates Committee toreviewsafetyandlicensing problemswithgascooledfastreactors.
StoneSWebster-Nasresponsible fordeveloping analysismethodsforcontainment designandpost-LOCA hydrogengeneration analysis.
Manyassumptions fromthisworkwerebntlyadaptedbytheNRCintheirpublished Regulatory Guide1.7~Alsoperformed prelimyinarevaluations todetermine whetherpx'obabilistic techniques couldbeusedfornuclearpowerplantdesign.KnllAtomicPowerLab-Performed thermalhydraulic analysisofnuclearreactors, des'nedtestsandexperiments, anddelivered traininglecturestoNavalpersonnel.
gAP JAMESGoPEZNSTEZN PAGE3EDUCATIONAL HONORSUniversity ofHartfordRegent'sAwardforbeingtopstudentinMechanical Engineering, 1964and1965AmericanSocietyofMechanical Engineers GreaterHartfordChapterAnnualAward1965KappaMu-HonoraryEngineering Fraternity PUBLICATIONS "PostDBAContainment HydrogenMethodsforCalculating andControlling HydrogenAccumulation'co-author) gpresented atANSTopicalMeetingonPowerReactorSystemandComponentst Williamsburg<
: Virginia, 1970."SurveyMethodsforAssessment ofRadiological ReleasefromGeological Repositories" (leadauthor)gpresented atANSAnnualMeetingAtlanta,Georgia,June1979.'Procedures,
: Barriers, StateVariables, andProcesses Important toNearFieldAnalysis"
-(leadauthor)ypresented atANSAnnualMeeting,LasVegas,Nevada,June1980."Evaluation ofConsequences toRiskofTimeFanCoolingUnitsareOutofServiceatSalemGenerating Station,"
preparedforPSE&GgNovember1981."Evaluation ofAnalytical ProblemsAssociated withChangeover toHotLegRecirculation Following aHypothetical LossofCoolantAccidentatSalemGenerating Station,"
preparedforPSE&G,October1981."Evaluation ofSafetyConcernsAssociated withLossofCoolantAccidentWithoutAutomatic Actuation ofContainment Sprays,"preparedforPSE&G,September 1981."Evaluation ofEffeetofDesignBasisAccidents onProposedChangestoAuxiliary Feedwater SystematSalemNuclearPowerGenerating Station,"
preparedforPSE&G,October1981."Evaluation ofHeatBalanceCodeUsedatSalemGenerating Station,"
preparedforPSE&G,December1981."Evaluation ofInadvertent HumanIntrusion intoaSaltDomeRepository bySolutionMining"(co-author) draftreportpreparedforOfficeofNuclearWasteIsolation, September 1980~"Criticality AnalysisforaBrineFilledCavityinaSpentFuelNuclearWasteRepository LocatedinaDomedSaltFormation" (co-author),
NUS-TM-326, January1980.
JAMESQoFEZNSTEIN PAGE4"Questionnaire forPerforming SafetyEvaluations forChangestoStructures, Systems,andComponents attheSalemNuclearPlant,"preparedforPSEaG,July1981.'DonaldC.CookHuclearPlant,UnitHo.1,ResultsoftheDecember1974InitialWeighingProgram'repared forAmericanElectricPcnrer,March1975"LongTermEvaluation oftheIceCondenser System:ResultsoftheJanuary1976andApril1976IceWeighingPrograms" (leadauthor)July1976."LongTermEvaluation oftheIceCondenser System!ResultsoftheJanuary1977IceWeighingProgram"(leadauthor),May1977'SurveyofNewTypesofSitingResearchforNuclearPowerPlants"(leadauthor)NUS-4068, April1982."BigRockPointPlant:SpentFuelRackAdditionConsolidated Environmental ImpactEvaluation andSafetyAnalysis,"
(co-author),
April1982."Suggested QualityAssurance Requirements foraMinedGeologicRepository" (co-author),
NUS-TM-338, May1981."SafetyAnalysisReportAnnotated OutlineforaNuclearWasteRepository inaDeepGeologicFormation,
"(co-author)
NUS-TM-360, April1981."Preliminary Information ReportforaConceptual Reference Repository inaDeepGeological Formation,"
(co-author) draftreportpreparedforofficeofNuclearWasteIsolation, January1980."MethodforDeveloping theQ-listforaGeologicRepository" (co-author),
NUS-TM-343, April1981."APreliminary Assessment ofthePNLStrontium HeatSourceDevelopment ProgramtoDetermine itsAdequacyforLicensing PurposesinFY1981,"(co-author) draftreportpreparedforBattelleNorthwest, August1979."Annotated Bibliography foraCostBenefitStudyofSeveralAspectsofaNuclearWasteRepository" NUS-3528, July1980."CostBenefitStudyofSeveralAspectsofaGeologicNuclearWasteRepository" preparedforBasaltWasteIsolation Program,NUS-3569, April1980.
JAMESGoFKINSTEIN PAGE5"QualityAssurance Classification Requirements forStructures, Systems,Components, andActivities RelatedtoaMinedGeologicRepository forPermanent Disposal'ofHighLevelNuclearWaste"(co-author) preparedasadraftforOfficeofNuclearWasteIsolation, March1980."Applicable Requirements, Supporting Sequences, andPreliminary StrategyfortheOfficeofNuclearWasteIsolation Licensing Coordination Plan(co-author),
NUS-3267, October1980.NWTSLicensing PlanforHighLevelWasteRepositories inGeologicFormations (co-author),
preparedasadraftforOfficeofNuclearWasteIsolation, September 1978."DonaldC.CookNuclearPlant,Units1and2,FinalSafetyAnalysisReport-Update"(pro)ectmanagerandleadcontributor),
June1982."DonaldC.CookNuclearPlant,Units1and2,FinalSafetyAnalysisReportandAmendments" (co-author)
.
APPENDIXCANNUNCIATOR SURVEYTASKPLAN6755B:1/062883C-1 181TP-3.11May1983D-C.COOKNUCLEARPLANTDCRDRPROGRAMHLMANFACTORSTASKPLANFORTHEANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMREVIEWCanyonResearchGroupTheEssexBuilding333NorthFairfaxStreetAlexandria, Virginia22314(7O3)S48-4SOOPREPAREDBY:Signature DCRDRDesignReviewTeamHumanFactorsConsultant DateAPPROVEDBY:Signature DCRDRProjectReviewTeamDate)PERFORMED BY:Signature DCRDRDesignReviewTeamHumanFactorsConsultant Date)
D.C.COOKNUCLEARPLANTDCRDRPROGRAMANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMREVIEWTP-3.11May1983RECORDOFREVISIONS Rev.DateDescrition 181ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May1983TABLEOFCONTENTS1.0OBJECTIVES2.0REVIEWTEAMSELECTION ANDRESPONSIBILITIES 3.0'RITERIA Pacae4.0PROCEDURES 4.1GeneralInstructions 4.2DataCollection 4.3Analysis5.0EQUIPMENT/FACILITY REQUIREMENTS 6.0INPUTSANDDATAFORMS7.0OUTPUTSANDRESULTS8.0FIGURESANDTABLES'"9.0PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS A.CRITERIAB.DATAFORMSC.CRITERIAMATRIXD.TASKPLANCRITIQUEAPPENDICES 181ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May19831.0OBJECTIVES a.Toassesstowhatdegreetheannunciator systemconformstothegenericcriteriainNUREG-0700.
b.Toidentifyanddocumentanyfeaturesintheannunciator systemdesignthatdonotconformtothecriteriainNUREG-0700.
c.Toidentifyanddocumentanyplant-specific designconventions andotherplant-specific humanfactorscriterianotdefinedinNUREG-0700.


==2.0 REVIEWTEAMSELECTION==
G. ALLEN ELLIFF                        (continued)
ANORESPONSIBILITIES a.Ahumanfactorsspecialist toconductthedatacollection andanalysisandtopreparethetaskreport.b.Aclientnuclearoperations specialist tosupplyplantsystemsinformation concerning alarmparameters andalarmresponseprocedures.
Provide management review of project plan, technical scope, and resource estimates for Industrial Services Department projects. As branch manager, supervise human factors analysts and licensed Senior Reactor Operators (SROs). Assign appropriate personnel to client projects, as needed. Monitor cost and schedule status on all Industrial Services D partment projects to ensure completion of products to client satisfaction.
c.AclientplantIhCengineertoassistinidentifying relevantplantsystemsinformation.
Project manager for detailed control room design review (DCRDR) for Public Service Electric and Gas Company's Hope Creek Generating Station (HCGS). HCGS'is a near term operating license boiling water reactor. The control room is one of the more advanced nuclear power plant control r'ooms in the United States and employs several CRTs. Also serving as project manager for DCRDR of Donald C. Cook Unit l and 2 control rooms. D.C. Cook plant is an operating plant with several years of operating experience.
3.0CRITERIAThecriteriaarefromNUREG-0700; paragraphs 6.3.1.1;6.3.1.2athroughd(2);6.3.1.3athroughd;6.3.1.4aandb;6.3.1.5athroughb(3);6.3.2.lathroughf;6.3.3.1athroughb(2);6.3.2.2aandb;6.3.3.1athroughc(3);6.3.3.2athroughf(2);6.3.3.3athroughf;6.3.3.4athroughd;6.3.3.5athroughd(6);6.3.4.1athroughd(2);6.3.4.2athroughc;6.3.4.3aandb;6.5.1.6athroughc(2)ande(1)through3(3);and6.6.6.2a, b,andc(seeAppendixA).4.0PROCEDURES 4.1GeneralInstructions 4.1.1Preparation andConductofProcedures a.Priortoconductofthistask,ensurethatallrequireddataforms,plantdocumentation, engineering
Managed detailed human factors control room design review for Texas Utilities Generating Company's Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station (CPSES) Unit l. Evaluated control room for compliance with human engineering principles and applicable regulatory guidelines. Directed Essex human factors analysts and SROs in assessment of proposed client rearrangement of CPSES control boards. Assisted client in design and application of mimics, demarcation, and hierarchical labeling of the CPSES Unit l control boards.
: drawings, equipment, andmaterials areavailable.
Developed a model for predicting human reliability in nuclear power plant control room operations.     For a foreign nuclear utility, developed estimates of expected improvements in operator reliability for suggested backfits to resolve thirty "generic control room design problems.
Ensurethatpermission hasbeen'btained forallrequiredaccesstothecontrolroomorotherplantareas.
Provided general management direction for major procedures development and production project for a near term operating license (NTOL) plant. The first phase of the project involved rewriting/reformatting of all emergency, abnormal, and standard operating procedures. As a result of project team performance, Essex was also awarded contract for development and production of approximately 300 nuclear power plant surveillance/test procedures. This phase involved rewrite/reformat, technical review, and editing of procedures; technical direction of all project staff; and coordination of the production of the procedures from initial writing through final word processing. Essex project team was composed of 6 to 8 technical writers, two editors, two nuclear plant operations specialists, and 8 word processors, plus two shift supervisors from client organization.
181ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May1983b.Recordallexceptions, deviations, orchanges"totheseprocedures inSection9.0ofthisTaskPlan.Numbereachentrysequentially, startingwith1.Includeanexplanation (technical justification) astowhytheexception, deviation, orchangewasmade.4.1.2TaskPlanCritiqueUponcompletion of.thistask,fillouttheTaskPlanCritiquecontained
EVALUATIONRESEARCH CORPORATION                                                (1979-1981)
'inAppendixD.Submitthecompleted critiquetoyou'rsupervisor orprojectmanager.4.2DataCollection a.Dataarecollected usingvariousmethodsandprocedures consistihg ofmeasurements, observations, interviews andquestionnaires, anddocumentreviews.,AppendixCillustrates thedistribution ofthecriteriaforthevariousmethods.b.Measurements andobservations shouldbemadeforallitemscontained ontheMeasurements dataformsandObservations checklists contained inAppendixB.c.Theoperatorquestionnaire (Appendix B)shouldbeadministered toatleast50,percentofthelicensedreactoroperators fortheplant.Administration maybeconducted
Vienna, Virginia Princi al En ineer and Branch Mana er S stems En ineerin and Anal sis Grou Provided technical and engineering support to NAVSEA, NAVELEX, NAVAIR, and other Federal government clients. This support included integrated logistics support (ILS) analyses, systems analysis, systems engineering, cost analysis, and application of opera-tions research techniques for ship and system acquisition programs and ILS functional offices.
;.singlyorinagroup,butshouldbeproctored ormonitored.
B-40
d.TheresultsoftheSystemFunctionandTaskAnalysistasksshouldbereviewed-forannunciator-relevant datainreference to6.3.3.1;6.3.1.4a; 6.3.3bandd(2);6.3.3s4aandc;6.3.43a;and6.6.6.2a(l),
 
(2),and(3).e.Inadditiontothereviewresultsfromd,above,plantdocumentation shouldbereviewedtoverifytheitemslistedintheDocumentReviewChecklist inAppendixB.Therequiredplantdocuments include:1.Annunciator ResponseProcedures 2.Administrative Procedures relevanttoannunciators.
G. ALLEN ELLIFF                          (continued)
4D~Analslsa.Alldeviations fromthecriteriashallberecordedonHumanEngineering Discrepancy (HED)reports(Appendix B).Recordedinformation shallincludetheinstru-mentorinstruments involved(e.g.,auditoryalarmhorns,specificlighttiles,etc.),adescription oftheproblemincluding the0700paragraph numberofthecriteria, andarecommended solution.
Participated in development of NAVSEA Reliability and Maintainability Technical Seminar.
181ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May1983'b.Datacollection method(s) shallalsoberecordedontheHEDform(seeAppendixB).Wheredatafromtwoormoresourcesarecontradictory, resolution oftheconflictthroughdatareviewandclientinterview shallbemade.c.UsetheanalysisaidsfromAppendixBforalldatareduction andanalysis.
Performed a comparative life cycle cost (LCC) analysis of 3ERED and CHT marine sanitation systems for DD 963 class ships. Results were a prime input to NADEC briefing.
Uponcompletion ofallanalyses, ensurethatthecriteriainAppendixAareproperlyannotated (asspecified intheanalysisaids).d.Submitthecompleted taskplantoyourimmediate supervisor forreview.Uponprojectmanagement
As a member    of CAPTOR Production Readiness Review (PRR) Team, assessed the capability  of  prime contractor and first tier subcontractor to effectively manage full-scale production. As a result of the PRR, the contractors were required to make substantive improvements to production control procedures prior to full production release.
: approval, initiateTaskReport3.1.5.0EQUIPMENT ANDFACILITYREQUIREMENTS a4b.coAccesstothecontrolroom.Soundlevelmeter.Protractor andtapemeasure.d.Flashcomparator.
Developed multiple regression model to project Navy ship-building quality assurance (QA) manpower requirements based on workload descriptor parameters.
6.0INPUTSANDDATAFORMSa1b.cod.e.Annunciator ResponseProcedures Annunciator Administrative Procedures Completed TaskReportsfor:1.SystemFunctionandTaskAnalysis2.LabelsandLocationAids3.Maintainability CriteriaList(Appendix A)Thefollowing fromAppendixB:l.Measurements DataForms2.Questionnaire 3.Observations Checklist 4.Documentation ReviewChecklist 5.AnalysisAids6.HEDReportFormsf.CriteriaMatrix(Appendix C)g.TaskPlanCritiqueForm(Appendix D) 181ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May19837.0OUTPUTSANDRESULTSa.CompletedHEDsb.Completed TaskReport.
Developed an analytic approach and plan for trade-off and cost impact analysis of alternative aviation intermediate maintenance support strategies for the Aviation Inter-mediate Maintenance Improvement Project Office. Objective of this task was identifica-tion of the complement of intermediate-level maintenance equipment, spare parts, and personnel skills that would most improve mission effectiveness of the deckload of a given aircraft carrier. Analytic approach integrated existing Navy data files and models to the greatest extent practical.
181ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May19838.0FIGURESANDTABLESNone.
Managed project to assess performance and effectiveness of defense contractor in providing supply and depot repair support on AN/SLQ-32(V). Evaluated timeliness, quality, and cost of depot repair and supply support provided by contractor. Integrated and cross-validated transaction data from numerous contractor internal data sources, including ADP reports, manual log books, and source documents. Assessed operational availability based on analysis of CASREPTS and 0790-2K forms and data.
181ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May19839.DPROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS Thefollowing exceptions, deviations, andchangesweremadetotheseprocedures duringconductofthetask(includeastatement ofjustification oneachitem):
Determined system stock and maintenance repair parts requirements to support AN/SLQ-32(V). Assisted in conducting FY 1981 provisioning conference.             Prepared contract orders to implement results of provisioning conference.       Attended program reviews in support of program office.
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May1983APPENDIXACRITERIA ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May19836.3.1.1GENERALSYSTEMDESIGNAnnunciator warningsystemsaretheprimarycontrolroominterface toimmediately alerttheoperatortooutof.tolerance changesinplantcon.dition.Annunciator warningsystemsconsistofthreemajorsubsystems:
Provided technical review of Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) Program Plan for Army Stand-off Target Acquisition System (SOTAS) under contract to Motorola.
(a)anauditoryalertsubsystem, (b)avisualalarmsubsystem, and(c)anoperatorresponsesubsystem (seeExhibit6,3-1).Together, thesethreesubsystems shouldbedesignedtoprovideapreferred operational sequenceforannunciator warningsasindicated inExhibit6.32.N/AYESCOMMENTS8.3,12ALARMPARAMETER SELECTION a.b.C.SETPOINTS-The limitsorsetpointsforinitiating theannunciator warningsystemshouldbeestablished tomeetthefollowing goals:(1)Alarmsshouldnotoccursofrequently astobeconsidered anuisancebytheoperators.
Senior Anal st and Pro'ect Mana er Plannin and Sciences Grou - Managed and directed numerous projects for U.S. Department of Energy clients. Senior technical analyst for quantitative analysis tasks for the Planning and Sciences Group. Directed independent validations of various DOE and industry information systems and models.
(2)However,setpointsshouldbeestablished togiveoperators adequatetimetore-spondtothewarningcondition beforeaseriousproblemdevelops.
Managed a project to validate the DOE Crude Oil Transfer Pricing System (ERA-51).
GENERALALARMS(1)Alarmsthatrequirethecontrolroomoperatortodirectanauxiliary operatortoagivenplantlocationforspecificinformation shouldbeavoided.(2)Ifgeneralalarmsmustbeused,theyshouldonlybeusedforconditions thatallowadequatetimeforauxiliary operatoractionandsubsequent controlroomoperatoraction,MULTICHANNEL ORSHAREDALARMS(1)Annunciators withinputsfrommorethanoneplantparameter mtpointshouldbeavoided.Multi.inputalarmsthatsummarize single-input annunciators
Project included assessment of user  requirements, respondent reporting and measurement practices, and DOE data processing  procedures. Qualitative and quantitative analyses for data consistency and validity were  performed, both within ERA-51 and between ERA-51 and related DOE reporting systems.
.elsewhere inthecontrolroomareanexception, (2)Wheremulti-input annunciators mustbeused,analarmprintoutcapability shouldbeprovided.
8-41
Thespecifics ofthealarmshouldbeprintedonanalarmtyperwithsufficient speedandbufferstoragetocaptureallalarmdata.
 
ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nlay19836,3,1.2ALARMPAR'AMETER SELECTION (Cont'd)N/AYESHOCONMENTSc.MULTICHANNEL ORSHAREDALARMS(Cont'd)(3)Areflashcapability shouldbeprovidedtoallowsubsequent alarmstoactivatetheauditoryalertmechanism andreflashthevisualtileeventhoughthefirstalarmmaynothavebeencleared.d.MULTI.UNITALARMS-(1)Alarmsforanysharedplantsystemsshouldbeduplicated inallcontrolrooms.(2)Whenanitemofsharedequipment isbeingoperatedfromonecontrolroom,astatusdisplayorsignalshouldbepro.videdinallothercontrolroomswhichcouldpotentially controlthisequipment.
G. ALLEN ELLIFF                        (continued)
6,3.1.3FIRSTOUTANNUNCIATORS a.REACTORSYSTEM(1)Aseparatefirstoutpanelshouldbeprovidedforthereactorsystem.(2)Thefirstoutpanelshouldconsistofseparateannunciator tilesforeachoftheautomatic reactortripfunctions.
Provided technical and management direction for quantitative data analyses for four data systems providing information on major industrial combustors to support enforce-,
{3)Intheeventofareactortrip,thetileassociated.
ment of the Power Plant and Industrial Fuel Use Act. Systems analyzed included the DOE Boiler Manufacturer's Report (ERA-97), DOE 1975 Major Fuel Burning Installation Coal Conversion Report (FEA-C-602-S-O), DOE 1980 Manufacturing Industries Energy Con-sumption Study and Survey of Large Combustors (EIA-063), and EPA National Emissions Data System (NEDS).
withtheeventshouldilluminate, andnoother.b,TURBINE.GENERATOR SYSTEM-Aseparatefirstoutpanel,similarinfunctiontothereactorsystempanel,isrecommended.
Developed scenarios for assessment of refinery industry capability to respond to various supply and demand scenarios. Analysis required familiarity with two refinery models: Bonner and Moore Refinery and Petrochemical Modeling System (RPMS) and Turner, Mason, Solomon (TMS) refinery model. RPMS and TMS models were linked to account for refinery processing capabilities, transportation network, and petroleum inventory management considerations..
c.POSITION-First outpanelsshouldbelocateddirectlyabovethemaincontrolworkstationforthesystem.d.APPLICATION-First outannunciators shouldconformtothegeneralauditory, visual,andoperatorresponseguidelines ofthissection.A-2 ANNUNClATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Hay19836,3.1.4PRIORITIZATION0.LEVELSOFPRIORITY(1)Prioritization shouldbeaccomplished usingarelatively small(24)numberofprioritylevels.H/AYES'OMMENTS(2)Prioritization shouldbebasedonacontinuum ofimportance,
Developed product prices and cost, quality, and quantity characteristics of crude slates for several refineries using DOE data in quick-reaction support for the Office of Special Counsel (OSC). Data was input to RPMS, which was used in support of OSC audit and compliance analysis.
: severity, orneedforoperatoractioninoneormoredimensions, e.g.,likelihood ofreactortrip,releaseofradiation.
~c" PEAT> MARWICKy MITCHELLR CO                                                    (1975 - 1979)
Exhibit6.3-3providesanexampleofprioritization basedonthreelevelsofprioritization.
Washington, D.C.
b,PRIORITYCODING(1)Somemethodforcodingthevisualsignalsforthevariousprioritylevelsshouldbeemployed.
jI Senior Consultant and Pro'ect Mana er - Managed the'evelopment and implementa-tion of a life cycle cost budgetary projection model for the HARPOON Project Office.
Acceptable methodsforprioritycodingincludecolor,position, shape,orsymboliccoding.(2)Auditorysignalcodingforprioritylevelisalsoappropriate.
Determined and documented logistics resources for support of a given procurement schedule; developed and validated predictive cost estimating relationships; identified appropriation and budget sponsors for each end item and logistic resource category; and developed time-phased funding requirements by appropriation to support a particular acquisition scenario.
SeeGuideline 62.2.3forrecommended codingtechniques.
As a member of a management audit team, evaluated the analytic capability of the F-16 System Project Office organization. Areas evaluated included life cycle cost/design to cost (LCC/DTC) estimation and tracking capability, configuration management, ILS planning and coordination, and assessment of the extent to which a common data base of cost and performance parameters was maintained for use in performing the various analytic tasks.
6.3.1.5CLEAREDALARMSa.AUDITORYSIGNAL-Cleared alarmsshouldhaveadedicated, distinctive audiblesignalwhichshouldbeoffinitedurationb.VISUALSIGNAL-The individual tileshouldhaveoneofthefollowing:
Defined and developed an integrated project task management information system (MIS) for the Shipboard Intermediate Range Combat System Project Office. Surveyed information requirements; conducted an inventory and asse'ssment of information sources; defined information flows; investigated information processing and display alternatives; and developed an MIS to provide key project personnel with current and projected cost/schedule status, variance analyses, financial flexibility analyses, and assessment of the probable impact of potential management decisions.
(1)Aspecialflashrate(twiceorone.halfthenormalflashrateispreferred, toallowdiscrimination),
8-42
or(2)Reducedbrightness, or(3)Aspecialcolor,consistent withtheoverallcontrolroomcolorcoding scheme,pro-ducedbyadiffeentlycoloredbulbbehindthetile.
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEMTP-3.1IMay19836.3.2.1SIGNALDETECTION N/AYESNOCONTENTSatb,C.INTENSITY-The signalshouldbesuchthatoperators canreliablydiscernthesignalabovetheambientcontrolroomnoise.Anominalvalueof10dB(A)aboveaverageambientnoiseisgenerally
G. ALLEN ELLIFF                          (continued)
: adequate, CONTROL-Signalintensity, if,adjustable, shouldbecontrolled byadministrative procedure.
Developed and presented seminars for commercial clients on life cycle cost/design to cost, Department of Defense (DOD) acquisition policies, and DOD marketing. Served as corporate representative 'to the Weapon System Life Support (WSLS) group under NSIA Logistics Management Committee (LOMAC).
LIMITS-Thesignalshouldcapturetheoperator's attention butshouldnotcauseirritation orastartledreaction.
Managed    a project for the Federal Railroad Administration to perform systems engineering  for  intermodal freight systems. Identified, described, and analyzed the full range of improved and innovative components, subsystems, and systems.             Assessed proposed innovations and improved technologies for potential to improve"profitability and return on investment for rail-based intermodal freight systems; Principal Investigator for a project to develop an improved passenger car mainte-nance    and utilization program for the National Railroad Passenger            Corporation (AMTRAK). Specific responsibilities included assessment of the effectiveness of the current AMTRAK passenger car maintenance process, identification of trade-offs between passenger car maintenance and passenger car utilization, and development of recommendations for improving both the quality of AMTRAK maintenance and utilization of its passenger car fleet.
d.DETECTION-Each auditorysignalshouldbeadjustedtoresultinapproximately equaldetection levelsatnormaloperatorworkstationsintheprimaryoperating area.e,RESET-Theannunciator auditoryalertmechanism shouldautomatically resetwhenithasbeensilenced.
Managed    a study  for the Federal Railroad Administration to assess alternative organizational structures for yards and terminals for the United States rail industry.
f;.IDENTIFICATION-Theoperatorshouldbeabletoidentifytheworkstationorthesystemwheretheauditoryalertsignaforiginated.
Analyzed management control systems, measures of effectiveness, and the effect of organizational alternatives for yards and terminals on the infrastructure of the rail industry.
Separateauditorysignalsateachworkstationwithintheprimaryoperating areaarerecommended.
Managed projects for private railroads involving market, operations, and traffic analysis, and development of business strategies. For a major motor carrier, performed an analysis of terminal and line-haul operations to improve carrier profitability and operational ef ficiency.
6.3.2.2AUDITORYCODINGa.b.LOCALIZATION (1)Auditorycodingtechniques shouldbeusedwhentheoperatorworkstationassociated withthealarmisnotintheprimaryoperating area.(2)Codedsignalsfromasingleaudiosourceshoufdnotbeusedtoidentifyindividual workstationswithintheprimaryoper-atingarea.PRIORITI2ATION-Coding maybeusedtoindicatealarmpriority.
LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE                                                (1970 - 1975)
(,".eeGuideline 6.3.1.4.)
Washington, D.C.
A-4 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay19836.3.3.1VISUALANNUNCIATOR PANELSLOCATION-Visual alarmpanelsshouldbelocatedabovetherelatedcontrolsanddisplayswhicharerequiredforcorrective ordiagnostic actioninresponse'to thealarm.(SeeExhibit6.34.)b.LABELING~(1)Eachpanelshouldbeidentified byalabelabovethepanel.(2)Panelidentification labelheightshouldbeconsistent withasubtended visualangleofatfeast15minuteswhenviewedfromacentra(positionwithintheprimaryoperating area.YESCOMMENTS6.3.3.2VISUALALARMRECOGANDIDENTa.FLASHING-Thespecifictile(s)onanannun-ciatorpanelshoulduseflashingillumination toindicateanafarrpcondition.
Senior Research Associate - For PMS 306, under joint sponsorship with the Assistant Secretary of Defense Installations and Lo'gistics), analyzed and evaluated the ability of the Navy's intermediate-level maintenance activities to support the surface Fleet in the mid-1980's. Responsibility included assessment of the adequacy of the Navy's mainte-nance data collection system (MDCS) in documenting maintenance delivered to the Fleet, trade-off analyses to determine the most effective utilization of Navy resources in supporting the surface Fleet, and development of specific recommendations for improvement.
b.FLASHRATE-Flashratesshouldbefromthreetcfiveflashespersecondwithapproxi-matelyequalonandofftimes.c.FLASHERFAILURE-fncaseofflasherfailureofanalarmedtile,thetilelightshouldilluminate andburnsteadily.
Developed a management information system and the associated data base to assist planners in the Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Installations and Logistics) in making policy decisions regarding avionics standardization. The system .was capable of producing annual projections of the demand for avionics systems in terms of functional requirement and/or associated hardware by TMS of aircraft, at the equipment level, for aircraft scheduled for major modification or acquisition during the 1975-1985 timeframe.
d.CONTRASTDETECTABILITY-Thereshouldbehighenoughcontrastbetweenalarmingandsteady.ontiles,andbetweenilluminated andnon-illuminated tiles,sothatoperators inanormallyilluminated controlroomhavenoproblemdiscriminating
 
: alarming, steadywn, andsteadywff visualtiles.e."DARK"ANNUNCIATOR PANELS-A"dark"annunciator panelconceptshouldbeused.Thismeansthatundernormaloperating conditions noannunciators wouldbeillumi-nated;atlofthevisualtilesoftheannunciator panelswouldbe"dark."EXTENDEDDURATIONILLUMINATION-tfanannunciator tilemustbe"ON"foranextendedperiodduringnormaloperations (e.g.,duringequipment repairorreplacement),
G. ALLEN ELLIFF                            (continued)
itshouldbe:(1)Distinctively codedforpositiverecog-nitionduringthisperiod,and(2)Controlled byadministrative procedures.
The data base could be readily updated on an annual basis, thereby enabling the system to continue providing 10 year projections.
A-5 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay19838,3b.C.Cl0~e,,3.3ARRANGEMENT OFVISUALALARMTILESMATRIXORGANIZATION
Developed a cost element structure (CES) for life cycle cost (LCC) analysis of tracked vehicles as input to an LMI task addressing the feasibility of a standardized LCC CES for various types of DOD systems.
-Visualalarmsshouldbeorganized asamatrixofvisualalarmtileswithineachannunciator panel.FUNCTIONAL GROUPING-Visual alarmtilesshouldbegroupedbyfunctionorsystemwithineachannunciator panel.Forexample,arearadiation alarmsshouldbegroupedononepanel,notspreadthroughout thecontrolroom.LABELINGOFAXES(1)Theverticalandhorizontal axesofannunciator panelsshouldbelabeledwithalphanumerics forreadycoordinate designation ofaparticular visualtile.(2)Coordinate designation ispreferred ontheleftandtopsidesoftheannunciator panel.(3)Letterheightforcoordinate designation shouldbeconsistent withasubtended visualangleofatleast15minutesasviewedfromacentral,positionwithintheprimaryoperating area.,PATTERNRECOGNITION-(1)Thenumberofalarmtilesandthematrixdensityshouldbekeptlow(amaximumof50tilespermatrixismggested).
TEXAS ARM UNIVERSITY                                                            (1972 - '1970)
(2)Tileswithinanannunciator panelmatrixshouldbegroupedbysubsystem,
College Station, Texas Assistant Professor of Industrial En ineerin - Taught graduate courses and supervised thesis research in operations research, production engineering, manufacturing processes, production management, engineering cost estimating, production and inventory control, and quality assurance to graduate students in reliability and maintainability engineering programs sponsored by the Army Material Command (now DARCOM).
: function, orotherlogicalorganization.
Dissertation topic addressed economic design of a continuous sampling quality assurance plan, which has resulted in a publication and presentations.
OUTNFSERVICEALARMS-Cues forpromptrecognition ofanoutof.service annunciator shouldbedesignedintothesystem.BLANKTILES-Blank orunusedannunciator tilesshouldnotbeilluminated (exceptduringannunciator testing).
PUBLICATIONS AND TECHNICAL PRESENTATIONS
N/AYESNOCOMMENTS8.3.3.4VISUALTILELEGENDS~.UNAMBIGUOUS
'ranco,    3., Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Memorandum Re ort - Develo ment of Product Prices for RPMS Static Refiner Model, 3une 2, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Sciences, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.
-Annunciator visualtilelegendsshouldbespecificandunambiguous.
Elliff, G. A.,  and Franco, 3. A licabilit of DOE Models in Short-Term Contin enc
Wordingshouldbeinconcise,shortmessages.
        ~plannin, March 27, f981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Of fice of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S.
b.SINGULARITY
Department of Energy.
-Alarmswhichrefertheoperatortoanother,moredetailedannunciator panellocatedoutsidetheprimaryoperating areashouldbeminimized.
Elliff, G. A. Memorandum        Re ort - Assi nrnent of Costs to Crude Oil Feedstocks for Establishin Static Refiner Base Cases March 19, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.
A-6 ANNUNClATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay19836.3,3.4VISUALTILELEGENDS(Cont'd)c.SPECIFICITY
Elliff, G. A.,   and Tulis, E. A. Memorandum Re ort - Anal sis of the "Avera e Da "
-Tilelegendsshouldaddressspecificconditions; forexample,donotuseonealarmforHIGH-LOW, TEMPFRATURE-PRESSURE.d.ABBREVIATIONS
Conce    t for Establishin Crude  and Product Slates for Sohio Base Cases, February 9, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.
-Abbreviations andacro-nymsshouldbeconsistent withthoseusedelsewhere inthecontrolroom.N/AYESNOCOMMENTS6.3.3.5VISUALTILEREADABILITY a.DISTANCE-The operatorshouldbeabletoreadalltheannunciator tilesfromthepositionattheworkstationwheretheannunciator acknowledge controlislocated.(1)Letterheightshouldsubtendaminimumvisualangleof15minutes,or.004xviewingdistance.
Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Preliminar Anal sis of the DOE Transfer Pricin S stem, February 1, 1981. Prepared for the Office of Energy Information Validation, Energy Information Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.
Thepreferred visualangleis20minutes,or.006xviewingdlstanceo (2)Letterheightshouldbeidentical foralltiles,basedonthemaximumviewingdistance.
Leilich, R. H., Elliff, G. A., et al. S stems En ineerin for Intermodal Frei ht S stems(3 volumes). Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, March 1978.
Separatecalculations shouldbemadeforstand.upandsitdownworkstations.
B-44
b.TYPESTYLE-The sizeandstyleoflettering shouldmeetthefollowing:
 
(1)Typestylesshouldbesimple.(2)Typestylesshouldbeconsistent onallvisualtiles.(3)Onlyupper-case typeshouldbeusedonvisualtiles,c.LEGENDCONTRAST-Legends shouldpro-videhighcontrastwiththetilebackground.
G. ALLEN ELLIFF                            (continued)
(1)Legendsshouldbeengraved.
Yager, R., Elliff, G. A., and Bauer, R. Stud to Develo an Intercit Passen er Car Maintenance and Utilization Pro ram,          April 1977. Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. DOT, and National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK).
(2)Legendsshouldbedarklettering onalightbackground.
Fisher, W., Elliff, G. A., and White, 3. M.. DOD Demand for Selected Avionic Assemblies-Phase I. Interim Report on LMI Task 75-9, November 1975.
d.LETTERDIMENSIONS ANDSPACING-(1)Stroke.width.to-cnaracter-height ratioshouldbebetween1:6and1:8.(2)Letterwidth.to-height ratioshouldbebetween1:1and3:5.(3)Numeralwidthto.height ratioshouldbe3:5.A-7 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May19836.3.3.5VISUALTILEREADABILITY (Cont'd)d.LETTERDIMENSIONS ANDSPACING-(Cont'd)(4)Minimumspacebetweencharacters shouldbeonestrokewidth.(5)Minimumspacebetweenwordsshouldbethewidthofonecharacter.
Shepherd, F., Elliff, G;A., and Wroblewski, P. Surface Shi      Maintenance, LMI Report 70-21, AD A008233, 3anuary 1975.
(6)Minimumspacebetweenlinesshouldbeone-halfthecharacter height.N/AYESNOCOMMENTS6.3.4a~>>>>b.:;C.d..1CONTROLS(SeeExhibit6.35.)SILENCE(1)Eachsetofoperatorresponsecontrolsshouldincludeasilencecontrol.(2)Itshould'bepossibletosilenceanauditoryalertsignalfromanysetofannunciator responsecontrolsintheprimaryoperating area.ACKNOWLEDGE (1)Acontrolshouldbeprovidedtoterminate theflashingofavisualtileandhaveitcontinueatsteadyillumination untilthealarmiscleared.(2)Acknowledgement shouldbepossibleonlyattheworkstationwherethealarmoriginated.
Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W. "A Note of Calculation of the Average Fraction Inspected for a Continuous Sampling Plan." International 3ournal of Production Research, 1975.
RESET(1)Ifanautomatic clearedalarmfeatureisnotprovided, acontrolshouldbepro.videdtoresetthesystemafteranalarmhascleared.(2)Theresetcontrolshouldsilenceanyaudiblesignalindicating clearance andshouldextinguish tileillumination.
Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W.    "Least Cost Continuous Sampling Plans." Presented at ORSA/TIMS 3oint National Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, November 1975.
(3)Theresetcontrolshouldbeeffective onlyattheworkstationfortheannunciator panelwherethealarminitiated.
Elliff, G. A.,  and Foster, 3. W.   "Economic Design of a Multilevel Continuous Sampling Plan."    Presented  at AOA Symposium on Logistics, Fort Lee, Virginia, February 1970.
TEST(1)Acontroltotesttheauditorysignalandflashingillumination ofalltilesinapanelshouldbeprovided.
Elliff, G. A. "An  Economic Basis with Inspector Accuracy Considerations for Design of a Multi-level Continuous Sampling Plan," unpublished doctoral dissertation, Texas ARM University, 1973.
(2)Periodictestingofannunciators shouldberequiredandcontrolled byadministrative procedure.
Elliff, G. A. "Cost Optimization of a Trickling Filtration  Sewage Treatment Facility Using Pattern Search with Summation of Gradients," unpublished masters'hesis, Texas ARM University, 1971.
A-8 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983.6.3.4.2CONTROLSETDESIGNa.b.C.6.3.4.3ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSEPROCEDURES POSITIONING OFREPETITIVE GROUPS-Repetitive groupsofannunciator controlsshouldhavethesamearrangement andrelativelocationatdifferent workstations.
SECURITY CLEARANCE:
Thisistofacilitate "blind"reaching.
SECRET, granted by DISCO (1970).
CONTROLCODING-Annunciator responsecontrolsshouldbecodedforeasyrecognition, usingtechniques suchas:(1)Colorcoding;(2)colorshadingthegroupofannunciator
B-45
'controls; (3)demarcating thegroupofannunciator controls; or(4)shapecoding,particularly thesilencecontrol.(SeeExhibit6.3.5,Example2.)NONDEFEATABLE CONTROLS-Annunci~atorcontroldesignsshouldnotallowtheoperatortodefeatthecontrol.Forexample,somepushbuttons usedforannunciator silencing andacknowledgement canbehelddownbyinserting acoinintheringaroundthe-pushbutton.
 
Thisundesirable designfeatureshouldbeeliminated.
JOHN F FARBRY, JR.
K/AYESKOCOMMENTSa.AVAILABILITY
EDUCATION:            Bachelor of Architecture, Washington University, 1965.
-Annunciator responsepro.ceduresshouldbeavailable inthecontrolroom.INDEXING-Annunciator responseprocedures shouldbeindexedbypanelidentification andannunciator tilecoordinates.
M.A. Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1973 Ph.D. Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1978; Major Area: Human Memory and Cognition AFFILIATIONS:          American Psychological Association (Member)
6.5.1.6COLORCODINGa.b.~REDUNDANCY-In allapplications ofcolorcoding,colorshouldprovideredundant information.
Division 21: Society of Engineering Psychologists Human Factors Society (Member)
Thatis,thepertinent information shouldbeavailable fromsomeothercueinadditiontocolor,NUMBEROFCOLORS(1)Thenumberofcolorsusedforcodingshouldbekepttotheminimumneededforprovidngsufficient information.
Technical Interest Group: Computer Systems Potomac Chapter of the Human Factors Society (Member)
(2)Thenumberofcolorsusedforcodingshouldnotexceed11.A-9 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay19838.5,1.6COLORCODING(Cont'd)c.MEANINGOFCOLORS(I)Themeaningattachedtoaparticular colorshouldbenarrowlydefined.(2)Red,green,andamber(yellow)shouldbereservedforthefollowing uses:Red:unsafe,danger,immediate operatoractionrequired, oranindication thatacriticalparameter isoutoftolerance.
PROFESSIONAL BRIEF:
Green:safe,nooperatoractionrequired, oranindication thataparameter iswithintolerance.
Dr. Farbry's activity in psychology has been concerned with basic research in human performance, teaching, and the application of psychological knowledge to complex systems in industrial settings. His research activity involves the investigation of stress effects interacting with individual differences.and the analysis of human memory and learning. In the first area, stress effects were examined with regard to coping responses in a VA hospital environment. Also, the effects of stress on problem-solving behavior were studied in a laboratory setting. The second area includes the study of qualitative changes in memory over an extended period of time and the observation of error behavior in rote learning. The undergraduate courses taught include experimental method, physiological psychology, introductory psychology and the psychology of language. During his three years at Essex, his work has been primarily concerned with the analysis and evaluation of the operator-machine interface in nuclear power plant control rooms. This work has been directed primarily to the evaluation of conventional PWR and BWR main control rooms in the U.S. and a BWR radwaste control room in Japan. He has conducted design studies of control panel component arrangement in both cases.         The two most recent projects have focused on the evaluation of CRT display systems in advanced control rooms for BWR and PWR facilities in Japan.
Amber(yellow):
EXPERIENCE:
hazard(potentially un-safe),caution,attention
ESSEX CORPORATION                                                    (1980 - Present) room of Chubu Electric Power Company. This work included the updating and reorgani-zation of CRT specifications; analysis of population stereotype data from client operations personnel and application of the results to CRT evaluation. Conducted review of functional allocation between control room operator vs. CRT,system and an information availability analysis. Evaluation, of CRT display system including features of CRT format organization, color/symbol schemes, alarm system, CRT information access and labeling.
: required, oranindication thatamarginalvalueorparameter exists.d.CONSISTENCY OFMEANING(1)Themeaningassignedtoparticular colorsshouldbeconsistent acrossallapplications withinthecontrolroom.(2)Themeaningofaparticular colorshouldremainthesamewhetherappliedtopanelsurfacesorprojected insignallightsoronCR,Ts.N/AYESNOCOMMENTS6.6.6.2DEMARCATIONb.C.USE-Lines ofdemarcation canbeusedto:(1)Enclosefunctionally relateddisplays.
Research Scientist. Developed general guidelines and 'criteria to support design of main control room in a nuclear power plant. The guidelines were directed to the B-47
{2)Enclosefunctionally relatedcontrols.
 
(3)Grouprelatedcontrolsanddisplays.
3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R.                       (Continued) arrangement and grouping of components and component systems on the main control panel, the determination of the profile and floor plan configuration of the control panel and the planning of the control room facility.
CONTRAST-Lines ofdemarcation shouldbevisuallydistinctive fromthepanelbackground.
Research Scientist. Developed population stereotype questionnaire for control panel elements with results applied to stereotype specification for an advanced control room (ACR) of a pressurized 'water reactor unit for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries. Also evaluated CRT pages for ACR and studied operator movement among CRTs. Developed voice-computer communication guidelines to support interactive computer systems.
PERMANENCE-Lines ofdemarcation shouldbepermanently attached.
Pro'ect En ineer. Evaluation of proposed and existing control panels for radwaste control room of boiling water reactor plant for 3apan Atomic Power Company. Short-and long-term recommendations          were made regarding the arrangement of panel components, proposed component types and annunciator system. The recommendations included a design proposal for the component arrangement of two radwaste control subpanels.
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983AUDITORYALERTSUBSYSTEM VISUALALARMSUBSYSTEM rOPERATORRESPONSESUBSYSTEM
Research Associate. Performed human factors evaluation and a design study for main control panel arrangement of new pressurized water reactor power plant for Carolina Power and Light. Also participated in on-site evaluation of individual components and panel arrangement for main control panel of existing boiling water reactor plant and prepared label backfit supplement.
~~;51i--."""1bExhibit6.3l.Annunciator warningayatern.,
H ELLMUTH,   OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC.                               (1978 - 1980)
ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983lCdenassesn ssceetn~$~A&antAsonsaarc LHHtcNaSsaaedede Iyft~~g~~~~4~idscarywealarsosnaceN nonsaooassseer MCSNon(san)VscssdAnssssKsecor TiltAccsrecson sorest(eysnsddormteesnnsssssnasew eormINUnssnnnl endncensssacc~racenndssraednanccnwcsonSlLSNCS"ControlIleonsnce (AnyMCSLate(seel AyennySsoKSCeeae.nKeenansonAKece"AC@HOWLS OQS"ControlAeowsta(OnlyecIICSLoeecnnNwAsrsssssitsalaseassetIIslaossne ceases.(ssstTiklternasnc Invnssnatad Iss0sedsaesc endAernedsacsan olesotnnnecesscessa+sear(ll Necssrnad toNormoIMeanIersonISssn~~~~~e
Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman/Research.        Commercial structures: preparation of con-struction documents, statistical research on firms distribution of manpower across different building types. Client contact, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, building code analysis.
~(JsswssaAsses(dry SslnellorClearedANnssp~~~~qVsosdAnnssncsacar TileAetwtw~wSoecselelcerssne denalvssssnTriacolndscece"OwedANnss"nsssr-CarnndN~(OseyceMCSLacenonNwAnssssncsetor ecnn)NoMoleAssceesearVsssMaA4nnTSSlIAtSealsSoearlnAenssKntar CanclnSecLoaetsonl IKlioeMAccessory ANrcsianesendlsleaneeANvsosnTilessnNdendAnsnnsesecor eorm(slLSOSNOQQ~SessosneK Actsang+g~oaeeccssr Acean~Aecdsceceassdessn~Exhibit6.3.2.Annunciator systempreferred operational sequence.
CHINN AND ASSOCIATES                                                    (1977 - 1978)
A-12 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTENTP-3.11Nay1983PIRSTPRIORITYALARMS~Plantshutdownlraectortrip,turbinetrip)~Radiation release~Plantconditions which,lfnotcorrected immediately, willresultinautomatic plantshutdownorradi~tionralaae.orwillrequitemanualplantshutdown.
Columbia, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial and residential structures. Coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, preparation of construction documents such as site plans, floor plans, elevations, construction details and perspectives.
SECONDPRIORITYALARMS~Technical
STEPHENS COLLEGE                                                        (1976 - 1977)
~ificetion violations whichifnotcorrected willrequireplantShutdown~Plantconditions which.Ifnotcorrected, meySaadtoplantshutdownorradiation releasesTk(ROPRIORITYALARMS~plantconditions reoresantina problemsie9'yst&#x17d;daeredationI whicheffectplantooarability butwhichshouldnotleadtoplantshutdovm, radiation release.orviolation oftechnical xsecifications Exhibit6.33.ThreelevelannUnciator prioritization example.ecctnas'rsa corrteotaasissVISUALALARMSW<<&<<<<8'sita<<i~isa'aIst~Grwtsaior sISita<<otHtsai
Columbia, Missouri Instructor. Department of Psychology. Full responsibility for six courses in Basic Psychology and courses in Psychobiology and the Psychology of Language. Also, student advising and staff seminar participation.
~'st~OINISaOl<<IIRELATEDDISPLAYSgi>liaur~>ac'rtoartsau<<rsRli<<irttoarts~HlElRELATEDCDNTRQLSCIIExhibit6.M.Vistralalarmslocatedabovethcrelatedcontrolsanddisplays.
B-48
(FromSeminaraetai.,1979).A-13 ANNUNClATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay19B3E'xample1SILENCEACKNOWLEDGE Example2::::::ANNUNCIATOR CONTROLS::::::
 
:SILENCE.::.ACKRESETTESTRESETTESTExhibit6.35.Annunciator responsecontrols.
3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R.                       (Continued)
ColorSerialOr<<eleetrOn numberGeneralcolornameISCCNBS/rtunsett renotetron olcolor.centroidnameISCC4<<SSCentroidnumberlaboraviation)
MID-MISSOURI MENTAL HEALTH CENTER,                                     (1970 -  1976)
Color123456789101112131415'l6171819202122whiteblackyellowpurOleoreneelightblueredbullOrevcreenpurplishpinkblueyellawieh pinkvioletoranceyellowpurplishredare<<nishyellowreddishbrownyellowcreenyellOwith brOwnreddishor<<nileOliveareen253257822184818011902651392471782620756255974011575126Whiteblackv.Y~.Pv.Ov.l.dv.Rey.YmedGyv.G<<,pPk<<,8<<,yPk<<.Vv.OY<<.oRv.aYa.rBrv.YGdecoyBrv.rOd,OIG2.5PB9.5/0.2NOdr3.3Y8.0/14.35.5P4.3/9,24,1YR5.5/1502.7P87.9I6,05,OR3.9/1544.4Y7.2/3.83.3GY5.4IO13.2G4.9/11.15BRP6.8/9.02.9PB4.1/104S.4R7.0/9.50.2P3.7/10.18.6YR7.3/15.27.3RP4.4/11,49.1Y8.2/12.00,3YR3.1/9.96.4GY6.8/11.2B,BYR3.l/5.094RS.4/14,5B.0GY2.2/3.6Exhibit6.57.Twentytwocolorso(maximumcontrast(tramKelly,1965).A-14 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Hay1983APPENDIXBDATAFORMS ANNUNCIATOR SYSTENAPPENDIX8DATAFORMSTP-3.11May1983TABLEOFCONTENTSBl-MEASUREMENT, DATAFORMSBl.lLinearMeasurements 81.2SoundMeasurements 81.3LightMeasurements 82-OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 83-OBSERVATION CHECKLIST 84-DOCUMENTATION REVIEWCHECKLIST 85-ANALYSISAIDS85.1LinearMeasurements Analysis85.2SoundMeasurementsAnalysis85.3LightMeasurements Analysis86-OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS87-OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS88-DOCUMENTATION REVIEWCHECKLIST ANALYSIS89-SAMPLEHEDREPORTFORM~Pae81.1-181.1-181.2-181.3-182-183-184-185'-185.1-185.2-185.3-186-187-188-189-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXBl.lMEASUREMENTS DATATP-3.11May19831.LINEARMEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1Annunciator LightBox(ALB)SummaryLabels-6.3.3.1b(2).
Columbia, Missouri Research    Assistant - Coordinated medical, research, and technical staff for psychological research on stress in hospital patients receiving a difficult examination (endoscopy). Also recording of polygraph data before and during examination, pre- and post-patient interviews, data reduction/preliminary analysis, library research, and assis-tance with the preparation of a variety of journal articles.
a.Iftherearenosummarylabels,checkhere:b.Iftherearesummarylabels,measureandrecordinTablel.lbthefollowing information:
CHINN, DARROUGH, AND COMPANY                                            (1973 - 1970)
ITEMNO.1)2)3)4)5)6)ITEMDESCRIPTION Character heightCharacter widthand/ornumeralwidthCharacter strokewidth Character spacingWordspacingLinespacingTABLE1~lbITEMALB-ALB-ALB-ALB-ALB-ALB-ALB-2.3.4.6~1.2TileLabeling-6.3.3.5a(l) anda(2),and6.3.5.5d(1) throughd(6).a,MeasureandrecordinTable1.2athecharacter height(s) usedinthetiles.Ifmorethanonesizecharacter isused,recordtheheightforalloftherepresented heights.Alsomeasureandrecordthefarthestleftandfarthestrighttilefromitsassociated acknowledge stationforeachoftherepresented character heights(startattheleftmostacknowledge stationandnumberthestationsgoingclockwise aroundtheMCB).
Columbia, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial and residential structures: preparation of construction documents, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers.
APPENDIXBl.lMEASUREMENTS DATA~I'J~J1Nay19831.2(Cont.)TABLE1.2aSTA1STA2STA3STA4STA5CHARHTLEFTRIGHTLEFTRIGHTLEFTRIGHTLEFTRIGHTLEFTRIGHTb.Foreachacknowledge stationinthetableabove,measureandrecordinTable1.2btheheightfromthefloorforthefarthestleftandfarthestrighttilefromthissametable.TABLE1.2bTILEHEIGHTFROMFLOORCHARHTSTA1STA2STA3STA4STA5Bl.l-2 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB1.1MEASUREMENTS DATATP-3.11May19B3c.Measureandrecordthefollowing foreachofthedifferent character heightsfroma,above:TABLE1.2cCHAR/NUMHT(ref)WIDTHSTROKEWIDTHCHARSPACINGWORDSPACINGLINESPACING1.3DataReduction andAnalysis.
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI                                                          (1973)
Fordatareduction andanalysis, obtaintheappropriate analysisaidsfromAppendixB5(ref.B5.1).B1.1-3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB1.2MEASUREMENTS DATA'P-3.11Hay19832.SOUNDMEASUREMENTS (AUDIBLESIGNALS)2.1Annunciator AudibleAlarms-6.3.2.1a.
Columbia, Missouri Teachin Assistant.     Department of Home Economics. Architectural Design II:
MeasurethesoundlevelindB(A)foreachannunciator audiblealarmateachofthefollowing operatorpositions:
Taught design, process, planning, and development of drafting skills. Delineation course:
TABLE2ALARMLOCATIONMCBSAFETYSYSTEMSPOS1POS2CONTTURBELECRADMONOP'SGENDISTCONSOLEDESK2.3.4,5.2.2DataReduction andAnalysis.
Emphasis on color media applied to interior perspective drawing.
Fordatareduction andanalysis, obtaintheappropriate analysisaidsfromAppendixB5(ref.B5.2).B1~2-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIXB1.3MEASUREMENTS DATA3.LIGHTMEASUREMENTS (TILEFLASHCHARACTERISTICS)
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI                                                  (1969 - 1973)
-6.3.5b(l) and6.3.3.2b3.1UsingtheFlashComparator, measuretheflashrateoftilesinalarmandinclear,Recordtherates.AlarmFlashRate:ClearedFlashRate:3.2UsingtheFlashComparator, measuretheon-offratioforthealarmflashrateandclearedflashrate.On-OffRatio(Alarm):On-OffRatio(Cleared):
Columbia, Missouri "Teachin Assistant. Department of Psychology. General Experimental Psychology (Laboratory Instructor; General Psychology (Course Coordinator, Discussion Leader); and Research Methods, The Senses, Applied Psychology (Assistant).
B3.1-1 ANNONCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Hay1983APPENOIX82OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE INSTRUCTIONS 1.Thefollowing arequestions concerning thegenerallayout,functional organization, andoperational considerations inyourcontrolroom.Hostofthequestions willrequireaYESorNOanswer,withsomeadditional information.
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI                                                  (1969 -  1971)
02.Whenyouhavecommentsorsuggestions, usethespaceprovidedbeloweachquestion.
Columbia, Missouri Research  Assistant. Department of Psychology. Design of graphic stimuli (face assistance with the writing of journal articles.
If.youneedadditional room,usethebacksofthesheets.3.Ifyoudonotunderstand aquestion, pleaseaskthemonitorforclarification.
HELLMUTH, OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC.                  *                (1966 -  1968)
4.Pleaseanswerallofthequestions ascompletely aspossible.
Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman.      Commercial structures:    preparation of construction documents.
5.Takeasmuchtimeasyouneedtocompletethequestionnaire.
A.L. AYDELOTT AND ASSOCIATES                                                    (1965)
6.Allofyouranswers,andyourbiographical information, willbekeptinthestrictest confidence andwillbeusedtoaidinthe'erformance ofthedetailedcontrolroomdesignreview.PLEASEBEGIN82-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Hay1983APPENDIXB2OPERATORINTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
Memphis, Tennessee Architectural Draftsman.     Commercial structures:    preparation of construction documents.
'BIOGRAPHICAL DATA:Name:Age:Sex:Height:Weight:CurrentPosition/Title:
B-49
1.Doyouhaveacurrentreacto~operator's license'?
 
YESNO2.Amountoflicensedexperience atthisplant:3.Totalamountlicensedexperience:
3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R.                       (Continued)
4.Relatedexperience andamount(example:
TECHNICAL REPORTS:
operator-trainee, HodgeNPPUnit1,1yr.):5.'ducation:
Summar Re ort: A Human En ineerin Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with D. Eike)
a.Highestlevelattained:
Human En ineerin S ecifications for an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press.             (with R. Kane, S. Fleger, and T. O'Donoghue)
beSpecialized Schoolsorcourses(list):6.Militaryexperience:
A Functional Allocation Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press, (with T. Harding).
B2-2 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIXB2OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE l.Doyouhaveafirstoutannunciator panelwhereonlythetileassoc-iatedwiththereactortripeventilluminates andall'subsequent alarmsonthatpanelare"lockedout"?YESNO2.Doyou'knowofanyautomatic reactortripfunctions thatdonothaveaseparateannunciator tileonthefirstoutpanel(eithermissingorsharedwithotherfunctions)?
A Human En ineerin Evaluation of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with S. Fleger, R. Kane, T. Harding, and D. Pilsitz).
YESNO3.Aretheannunciator panelsinthecontrolroomidentified byalabelaboveeachpanel?YESNO4.Fromyourprimaryoperating area,canyoureadallannunciator panellabelswithaminimumofeffort?YESNO5.Istheannunciator systemprioritycodedbycolor,position, shape,orsymboliccodingofthetiles?YESNO6.Doesyourannunciator systemusecolorcoding?YESNO7.Aretheremorethanelevencolorsusedforcodingthepanels?YESNOB2-3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIXB2OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE B.Isthereastandardmeaningattachedtothecolorsusedforcodingthepanels?YESNO9.Isthecolorredeverusedforacondition otherthanunsafe,danger,immediate operatoractionrequired, orasanindication thatacriticalparameter isoutoftolerance?
Res onse Sterot      es  of 3a anese Control Room 0 erators to Elements of CRT Dis la
YESNO10.Isthecolorgreeneverusedforacondition otherthansafe,nooperatoractionrequired, orasanindication thataparameter iswithintolerance?
    ~Sstems.     Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, October, 1982.
YESNO1'l..Isthecoloramber(yellow)everusedforacondition otherthanhazard(potentially unsafe),caution,attention required,orasanindication thatamarginalvalueorparameter exists?YESNO12.Doyouknowofanyunnecessary colorcodingontheannunciator panels?YESNO13.Doyouknowofanycolorsthatarenotusedconsistently acrossallapplications withinthecontrolroom,frompanel-to-panel orinsignallightsandonCRTs?YESNOB2-4 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIXB2OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 14.Areauditorysignalsprioritycodedbypulse,frequency change(warbling),
A Human En ineerin Evaluation of CRT Formats CRTs and Ke boards for the Mitsubishi Heav Industries Advanced Control Room.              Technical Report for Mitsubisi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982. with R. Kane, S. Fleger, T. Harding and F. Piccione)
intensity, ordifferent frequencies fordifferent signals?YESNO15.Ifyouhaveseparatealarmhorns,canyoueasilyidentifytheworkstationorsystemwheretheauditorysignaloriginated?
Extracontractual Studies on: Stress Method for Desi n Criteria Evaluation and PCC Confi uration Stud . Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly, 1 2. with R. Kane, D. Metcalf, R. Benel, S. Fleger)
YESNO16.Doyouhavedifferent alarmhornsforworkareasnotatthemaincontrolboard?YESNO17.Iftheauditoryalarmsignalhasonlyonesource,isthesoundcodedtodirectyoutodifferent workareas?YESNOII18.Doanyofthealarmhornsstartleorirritateyou?YESNO19.Ifyouhavedifferent alarmhorns,doanyofthemsoundtooloudortoosoftincomparison totheothersatyournormalworkstation?YESNO20.Doyouhaveasilencecontrolwitheachsetofresponsecontrolsinyourprimaryoperating area'?YESNOB2-5 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIX82OPERATORINTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE 21.Isacontrolprovidedwhichterminates aflashingvisualtile,butallowsasteadyillumination untilthealarm'iscleared'YESNO22.Canyouacknowledge analarmfrommorethanoneresponsecontrolarea?YESNO23.Ifclearedalarmsdonotresetautomatically, doyouhaveacontroltoresetthemyou'rself?YESNO24.Doestheresetcontrolsilencetheauditorysignalaswellasextin-guishtheillumination?
Res onse stereo      es of 3a anese nuclear  ower lant control room o erators. Study for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, December 1981. (with R. Kane and S. Fleger)
YESNO25.Doestheresetcontroloperatefrommorethanoneresponsecontrolarea?YESNO26.Canyoudefeatanyoftheannunciator
S stem-S ecific S ecifications Basic Console Evaluation and Human En ineerin Librar Biblio ra h for Advanced Control Room. Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982. with R. Kane, H. Manning, S. Fleger, T. O'Donoghue, N. Tulloh, and L. Grealis)
: controls, suchaslockingouttheaudiblealarmorlockingdowntheacknowledge control?YESNO27.Canyoutesttheauditoryandflashingillumination signalsofalltilsforeachpanel?YESNOB2-6 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIXB2OPERATORINTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE 28.Isthereanadministrative procedure thatcontrolstheperiodictestingofallannunciators?
Human factors evaluation re ort on the Tsuru a Number One New Radwaste Control Room. Final report prepared for the 3apan Atomic Power Company, September 1981. (with A. Strong)
YESNO29.Arealltilesdarkonannunciator panelswhennoalarmisindicated?
Label backfit su lement BSEP        1 and BSEP 2. Prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September 1981.
YESNO30.Canyoueasilytellifatileisnormallyonforanextendeddura-tionduringnormaloperating conditions?
B-50
YESNO31.Areyouimmediately awareifanannunciator tileisoutofservice?YESNO32.Canyouimmediately determine whentheflasherofanalarmtilefails?YESNO33.Doyouknowofanyalarmsthatoccursofrequently thatyouconsiderthemanuisance?
 
YESNOB2-7 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May1983APPENDIX82OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 34.Doyouknowofanyalarmsthatdonotgiveyouampletimetorespondtoawarningcondition?
3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R.                      (Continued)
YESNO35.Whenresponding toanalarmtile,canyoureadilylocatethecontrolsanddisplaysrequiredforcorrective ordiagnostic action?YESNO36.Doyouhaveaccesstoannunciator responseprocedures inthecontrolroom?YESNO37.Doyouknowofanyalarmswhichrequireyoutoobtainadditional infor-mationfromasourceoutsideofthecontrolroomarea?YESNO38.Aretheretoomanyalarmswhichrequireadditional information frompanelsoutsideyouroperating area?YESNO82-8 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May1983APPENDIXB2OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 39.Ifalarmsareusedthatrequireinformation outsidethecontrolroom,dotheyallowyouampletimetorespond'YESNO40.Arealarmsprovidedforsharedequipment inallcontrolrooms?YESNO4l.Isthereastatusdisplayorsignalprovidedforsharedequipment inallcontrolroomswhichindicates thattheequipment iscurrently beingoperated?
Human factors evaluation re    ort for the Brunswick Unit 1 and Unit    2  Control Room.
YESNO42.DoyouhaveanytileswithdualmessagessuchasHIGH-LOW?
Final Report prepared!for Carolina Power and Light, September        1981. (with W.
YESNO43.Doesthemulti-input alarmhaveareflashcapability thatreflashesthevisualtileafteranauditoryalertevenifthefirstalarmhasnotbeencleared?YESNOB2-9 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTENTP-3.11Nay19B3APPENDIXB2OPERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 44.Domulti-input annunciators provideyouwithanalarmprintout?
Talley, D. Beith, E. Talley, and T. 3ustice)
YESNO45.Doesthemulti-input alarmtyperhavesufficient speedtoprintthealarmdatafastenoughforyourneeds?YESNO46.Doesthealarmtypereverskiporlooseinformation, orgarble(mixup)theprinting?
Human factors desi n evaluation re ort for the Shearon Harris Unit 1 control room. Final report prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September"'1981. (with W. Talley,
YESNOB2-10 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIXB3OBSERYATIONS CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS l.Usingtheattachedchecklist, makeallthenotedobservations.
: 3. Haher, T. Amerson, D. Beith, and T. 3ustice) 3OURNAL ARTICLES:
2.Recordallnecessary information inthecommentscolumntojustifyanN/AcheckandtodetailaNOcheck.3.InsurethatallcommentsforNOchecksincludecomponent, instrument, panel,equipment, etc.identification andlocationinformation.
Control-display integration on large, multi-system control panels. Proceedin s of the Human Factors Societ 25th Annual Meetin . Rochester, New York 1981. (with T. Harding and K. Mallory Evaluative persistence:    Salt from the evaporative forgetting process.       Dissertation Abstracts International, 1979, 39 (No. 8), 0068 B.
4.InitiateHEDreportsonallNOchecksperthedirections contained inthechecklist analysisaids.83-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTENAPPENDIXB3OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.11May1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTS.
Greater repetition of errors under performance compared to observation in multiple-choice human learning. Perce tual and Motor Skills, 1973, 37, 909-950., (with M.H. Marx and D. Witter)
1.Aseparatefirstoutpanelshouldbeprovidedforthereactorsystem-6.3.1.3a(1).
Psychological preparation for endoscopy.       Gastrointestinal Endosco,    1977, 20, 9-13.
2.Aseparatefirstoutpanelisrecommended fortheturbine-generator systemthatisfunc-tionallysimilartothereactorsystempanel-6.3.1.3b.
(with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B. Horwitz)
3.Firstoutpanelsshouldbe,locatedabovetheirmainwork,.stations-6.3.1.3c.
, Preparation for a stressful medical procedure: Effect of amount of stimulus preexposure and coping style. 3ournal of Consultin and Clinical Psvcholo, 1978, 06, 099-507.
.,4.Allfirstoutpanelsshouldconformtothegeneralauditoryandvisualitemsintherestofthischecklist
(with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B. Horwitz Long-term persistence of response-repetition tendencies based on performance or obser-vation. Bulletin of the Ps chonomic Societ, 1978, 8, 65-67. (with D.W. Witter and M.H. Marx)
-6.3.1.3d.
PRESENTATIONS:
5.Asmallnumber(2-4)oflevelsofprioritycodingareused-6.3.1.4a(l).
Evaluative persistence: A long term memory for first impressions. Paper presented at the convention of the American Psychological Association, Montreal, September 1980.
6.Prioritycodingofcolor,posi-tion,shape,orsymbolisusedfor.visualsignals-6.3.1.4b(1).
Videotape preparation for a stressful medical procedure: Effects of number of exposures.
B3-2 ANNUNCIATORSYSTENAPPENDIXB3OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.1"1Nayl983N/AYESNOCOMMENTS7.Auditorysignalprioritycodingmaybeused-6.3.1.4b(2).
Paper presented at the meeting of the Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy, New York City, December 1976. (with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B.
8.Ifmorethanone,eachaudi-torysignalshouldsoundatapproxi-matelyequalloudnessatnormalwork.tations intheprimaryopera-tingarea-6.3.2.ld.
Horwitz) 8-51
9.Anauditorysignalshouldcapturetheoperator's attention butshouldnotirritateorcauseastartledreaction-6.3.2.1c.
 
10.Separateauditorysignalsateachworkstationwithinthepri-maryoperating areaarerecom-mended-6D.2.1f.ll.Theoperatorshouldbeabletoidentifytheworkstationorareawheretheauditoryalertorigi-nated-6.3.2.lf.
A Sw.
12.Theauditorysignalshouldautomatically resetwhensilenced-6.3.2.le.
CI n
B3"3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB3OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.11May1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTS13.Whenanalarmclears(oriscleared)thereshouldbeadedi-cated,distinctaudiblesignalwithafiniteduration-6.3.1.5a.
 
14.Auditoryalertsignal(s),
EDUCATION University of Hartford, B.S., Mechanical Engineering,  1965 Union College, graduate courses 1966-1969 Northeastern University, graduate courses 1969-1970 General Electric Advanced Course in Engineering EXPERIENCE American  Electric Power Service Corporation, 1983-Present NUS CORPORATIONS  1978-1983 American  Electric Power Service Corporation, 1971-1978 Stone a Webster Engineering Company, 1969-1971 Knolls Atomic Power Laboratory, 1965-1969 American Electric Power Service Corporation - Manager, Nuclear Safety and Licensing. Management and direction of section personnel in carrying out assigned responsibilities and activities which includes maintenance of NRC related documentation, review coordination, and resolution of all matters pertaining to nuclear safety affecting AEPSC.
ifadjustable, shouldbecontrolled byadministrative procedure-6.3.2.1b.
Provide knowledge, expertise, and analytical capability in nuclear safety related matters necessary to support plant operations and licensing efforts. I also serve as Secretary, NSDRC, and as Corporate Cognizant Engi'neer for Nuclear Safety.
15.Thespecifictitle(s)inanALB'shouldvisuallyflashtoindicateanalarmcondition
NUS - Have been responsible for a variety of safety analysis and licensing activities in support of domestic and foreign utilities. Typical activities have included: Service for eight months as a member of the On-Site Safety Review Group, Salem Generating Stationg technical specification coordinator for a large domestic utilityy project manager for NUS support activities on the FSAR update of the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Planty project manager for the Big Rock Point Plant Spent Fuel rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Safety Analysis Reports and technical advisor to the Japanese Survey Group on new siting concepts.
-6.3.3.2a.
Until October 1982 was Manager, Nuclear Waste Management Department. Duties included project management and technical contribution to fulfill NUS contractual responsibilities to the Basalt Waste Isolation Program and the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation. Various safety and licensing activities performed under these contracts included development of licensing coordination plans, performance of operational and long term radiological safety and risk analyses for nuclear waste repositories, development of a preliminary safety analysis report for a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation, development of guidelines for a quality assurance program, and performance of cost benefit analyses. Also served as a member of an ONWI-sponsored task force on geotechnical and anthropomorphic problems associated with siting a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation.
16.Incaseofflasherfailure,analarmingtileshouldilluminate andburnsteadily-6.3.3.2c.
 
17.Contrastbetweentilesshouldpresentnoproblemdiscriminating betweenalarming, steady-on, andsteady-off conditions
JhNES 0    FEZNSTEIH PAGB 2 American    Blectric pcnrer Service Corporation  Lead Engineer Safety Analysis and subsequently Hanager, Nuclear Safety an Licensing. Duties included support of licensing, design/
-63.3.2d.B3-4 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIZB3OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/AYESCOMMENTSTP-3.11May198318.Undernormal(nonalarmed) conditions noannunciator tilesshouldbeilluminated
construction, and operation of the Donald C. Cook Nuclear t the first Nestinghouse PNR with an ice condenser containment to be licensed for operation. Princ pa 1 ibility was to assure that all safety systems were designed and analyzed in a manner acceptable to th e United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Involved in many first-of-a-kind analyses, systems design, and technical spec  ifi ti ca  on development in the areas of heat transf er, fluid dynamics, thermal hydraulicst post LOCA h y dro g en generation, ice sublimation, radiological dose analyses, etc. Responsible for technical and administrative coordinat'ion of major projects such as plant modifications required to meet NRC concerns on high energy line breaks outside containment, ECCS systems design, and environmental q ualif ication of safety related equipment. Had lead technical responsib  onsibility for American Electxic Power for meetings with the NRC and for presentations to the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards.
-6.3.3.2e.
Nas respons ible fox the technical input and coordination of safety reviews of design changes, the Final Safety          a y R      t  nd amendments t and  oral  and written correspondence with the    NRC. Supervisory responsibility for developme commitment    lists,  Nestinghouse owners group activities, fire t ti      rogram N-lists, technical specif ications, security    plan, emergency plan, internal QA procedur,  es p lant health physics support, nuclear safety and licensing aspects f f 1 eloads probabilistic risk assessment studies> etc.
19.Ifatilemustbeonforanextendedperiodduringnormaloperations itshouldbedistinc-tivelycodedforpositiverecog-nitionduringthisperiod(seealso6.3.3.2f(2),
Was Secretary of Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee, member of Edison Electric Institute ad-hoc committee to comment on NASH-1400'ompany representative to joint utility - AEC - vendor task force on watex reactor safety researc h (later taken over by EPRI), member of joint TVA-DUKE-AEP ice condenser task force, and Chair man of Helium Breeder Associates Committee to review safety and licensing problems with gas cooled fast reactors.
item2contheDocumentReview.Checklist)-
Stone S Webster - Nas responsible for developing analysis methods for containment design and post-LOCA hydrogen generation analysis. Many assumptions from this work were b      ntly adapted by the NRC in their published Regulatory Guide 1.7    ~  Also performed prelim inar y evaluations to determine whether px'obabilistic techniques could be used for nuclear power plant design.
Kn  ll  Atomic Power Lab  Performed thermal hydraulic analysis of nuclear reactors, des'ned tests a nd experiments, and delivered training lectures to Naval personnel.
 
gA P
 
JAMES Go PEZNSTEZN PAGE 3 EDUCATIONAL HONORS University of Hartford Regent's  Award for being top student in Mechanical Engineering, 1964  and 1965 American Society of Mechanical Engineers Greater Hartford Chapter Annual Award 1965 Kappa Mu - Honorary Engineering Fraternity PUBLICATIONS "Post DBA Containment Hydrogen Methods for Calculating and Controlling Hydrogen Accumulation'co-author) presented at      g ANS Topical Meeting on Power Reactor System and Componentst Williamsburg< Virginia, 1970.
"Survey Methods  for Assessment  of Radiological Release from Geological Repositories"  (lead author)g presented at ANS Annual Meeting Atlanta, Georgia, June Barriers, State Variables, and Processes 1979.'Procedures, Important to Near Field Analysis" -(lead author)y presented at ANS Annual Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, June 1980.
"Evaluation of Consequences to Risk of Time Fan Cooling Units are Out of Service at Salem Generating Station,"
prepared for PSE&Gg  November 1981.
"Evaluation of Analytical Problems Associated with Changeover to Hot Leg Recirculation Following a Hypothetical Loss of Coolant Accident at Salem Generating Station,"
prepared for PSE&G, October 1981.
"Evaluation of Safety Concerns Associated with Loss of Coolant Accident Without Automatic Actuation of Containment Sprays," prepared for PSE&G, September 1981.
"Evaluation of Ef feet of Design Basis Accidents on Proposed Changes to Auxiliary Feedwater System at Salem Nuclear Power Generating Station," prepared  for PSE&G,                October 1981.
"Evaluation of Heat Balance  Code Used  at                Salem Generating Station," prepared for  PSE&G, December 1981.
"Evaluation of Inadvertent Human Intrusion into a Salt Dome Repository by Solution Mining" (co-author) draft report prepared for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1980 ~
"Criticality Analysis for  a Brine Filled Cavity in                a Spent Fuel Nuclear Waste Repository Located in a Domed Salt Formation" (co-author), NUS-TM-326, January 1980.
 
JAMES Qo FEZNSTEIN PAGE 4 "Questionnaire for Performing Safety Evaluations for Changes to Structures, Systems, and Components at the Salem Nuclear Plant," prepared for PSEaG, July 1981.
'Donald C. Cook Huclear Plant, Unit Ho. 1, Results of the December 1974        Initial Weighing  Program'repared for American      Electric  Pcnrer, March 1975 "Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System: Results of the January 1976 and April 1976 Ice Weighing Programs" (lead author) July 1976.
"Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System! Results of the January 1977 Ice Weighing Program" (lead author), May 1977
      'Survey of New Types of Siting Research for Nuclear Power Plants" (lead author) NUS-4068, April 1982.
"Big Rock Point Plant: Spent Fuel Rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Saf ety Analysis," (co-author), April 1982.
"Suggested Quality Assurance Requirements for        a Mined Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-338,       May 1981.
"Safety Analysis Report Annotated Outline for        a Nuclear Waste Repository in a Deep Geologic Formation, "      (co-author)
NUS-TM-360, April 1981.
"Preliminary Information Report for a Conceptual Reference Repository in      a Deep Geological Formation," (co-author) draft report prepared for office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, January 1980.
"Method      for Developing the Q-list for a Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-343, April 1981.
"A Preliminary Assessment of the PNL Strontium Heat Source Development Program to Determine its Adequacy for Licensing Purposes in FY 1981," (co-author) draft report prepared for Battelle Northwest, August 1979.
"Annotated Bibliography for a Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of      a Nuclear Waste Repository" NUS-3528, July 1980.
"Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of a Geologic Nuclear Waste    Repository" prepared for Basalt Waste Isolation Program, NUS-3569, April 1980.
 
JAMES Go FKINSTEIN PAGE 5 "Quality Assurance Classification Requirements for Structures, Systems, Components, and Activities Related to a Mined Geologic Repository for Permanent Disposal 'of High Level Nuclear Waste" (co-author) prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, March 1980.
"Applicable Requirements, Supporting Sequences, and Preliminary Strategy for the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation Licensing Coordination Plan (co-author), NUS-3267, October 1980.
NWTS Licensing Plan for High Level Waste Repositories in Geologic Formations (co-author), prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1978.
"Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Safety Analysis Report  - Update" (pro)ect manager and lead contributor), June 1982.
"Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Saf ety Analysis Report and Amendments" (co-author) .
 
APPENDIX C ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN C-1 6755B: 1/062883
 
181                                              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 D-C. COOK NUCLEAR PLANT DCRDR PROGRAM HLMANFACTORS TASK PLAN FOR THE ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM REVIEW Canyon Research Group The Essex Building 333 North Fairfax Street Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (7O3) S48-4SOO PREPARED BY:
Signature          Date DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant APPROVED BY:
Signature          Date)
DCRDR Project Review Team PERFORMED BY:
Signature          Date)
DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant
 
D.C. COOK NUCLEAR PLANT                TP-3.1 DCRDR PROGRAM                    1 May 1983 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM REVIEW RECORD OF REVISIONS Rev. Date                      Descri tion
 
181                                                  TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM  1 May 1983 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pacae 1.0  OB JECTIVES 2.0  REVIEW TEAM SELECTION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.0'RITERIA 4.0  PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.2 Data Collection 4.3 Analysis 5.0  EQUIPMENT/FACILITYREQUIREMENTS 6.0  INPUTS AND DATA FORMS 7.0  OUTPUTS AND RESULTS 8.0  FIGURES AND TABLES
'"9.0  PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS APPENDICES A. CRITERIA B. DATA FORMS C. CRITERIA MATRIX D. TASK PLAN CRITIQUE
 
181                                                                                      TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM                                  1 May 1983 1.0 OBJECTIVES
: a. To assess  to what degree the annunciator system conforms to the generic criteria in NUREG-0700.
: b. To identify and document any features in the annunciator system design that do not conform to the criteria in NUREG-0700.
: c. To identify and document any plant-specific design conventions and other plant-specific human factors criteria not defined in NUREG-0700.
2.0 REVIEW TEAM SELECTION ANO RESPONSIBILITIES
: a. A human factors specialist to conduct the data collection and analysis and to prepare the task report.
: b. A client nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systems information concerning alarm parameters and alarm response procedures.
: c. A client plant IhC engineer to assist in identifying relevant plant systems information.
3.0 CRITERIA The  criteria are from NUREG-0700; paragraphs        6.3.1.1; 6.3.1.2a through d(2);
6.3.1.3a through d; 6.3.1.4a and b; 6.3.1.5a through b(3); 6.3.2.la through f; 6.3.3.1a through b(2); 6.3.2.2a and b; 6.3.3.1a through c(3); 6.3.3.2a through f(2); 6.3.3.3a through f; 6.3.3.4a through d; 6.3.3.5a through d(6); 6.3.4.1a through d(2); 6.3.4.2a through c; 6.3.4.3a and b; 6.5.1.6a through c(2) and e(1) through 3(3);and 6.6.6.2a, b, and c (see Appendix A).
4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.1.1 Preparation and Conduct of Procedures
: a. Prior to conduct of this task, ensure that all required data forms, plant documentation, engineering drawings, equipment, and materials are available. Ensure that permission has been'btained for all required access to the control room or other plant areas.
 
181                                                                                  TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          1 May 1983
: b. Record all exceptions, deviations, or changes" to these procedures in Section 9.0 of this Task Plan. Number each entry sequentially, starting with 1. Include an explanation (technical justification) as to why the exception, deviation, or change was made.
4.1.2 Task Plan Critique Upon completion of .this task, fill out the Task Plan Critique contained 'in Appendix D. Submit the completed critique to you'r supervisor or project manager.
4.2 Data Collection
: a. Data are collected using various methods and procedures consistihg of measurements,      observations, interviews and questionnaires, and document reviews.
Appendix C illustrates the distribution of the criteria for the various methods.
: b. Measurements and observations should be made for all items contained on the Measurements data forms and Observations checklists contained in Appendix B.
: c. The operator questionnaire (Appendix B) should be administered to at least 50
  ,percent of the licensed reactor operators for the plant. Administration may be conducted
;.singly or in  a group,  but should be proctored or monitored.
: d. The results of the System Function and Task Analysis tasks should be reviewed
  -for annunciator-relevant data in reference to 6.3.3.1; 6.3.1.4a; 6.3.3b and d(2); 6.3.3s4a and c; 6.3.4 3a; and 6.6.6.2a(l), (2), and (3).
: e. In addition to the review results from d, above, plant documentation should be reviewed to verify the items listed in the Document Review Checklist in Appendix B. The required plant documents include:
: 1. Annunciator Response Procedures
: 2. Administrative Procedures relevant to annunciators.
4D  ~Anal sls
: a. All deviations from the criteria shall    be recorded  on Human Engineering Discrepancy (HED) reports (Appendix B). Recorded information shall include the instru-ment or instruments involved (e.g., auditory alarm horns, specific light tiles, etc.), a description of the problem including the 0700 paragraph number of the criteria, and a recommended solution.
 
181                                                                            TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                        1 May 1983
: b. Data collection method(s) shall also be recorded on the HED form (see Appendix B). Where data from two or more sources are contradictory, resolution of the conflict through data review and client interview shall be made.
: c. Use the analysis aids from Appendix B for all data reduction and analysis.
Upon completion of all analyses, ensure that the criteria in Appendix A are properly annotated (as specified in the analysis aids).
: d. Submit the completed task plan to your immediate supervisor for review.
Upon project management approval, initiate Task Report 3.1.
5.0 EQUIPMENT AND FACILITYREQUIREMENTS a4    Access to the control room.
: b. Sound level meter.
co    Protractor and tape measure.
: d. Flash comparator.
6.0 INPUTS AND DATA FORMS a1    Annunciator Response Procedures
: b. Annunciator Administrative Procedures co    Completed Task Reports for:
: 1. System Function and Task Analysis
: 2. Labels and Location Aids
: 3. Maintainability
: d. Criteria List (Appendix A)
: e. The following from Appendix B:
: l. Measurements Data Forms
: 2. Questionnaire
: 3. Observations Checklist
: 4. Documentation Review Checklist
: 5. Analysis Aids
: 6. HED Report Forms
: f. Criteria Matrix (Appendix C)
: g. Task Plan Critique Form (Appendix D)
 
181                                              TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983 7.0 OUTPUTS AND RESULTS
: a. Comple ted HEDs
: b. Completed Task Report.
 
181                                          TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM 1 May 1983 8.0 FIGURES AND TABLES None.
 
181                                                                                TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            1 May 1983 9.D PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS The following exceptions, deviations, and changes were made to these procedures during conduct of the task (include a statement of justification on each item):
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX A CR ITER IA
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 6.3.1.1    GENERAL SYSTEM DESIGN                      N/A YES COMMENTS Annunciator warning systems are the primary control room interface to immediately alert the operator to out of.tolerance changes in plant con.
dition. Annunciator warning systems consist of three major subsystems: (a) an auditory alert subsystem, (b) a visual alarm subsystem, and (c) an operator response subsystem (see Exhibit 6,3-1).
Together, these three subsystems should be designed to provide a preferred operational sequence for annunciator warnings as indicated in Exhibit 6.3 2.
8.3,12 ALARM PARAMETER SELECTION
: a. SET POINTS-The limits or set points for initiating the annunciator warning system should be established to meet the following goals:
(1)    Alarms should not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by the operators.
(2)   However, set points should be established to give operators adequate time to re-spond to the warning condition before a serious problem develops.
: b. GENERAL ALARMS (1) Alarms that require the control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to a given plant location for specific information should be avoided.
(2)     If general alarms must be used, they should only be used for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action and subsequent control room operator action, C. MULTICHANNELOR SHARED ALARMS (1) Annunciators with inputs from more than one plant parameter mt point should be avoided.     Multi.input alarms that summarize      single-input  annunciators
          .elsewhere in the control room are an exception, (2) Where multi-input annunciators must be used, an alarm printout capability should be provided. The specifics of the alarm should be printed on an alarm typer with sufficient speed and buffer storage to capture all alarm data.
 
ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM                TP-3.1 1 Nlay 1983 N/A YES HO CONMENTS 6,3,1.2    ALARM PAR'AMETER SELECTION (Cont'd)
: c. MULTICHANNELOR SHARED ALARMS (Cont'd)
(3)  A ref lash capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory alert mechanism and ref lash the visual tile even though the first alarm may not have been cleared.
: d. MULTI.UNIT ALARMS-(1) Alarms for any shared plant systems should be duplicated in all control rooms.
(2)  When an item of shared equipment is being operated from one control room, a status display or signal should be pro.
vided in all other control rooms which could potentially control this equipment.
6,3.1.3 F IRST OUT ANNUNCIATORS
: a. REACTOR SYSTEM (1)  A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system.
(2)  The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic reactor trip functions.
{3) In the event of a reactor trip, the tile associated. with the event should illuminate, and no other.
b,  TURBINE.GENERATOR SYSTEM-A separate first out panel, similar in function to the reactor system panel, is recommended.
: c. POSITION-First out panels should be located directly above the main control work station for the system.
: d. APPLICATION-First out annunciators should conform to the general auditory, visual, and operator response guidelines of this section.
A-2
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 H/A YES 'OMMENTS 6,3.1.4  PRIOR IT IZATION
: 0. LEVELS OF PRIORITY (1) Prioritization should be accomplished using a relatively small (24) number of priority levels.
(2)  Prioritization should be based on a continuum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions, e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation. Exhibit 6.3-3 provides an example of prioritization based on three levels of prioritization.
b,    PRIORITY CODING (1)  Some method for coding the visual signals for the various priority levels should be employed. Acceptable methods for priority coding include color, position, shape, or symbolic coding.
(2)  Auditory signal coding for priority level is also appropriate. See Guideline 6 2.2.3 for recommended coding techniques.
6.3.1.5    CLEARED ALARMS
: a. AUDITORY SIGNAL-Cleared alarms should have    a dedicated,    distinctive audible signal which should be of finite duration
: b. VISUAL SIGNAL-The individual tile should have one of the following:
(1) A special flash rate (twice or one. half the normal flash rate is preferred, to allow discrimination), or (2) Reduced brightness, or (3)  A special color, consistent with the overall control room colorcoding scheme, pro-duced by a diffe ently colored bulb behind the tile.
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM                  TP-3.1 I May 1983 N/A YES NO CONTENTS 6.3.2.1    SIGNAL DETECTION at    INTENSITY-The signal should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above the ambient control room noise. A nominal value of 10 dB(A) above average ambient noise is generally adequate, b,    CONTROL Signal intensity, if, adjustable, should    be    controlled by administrative procedure.
C. LIMITS The signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a startled reaction.
: d. DETECTION-Each auditory signal should be adjusted    to result in approximately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary operating area.
e,    RESET The annunciator              auditory alert mechanism should automatically reset when it has been silenced.
f;. IDENTIFICATION-The operator should be able to identify the work station or the system where the auditory alert signaf originated.
Separate auditory signals at each work station within    the primary      operating    area  are recommended.
6.3.2.2    AUDITORY CODING
: a. LOCALIZATION (1) Auditory coding techniques should be used when the operator work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area.
(2) Coded signals from a single audio source shoufd not be used to identify individual work stations within the primary oper-ating area.
: b. PRIORITI2ATION-Coding may be used to indicate alarm priority. (,".ee Guideline 6.3.1.4.)
A-4
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 6.3.3.1    VISUAL ANNUNCIATOR PANELS                      YES COMMENTS LOCATION-Visual alarm panels should be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response'to the alarm. (See Exhibit 6.34.)
: b. LABELING ~
(1) Each panel should be identified by a label above the panel.
(2)  Panel identification label height should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at feast 15 minutes when viewed from a centra( position within the primary operating area.
6.3.3.2 VISUAL ALARM RECOG AND IDENT
: a.      FLASHING The specific tile(s) on an annun-ciator panel should use flashing illumination to indicate an afarrp condition.
: b.      FLASH RATE Flash rates should be from three tc five flashes per second with approxi-mately equal on and off times.
: c. FLASHER FAILURE fn case of flasher failure of an alarmed tile, the tile light should illuminate and burn steadily.
: d. CONTRAST DE TECTAB IL ITY-There should be high enough contrast between alarming and steady. on tiles, and between illuminated and non-illuminated tiles, so that operators in a normally illuminated control room have no problem discriminating alarming, steadywn, and steadywff visual tiles.
: e.    "DARK" ANNUNCIATOR PANELS A "dark" annunciator panel concept should be used. This means that under normal operating conditions no annunciators would be illumi-nated; atl of the visual tiles of the annunciator panels would be "dark."
EXTENDED DURATION ILLUMINATION-tf an annunciator tile must be "ON" for an extended period during normal operations (e.g., during equipment repair or replacement),
it should be:
(1) Distinctively coded for positive recog-nition during this period, and (2) Controlled by administrative procedures.
A-5
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                  TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8,3 ,3.3 ARRANGEMENT OF VISUALALARM TILES MATRIX ORGANIZATIONVisual alarms should be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each annunciator panel.
: b.      FUNCTIONAL GROUPING-Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel. For example, area radiation alarms should be grouped on one panel, not spread throughout the control room.
C.      LABELING OF AXES (1) The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics for ready coordinate designation of a particular visual tile.
(2) Coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel.
(3)  Letter height for coordinate designation should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from a central, position within the primary operating area.
Cl 0 ~ , PATTERN RECOGNITION (1) The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a maximum of 50 tiles per matrix is mggested).
(2) Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.
e,      OUTNF SERVICE ALARMS-Cues for prompt recognition of an out of.service annunciator should be designed into the system.
BLANK TILES-Blank or unused annunciator tiles should not be illuminated (except during annunciator testing).
8.3.3.4      VISUAL TILE LEGENDS
~.      UNAMBIGUOUS Annunciator              visual tile legends should be specific    and  unambiguous.
Wording should be in concise, short messages.
: b.      SINGULARITYAlarms which refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.
A-6
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM                TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 6.3,3.4 VISUAL TILE LEGENDS (Cont'd)
: c. SPECIFICITY Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for HIGH-LOW, TEMPFRATURE-PRESSUR E.
: d. ABBREVIATIONS-Abbreviations and acro-nyms should be consistent with those used elsewhere in the control room.
6.3.3.5  VISUAL TILE READABILITY
: a. DISTANCE-The operator should be able to read all the annunciator tiles from the position at the work station where the annunciator acknowledge control is located.
(1) Letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes, or .004 x viewing distance. The preferred visual angle is 20 minutes, or .006 x viewing dlstanceo (2)  Letter height should be identical for all tiles, based on the maximum viewing distance. Separate calculations should be made for stand.up and sitdown work stations.
: b. TYPE STYLE-The size and style of lettering should meet the following:
(1)  Type styles should be simple.
(2) Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles.
(3)  Only upper-case    type should be used on visual tiles,
: c. LEGEND CONTRAST-Legends should pro-vide high contrast with the tile background.
(1) Legends should be engraved.
(2)  Legends should be dark lettering on      a light background.
: d. LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING (1) Stroke. width.to-cnaracter-height      ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.
(2) Letter width.to-height ratio should be between 1:1 and 3:5.
(3) Numeral width to.height ratio should be 3:5.
A-7
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                  TP-3.1 1 May  1983 6.3.3.5 VISUAL TILE READABILITY(Cont'd)
: d. LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING                        N/A YES NO COMMENTS (Cont'd)
(4)  Minimum space between characters should be one stroke width.
(5) Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.
(6) Minimum space between lines should be one-half the character height.
6.3.4 .1  CONTROLS (See Exhibit 6.3 5.)
a ~    SILENCE (1) Each set of operator response controls should include a silence control.
(2) It should 'be possible to silence an auditory alert signal from any set of annunciator response controls in the
    >>>>      primary operating area.
b.:; ACKNOWLEDGE (1) A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a visual tile and have it continue at steady illumination until the alarm is cleared.
(2)  Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.
C. RESET (1)  If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be pro.
vided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared.
(2)  The reset control should silence any audible signal indicating clearance and should extinguish tile illumination.
(3) The reset control should be effective only at the work station for the annunciator panel where the alarm initiated.
: d. TEST (1)  A control to test the auditory signal and flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel should be provided.
(2)  Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled by administrative procedure.
A-8
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                  TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983
.6.3.4.2    CONTROL SET D ESIGN                            K/A YES KO COMMENTS
: a. POSITIONING OF REPETITIVE GROUPS-Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations. This is to facilitate "blind" reaching.
: b. CONTROL CODING-Annunciator response controls should be coded for easy recognition, using techniques such as:
(1) Color coding; (2) color shading the group of annunciator
              'controls; (3)  demarcating the group of annunciator controls; or (4) shape coding, particularly the silence control. (See Exhibit 6.3.5, Example 2.)
C. NONDEFEATABLE CONTROLS Annunci                  ~
ator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control. For example, some      pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the-pushbutton. This undesirable design feature should be eliminated.
6.3.4.3    ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSE PROCEDURES
: a. AVAILABILITY        Annunciator    response pro.
cedures    should be available    in the control room.
INDEXING-Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel identification and annunciator tile coordinates.
6.5.1.6    COLOR CODING
: a. REDUNDANCY-In all applications of color coding,      color should provide redundant information. That is, the pertinent information should be available from some other cue in addition to color,
: b.  ~ NUMBER OF COLORS (1) The number of colors used for coding should be kept to the minimum needed for providng sufficient information.
(2) The number of colors used for coding should not exceed 11.
A-9
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                  TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8.5,1.6 COLOR CODING (Cont'd)
: c. MEANING OF COLORS (I) The meaning attached to a particular color should be narrowly defined.
(2) Red, green, and amber (yellow) should be reserved for the following uses:
Red: unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance.
Green: safe, no operator action required, or an indication that a parameter is within tolerance.
Amber (yellow): hazard (potentially un-safe), caution, attention required, or an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists.
: d. CONSISTENCY OF MEANING (1)  The meaning assigned to particular colors should be consistent across all applications within the control room.
(2) The meaning of a particular color should remain the same whether applied to panel surfaces or projected in signal lights or on CR,Ts.
6.6.6.2    D EM AR CAT ION USE-Lines of demarcation can be used to:
(1) Enclose functionally related displays.
{2) Enclose functionally related controls.
(3)    Group related controls and displays.
: b. CONTRAST-Lines of demarcation should be visually distinctive from the panel background.
C. PERMANENCE-Lines of demarcation should be permanently attached.
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 AUDITORY ALERT SUBSYSTEM VISUAL ALARM SUBSYSTEM                r OPERATOR RESPONSE SUBSYSTEM
                                  ~ ~
                                  ;51i
                                  --."""    1    b Exhibit 6.3 l. Annunciator warning ayatern.,
 
ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 Cdenassesn      ssceetn l
                            ~A&ant              Asonsaarc
                                                              ~      $
LHHtc          Na Ssaaedede I
y Vscssd AnssssKsecor f                                                      )
t  ~~g~~~~4                                                                Tilt Accsrecson sorest(e ysnsd dorm tee sn nsssssnasew eorm
    ~ idscary weal arsosnaceN                                  INUnssnnnl end ncensssa cc ~ race nons a ooassseer MCS Non(san                                    nndss raednanc cnwcson "AC@HOWLS OQ S" Sl LS NCS"                                                  Control Aeowsta Control Ileonsnce                                        (Only ec IICS Loeecnn                Nw (Any MCS Late(seel                                                A srssss sit salas e asset I Ayenny      SsoKS Ceeae.      nK                                Islaossne ceases. (ssst        Tik eenanson    AKece                                            lternasnc Invnssnatad s
I s 0sedsaesc end Aernedsacsan ol esotnnn ecessc    essa+sear(ll Necssrnad to    Normo I
p  ~~~~q Vsosd Annssncsacar erson    I                        Tile Aetwtw~w Sssn~~~~~e Mean        I
                                            ~
(Jsswssa Asses(dry  Sslnel                    Soecsel elcerssne        den al vssssn lor Cleared    ANnss                      Tria co lndscece        "Owed ANnss Carnnd      N~
                                            "nsssr-(Osey ce MCS Lacenon Nw Anssssncsetor      ecnn)
No Mole Assceese ar VsssMa A4nn TS Sl IAt Seals Soearln AenssKntar                                                  LSOSNO Cancln    Sec  Loaetsonl QQ  ~ SessosneK Actsan IKlioeMAccessory ANrc sianes end          lsleanee AN vsosn Tiles                      g+g ~ oaeeccssr  Acean
                                                                                                            ~ Aecd scecea sn Ndend      Ansnnsesecor eorm(sl ssdessn ~
Exhibit 6.3.2. Annunciator system preferred operational sequence.
A-12
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN                                                              TP-3.1 1  Nay 1983 PIRST PRIORITY ALARMS                                                SECOND PRIORITY ALARMS
  ~ Plant shut down lraector trip, turbine trip)                        ~ Technical ~ificetion violations which if not corrected
  ~ Radiation release                                                      will require plant Shutdown
  ~ Plant conditions which, lf not corrected immediately,              ~ Plant conditions which. If not corrected, mey      Saad  to will result in automatic plant shutdown or radi ~ tion                plant shut down or radiation releases ralaae. or will requite manual plant shutdown.
Tk(RO PRIORITY ALARMS
                                                                        ~ plant conditions reoresantina problems ie    9'yst' daeredationI which effect plant ooarability but which should not lead to plant shutdovm, radiation release. or violation of technical xsecifications Exhibit 6.3 3. Three level annUnciator prioritization example.
VISUAL ecctnas'rsa  corrteot  aasiss ALARMS W        <<&                <<<<
8' sita <<i~isa'      a I
st~ Grwtsaior  s I
Sita<<otHtsai    ~        'st~ OINISa Ol <<    I I                                                                                  RELATED DISPLAYS aur ~
                  >ac'rto li arts au<<rs                                        i rtto li arts~
RE LATED CDNTRQLS gi                                          R                                Hl        El CI I
Exhibit 6.M. Vistral alarms located above thc related controls and displays.
(From Seminara et ai., 1979).
A-13
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM                                                    TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 E'xample 1 SILENCE        ACKNOWLEDGE Example 2
:::::: ANNUNCIATOR CONTROLS::::::
:  SILENCE        .::. ACK                  RESET      TEST RESET                TEST Exhibit 6.3 5. Annunciator response controls.
Color Serial      General                        ISCC NBS      /rtunsett renotetron ol color.
Or <<eleetrOn      color        centroid            name        ISCC4<<SS Centroid number          name          number        labor aviation)          Color 1        white                253              White          2.5PB 9.5/0.2 2        black              257                black          N        Odr 3        yellow                82              v.Y            3.3Y 8.0/14.3 4        purOle              218              ~ .P          5.5P 4.3/9,2 5        orenee                48              v.O            4,1YR 5.5/15 0 6        light blue          180              v.l.d          2.7P8 7.9I6,0 7        red                  11              v.R            5,OR 3.9/15 4 8        bull                  90              ey.Y          4.4Y 7.2/3.8 9        Orev                265                med Gy        3.3GY 5.4IO 1 10        creen                139              v.G            3.2G 4.9/11.1 11        purplish pink        247              <<,pPk          5 BRP 6.8/9.0 12        blue                178              <<,8            2.9PB 4.1/104 13        yellawieh pink        26              <<,yPk          S.4R 7.0/9.5 14        violet              207              <<.V            0.2P 3.7/10.1 15        or ance yellow        56              v.OY          8.6YR 7.3/15.2
                      'l6        purplish red        255              <<.oR          7.3RP 4.4/11,4 17        are<<nish yellow        97              v.aY          9.1Y 8.2/12.0 18        reddish brown          40              a.rBr        0,3YR 3.1 /9.9 19        yellow creen          115              v.YG          6.4GY 6.8/1 1.2 20        yellOwith brOwn          75            deco yBr      B,BYR 3.l/5.0 21        reddish or<<nile                        v.rO          94R S.4/14,5 22        Olive areen          126                d,OIG        B.0GY 2.2/3.6 Exhibit 6.5 7. Twenty two colors o( maximum contrast (tram Kelly, 1965).
A-14
 
TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX  B DATA FORMS
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 8 DATA FORMS TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                ~Pa e Bl - MEASUREMENT, DATA FORMS                  81.1-1 Bl.l  Linear Measurements                81.1-1 81.2  Sound Measurements                  81.2-1 81.3  Light Measurements                  81.3-1 82 - OPERATOR  INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE          82-1 83 - OBSERVATION CHECKLIST                      83-1 84 - DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST            84-1 85 - ANALYSIS AIDS                            85 '-1 85.1  Linear Measurements  Analysis      85.1-1
: 85. 2 Sound Mea sur ements Anal ys i s    85.2-1 85.3  Light  Measurements  Analysis      85. 3-1 86 - OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS  86-1 87 - OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS            87-1 88 - DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST ANALYSIS    88-1 89 - SAMPLE HED REPORT FORM                    89-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                                TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX  Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA
: 1. LINEAR MEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1  Annunciator Light    Box (ALB) Summary    Labels - 6.3.3.1b(2).
: a. If there  are no summary labels, check here:
: b. If there  are summary labels, measure      and record in Table l.lb the following information:
ITEM NO.                ITEM DESCRIPTION
: 1)        Character height
: 2)        Character width and/or numeral width
: 3)        Character strokewidth
: 4)        Character spacing
: 5)        Word spacing
: 6)        Line spacing TABLE 1 ~ lb ITEM    ALB-        ALB-        ALB-        ALB-        ALB-      ALB-      ALB-2.
3.
4.
6 ~
1.2  Tile Labeling - 6.3.3.5a(l)    and  a(2),  and  6.3.5.5d(1) through d(6).
a,  Measure and record in Table 1.2a the character height(s) used in the tiles. If  more than one size character is used, record the height for all of the represented heights. Also measure and record the farthest left and farthest right tile from its associated acknowledge station for each of the represented character heights (start at the left most acknowledge station and number the stations going clockwise around the MCB).
 
                                                                          ~ I'J ~ J 1  Nay 1983 APPENDIX  Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA 1.2 (Cont.)
TABLE  1.2a STA 1            STA 2              STA 3          STA 4        STA 5 CHAR HT    LEFT  RIGHT    LEFT  RIGHT    LEFT RIGHT        LEFT RIGHT  LEFT RIGHT
: b. For each acknowledge station in the table above, measure and record in Table 1.2b the height from the floor for the farthest left  and farthest right  tile  from  this same  table.
TABLE  1.2b TILE HEIGHT    FROM FLOOR CHAR HT      STA  1          STA 2            STA 3          STA 4      STA 5 Bl.l-2
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 May 19B3 APPENDIX B1.1 MEASUREMENTS DATA
: c. Measure and record the  following for  each of the different character heights from a, above:
TABLE  1.2c CHAR/NUM      STROKE        CHAR          WORD        LINE HT  (ref)        WIDTH        WIDTH      SPACING      SPACING      SPACING 1.3  Data Reduction and  Analysis.
For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.1).
B1.1-3
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX B1.2 MEASUREMENTS DATA
                                              'P-3.1                  1 Hay 1983
: 2. SOUND MEASUREMENTS  (AUDIBLE SIGNALS) 2.1  Annunciator Audible Alarms - 6.3.2.1a.
Measure the sound level in dB(A)    for each annunciator audible alarm at each of the following operator    positions:
TABLE 2 MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS ALARM                                    TURB      ELEC  RAD MON    OP'S LOCATION    POS 1    POS  2      CONT    GEN      DIST  CONSOLE    DESK 2.
3.
4, 5.
2.2  Data Reduction and  Analysis.
For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.2).
B1 ~ 2-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            TP-3.1 1  Nay 1983 APPENDIX B1.3 MEASUREMENTS DATA
: 3. LIGHT MEASUREMENTS (TILE FLASH CHARACTERISTICS)    - 6.3.5b(l) and 6.3.3.2b 3.1  Using the Flash Comparator, measure the  flash rate of tiles in alarm and  in clear, Record the rates.
Alarm Flash Rate:
Cleared Flash Rate:
3.2  Using the Flash Comparator, measure  the on-off  ratio for the  alarm flash rate  and cleared flash rate.
On-Off Ratio (Alarm):
On-Off Ratio (Cleared):
B3.1-1
 
ANNONCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENOIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. The  following are questions concerning the general layout, functional organization, and operational considerations in your control room. Host of the questions will require a YES or NO answer, with some additional information.
0
: 2. When  you have comments or suggestions,    use the space provided below each  question. If.you need  additional room, use the backs of the sheets.
: 3. If you  do not understand    a question, please ask the monitor for clarification.
: 4. Please answer    all of the questions as completely as possible.
: 5. Take as much time as you need      to complete the questionnaire.
: 6. All of your answers, and your biographical information, will be kept in the strictest confidence and will be used to aid in the of the detailed control room design review.              'erformance PLEASE BEGIN 82-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1  Hay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
'BIOGRAPHICAL DATA:
Name:                                                      Age:
Sex:                        Height:                        Weight:
Current Position/Title:
: 1. Do you have  a  current reacto~ operator's license'?    YES    NO
: 2. Amount  of licensed experience at this plant:
: 3. Total amount licensed experience:
: 4. Related experience and amount (example:      operator-trainee, Hodge NPP Unit 1, 1 yr.):
: 5. 'ducation:
a . Highest level attained:
be  Specialized Schools or courses    (list):
: 6. Military experience:
B2-2
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                                TP-3.1 1  Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: l. Do  you have a first out annunciator panel where only the tile assoc-iated with the reactor trip event illuminates and all 'subsequent alarms on that panel are "locked out"?                                          YES  NO
: 2. Do  you 'know of any automatic reactor trip functions that do not have      a separate annunciator tile on the first out panel (either missing or shared with other functions)?                                                    YES  NO
: 3. Are the annunciator    panels in the control room  identified by a  label a bov e each panel?                                                              YES  NO
: 4. From your primary operating area, can you read      all annunciator panel labels with a minimum of effort?                                                YES  NO
: 5. Is the annunciator system    priority coded  by color, position,  shape, or symbolic coding of the    tiles?                                              YES  NO
: 6. Does  your annunciator system use color coding?                                YES  NO
: 7. Are there more than eleven colors used    for coding the panels?                YES  NO B2-3
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE B. Is there a standard meaning attached to the colors used for coding the panels?                                                              YES  NO
: 9. Is the color red ever used for a condition other than unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or as an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance?                                  YES  NO
: 10. Is the color green ever used for a condition other than safe, no operator action required, or as an indication that a parameter is within tolerance?                                                        YES  NO 1'l.. Is the color  amber (yellow) ever used for a condition other than hazard  (potentially unsafe), caution, attention requir ed, or as an indication that  a marginal value or parameter exists?                  YES  NO
: 12. Do you know  of any unnecessary  color coding on the annunciator panels?                                                                  YES  NO
: 13. Do you know of any colors that are not used consistently across all applications within the control room, from panel-to-panel or in signal lights and  on CRTs?                                              YES  NO B2-4
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 14. Are  auditory signals priority coded by pulse, frequency change (warbling), intensity, or different frequencies for different signals?                                                                  YES  NO
: 15. If you  have separate alarm horns, can you easily identify the work station or system  where the auditory signal originated?                  YES  NO
: 16. Do you have  different  alarm horns    for work areas  not at the main control board?                                                            YES  NO
: 17. If the auditory alarm signal has only one source, is the sound coded to direct you to different work areas?                                    YES  NO II
: 18. Do any  of the alarm horns startle or irr itate    you?                  YES  NO
: 19. If you have different alarm horns, do any of them sound too loud or too soft in comparison to the others at your normal work station?          YES  NO
: 20. Do you have a  silence control with each set of response controls in your primary operating ar    ea'?                                          YES  NO B2-5
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 21. Is a control provided which terminates a flashing visual        tile,  but allows a steady illumination until the alarm'is cleared'                        YES  NO
: 22. Can you acknowledge      an alarm from more than one response  control ar ea?                                                                          YES  NO
: 23. If cleared    alarms do  not reset automatically, do you have    a control to reset    them you'rsel f?                                                    YES  NO
: 24. Does the reset control silence the auditory signal as well as extin-guish the illumination?                                                        YES  NO
: 25. Does  the reset control operate from more than one response control area?                                                                          YES  NO
: 26. Can you    defeat any of the annunciator controls, such as locking out the audible alarm or locking down the acknowledge control?                      YES  NO
: 27. Can you    test the auditory    and  flashing illumination signals of all tils  for  each panel?                                                        YES  NO B2-6
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                                TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 28. Is there an administrative procedure that controls the periodic testing of all annunciators?                                                  YES  NO
: 29. Are  all tiles dark on annunciator panels when    no alarm is indicated?    YES  NO
: 30. Can you  easily tell if a tile is normally    on  for an extended  dura-tion during normal operating conditions?                                      YES  NO
: 31. Are you immediately aware  if an annunciator    tile is out of service?      YES  NO
: 32. Can you  immediately determine when the flasher of an alarm      tile fails?                                                                        YES  NO
: 33. Do  you know of any alarms  that occur  so frequently that    you consider them a nuisance?                                                              YES  NO B2-7
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 34. Do  you know  of any alarms that do not give you ample time to respond to  a  warning condition?                                                      YES  NO
: 35. When  responding to an alarm tile, can you readily locate the controls and  displays required for corrective or diagnostic action?                  YES  NO
: 36. Do you have access      to annunciator response procedures in the control room?                                                                          YES  NO
: 37. Do  you know  of  any alarms which require you to obtain additional    infor-mation from    a  source outside of the control room area?                    YES    NO
: 38. Are there too many alarms which require      additional information from panels outside your operating area?                                            YES  NO 82-8
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                              TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 39. If alarms are used that require information outside the control room, do they  allow you ample time to respond'                              YES  NO
: 40. Are alarms provided    for shared  equipment in  all control rooms?          YES  NO 4l. Is there a status display or signal provided for shared equipment in all control rooms which indicates that the equipment is currently being operated?                                                              YES  NO
: 42. Do  you have any  tiles with  dual messages  such as HIGH-LOW?              YES  NO
: 43. Does  the multi-input alarm have a    ref lash capability that ref lashes the visual tile after an auditory    alert even if the first alarm has not been cleared?                                                            YES  NO B2-9
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN                      TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 44. Do multi-input annunciators provide you with an alarm printout?    YES  NO
: 45. Does the multi-input alarm typer have sufficient speed to print the alarm data fast enough for your needs?                          YES  NO
: 46. Does the alarm typer ever skip or loose information, or garble (mix up) the printing?                                              YES  NO B2-10
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                              TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERYATIONS CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS
: l. Using the attached    checklist,  make  all the noted observations.
: 2. Record  all necessary  information in the comments column to justify an  N/A check and    to detail a NO check.
: 3. Insure that all comments for NO checks include component, instrument, panel, equipment, etc. identification and location information.
: 4. Initiate  HED reports  on  all NO checks per the  directions contained in the checklist analysis aids.
83-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A  YES  NO    COMMENTS.
: 1. A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system - 6.3.1.3a(1).
: 2. A separate first out panel is recommended for the turbine-generator system that is func-tionally similar to the reactor system panel - 6.3.1.3b.
: 3. First out panels should be
  ,located above their main work
,. stations - 6.3.1.3c.
  .,4. All first out panels should conform to the general auditory and visual items in the rest of this checklist - 6.3.1.3d.
: 5. A small number (2-4) of levels of priority coding are used-6.3.1.4a(l).
: 6. Priority coding of color, posi-tion, shape, or symbol is used for .
visual signals - 6.3.1.4b(1).
B3-2
 
ANNUNC IATOR SYSTEN              TP-3.1 "1 Nay  l983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO    COMMENTS
: 7. Auditory signal priority coding may be used - 6.3.1.4b(2).
: 8. If more than one, each audi-tory signal should sound at approxi-mately equal loudness at normal work.tations in the primary opera-ting area - 6.3.2.ld.
: 9. An auditory signal should capture the operator's attention but should not irritate or cause a startled reaction - 6.3.2.1c.
: 10. Separate auditory signals at each work station within the pri-mary operating area are recom-mended - 6D.2.1f.
ll. The operator should be able to identify the work station or area where the auditory alert origi-nated - 6.3.2.lf.
: 12. The auditory signal should automatically reset when silenced - 6.3.2.le.
B3"3
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A  YES  NO    COMMENTS
: 13. When an alarm clears (or is cleared) there should be a dedi-cated, distinct audible signal with a finite duration - 6.3.1.5a.
: 14. Auditory alert signal(s), if adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure-6.3.2.1b.
: 15. The specific title(s) in an ALB
'should visually flash to indicate an alarm condition - 6.3.3.2a.
: 16. In case of flasher  failure, an alarming  tile should illuminate  and burn steadily - 6.3.3.2c.
: 17. Contrast between tiles should present no problem discriminating between alarming, steady-on, and steady-off conditions - 63.3.2d.
B3-4
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIZ B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES        COMMENTS
: 18. Under normal (nonalarmed) conditions no annunciator tiles should be illuminated - 6.3.3.2e.
: 19. If a tile must be on for an extended period during normal operations it should be distinc-tively coded for positive recog-nition during this period (see also 6.3.3.2f(2), item 2c on the Document Review. Checklist)-
6.3.3.2f(1).
6.3.3.2f(1).
20.Clearedtilesshouldhaveeitheraspecialflashrate,areducedbrightness, oraspecialcolor-6.3.1.5b(l) throughb(3).21.Alltilesassociated withagivenacknowledge controlshouldbereadablewhenoperating thatcontrol-6.3.3.5a.
: 20. Cleared tiles should have either  a special flash rate, a reduced brightness, or a special color - 6.3.1.5b(l) through b(3).
22.Character styleonalltilesshouldbesimple-63.3.5b(l).
: 21. All tiles associated with a given acknowledge control should be readable when operating that control - 6.3.3.5a.
23.Character styleshouldbeconsistent onalltiles-63.3.5b(2).
: 22. Character style on all tiles should be simple - 6 3.3.5b(l).
B3-5 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM,'PPENDIX B3OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.11May1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTS24.Character styleshouldbeuppercase onalltiles-6.3.3.5b(3).
: 23. Character style should be consistent on all tiles - 6 3.3.5b(2).
25.Tilelegendsshouldhavehighcontrastwiththetilebackground-6.3.3.5c.
B3-5
26.Tilelegendsshouldbeengraved-6.3.3.5c(1).
 
27.Tilelegendsshouldbedarkandopaqueonalightandtrans-lucentbackground
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983
-6.3.3.5c(2).
                                        ,'PPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO  COMMENTS
28.Tilelegendsshouldbespecific, unambiguous, concise,andshort-6.3.3.4a.
: 24. Character style should be uppercase on all tiles - 6.3.3.5b(3).
29.Tilelegendsshouldaddressspecificconditions, HIGHTEMP,orLOWPRESS,notHIGH-LOWTEMP-PRESS
: 25. Tile legends should have high contrast with the tile background-6.3.3.5c.
-6.33.4c.B3-6 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB3-OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.11Nay1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTS30.Abbreviations andacronymsinlegendsshouldbeconsistent withthoseinotherlabelinginthecon-trolroom-6.3.3.4d.
: 26. Tile legends should be engraved - 6.3.3.5c(1).
31.Tilesshouldbeorganized asamatrixwithineachALB-6.3.3.3a.
: 27. Tile legends should be dark and opaque on a light and trans-lucent background - 6.3.3.5c(2).
32.Theverticalandhorizontal axesoftheALBsshouldbealpha-numerically labeledfortiledesig-nationcoordinates
: 28. Tile legends should be specific, unambiguous, concise, and short - 6.3.3.4a.
-6.3.3.3c(l).
: 29. Tile legends should address specific conditions, HIGH TEMP, or LOW PRESS, not HIGH-LOW TEMP-PRESS - 6.3 3.4c.
33.Coordinate designators arepreferred attheleftandtopsidesoftheALBs-6.3.3.3c(2).34.Character heightforthecoordinate labelsshouldbethesameheightasthoseusedintilelegends-63.3.3c(3).
B3-6
35.ThenumberoftilesinanALBshouldbekeptlow,withamaxi-mumof50tilesperALBsuggested
 
-63.3.3d(1).
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B3-OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO    COMMENTS
B3-7 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM,APPENDIX83.OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/AYESNOCOMMENTSTP-3.11May198336.Cuesforpromptrecognition ofanout-of-service annunciator shouldbedesignedintothesystem-6.33.3e.37.Blankorunusedtilesshouldnotbeilluminated exceptduringannunciator testing-6.3.3.3f.
: 30. Abbreviations and acronyms in legends should be consistent with those in other labeling in the con-trol room - 6.3.3.4d.
,38.Demarcation linesmaybeusedtoenclosefunctionally
: 31. Tiles should be organized as a matrix within each ALB - 6.3.3.3a.
'elatedtitles-6.6.6.2a(l).
: 32. The vertical and horizontal axes of the ALBs should be alpha-numerically labeled for tile desig-nation coordinates - 6.3.3.3c(l).
,.39.Demarcation linesmaybeusedtogrouptileswiththeirrelatedcontrolsand/ordisplays-6.6.6.2a(l) througha(3).40.Ifused,demarcation linesshouldbevisuallydistinctive fromthepanelbackground
: 33. Coordinate designators are preferred at the left and top sides of the ALBs - 6. 3. 3. 3c(2) .
-6.6.6.2b.
: 34. Character height for the coordinate labels should be the same height as those used in tile legends - 6 3.3.3c(3).
41.Ifused,demarcation linesshouldbepermanently attached-6.6.6.2c.
: 35. The number of tiles in an ALB should be kept low, with a maxi-mum of 50 tiles per ALB suggested - 6 3.3.3d(1).
83-8 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB3OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.11May1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTS42.ALBsshouldbelocatedabovethecontrolsanddisplaysrequiredforcorrective ordiagnostic actionwhentheyalarm-6.3.3.la.
B3-7
43.EachALBshouldbeidentified byalabeldirectlyaboveit-6.3.3.lb(1).44.Eachsetofannunciator controlsshouldincludeasilencecontrol-6.3.4.1a(1).
 
45.Anacknowledge controlshouldbeprovidedthatterminates theflashingandcausesthetiletocontinuously illuminate untilithascleared-6.3.4.lb(1).
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM             TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 83.
46.Ifanautomatic clearedalarmfeatureisnotprovided, acontrolshouldbeprovidedtoresetthesystemafteranalarmhascleared-6.3.4.1c(1).
OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A  YES  NO  COMMENTS
B3-9 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB3OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.11May1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTS47.Acontroltotesttheauditoryalarmandtheflashingillumination ofalltilesinapanel(i.e.,inoneormoreALBs)shouldbeprovided-6.>.4.1d(1).
: 36. Cues for prompt recognition of an out-of-service annunciator should be designed into the system - 6.33.3e.
48.Repetitive groupsofannun-ciatorcontrolsshouldhavethesamearrangement andrelativelocationatdifferent workstations-6.3.4.2a.
: 37. Blank or unused tiles should not be illuminated except during annunciator testing - 6.3.3.3f.
49.Annunciator controlsshouldbe'codeddifferently thanotherpanelcontrolseitherbycolor,demarca-'tion,orshape-6.3.4.2b(1) throughb(4).50.Shapecodingispreferred forthesilencecontrol-6.3.4.2b(4).
,38. Demarcation lines may be used to enclose functionally
51.Annunciator controldesignsshouldnotallowtheoperatortodefeatthecontroloperation suchasinserting acoinintoacontrolguardring<<6.3.4.2c.
'elated titles    - 6.6.6.2a(l).
52.Annunciator responseproce-duresshouldbeavailable inthecontrolroom-6.3.4.3a.
,.39. Demarcation lines may be used  to group tiles with their related controls and/or displays-6.6.6.2a(l) through a(3).
B3-10 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIXB4DOCUMENTATION REVIEWCHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS Collectthefollowing documents andreviewthemfortheinformation contained intheattachedchecklist:
: 40. If used, demarcation lines should be visually distinctive from the panel background - 6.6.6.2b.
l.Administrative Procedures concerning annunciators 2.Annunciator ResponseProcedures 3.Resultsfromthefollowing taskreports:a.Convention Surveyb.SystemFunctionTaskAnalysis'c.LabelingSurvey4.InsurethatallcommentsforNOchecksincludecomponent, instrument, panel,equipment, etc.identification andlocationinformation.
: 41. If used, demarcation lines should be permanently attached-6.6.6.2c.
5.InitiateHEDreportsonallNOchecksperthedirections contained inthechecklistanalysisaids.B4-I ANNUNCIATOR SYSTENAPPENDIXB4DOCUMENTATION REVIEWCHECKLIST N/AYESNOCOMMENTSTP-3.11May1983l.ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSEPROCEDURES a.Responseprocedures shouldbeindexedbypanelI.D.andtilecoordinates
83-8
-6.>.4.3bb.Thereshouldbenoalarmsthatrequiretheoperatortodirectanauxiliary operatoroutsidethecon-trolroomtoobtainmorespecificinformation
 
-6.3.1.2b(1).
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO    COMMENTS
c.Annunciators withinputsfrom~.morethanoneplantparameter set-pointshouldbeavoided(multi-inputalarmsthatsummarize
: 42. ALBs should be located above the controls and displays required for corrective or diagnostic action when they alarm - 6.3.3.la.
..single-input alarmselsewhere inthecontrolroomareanexcep-tion)-63.1.2c(l) 2.PLANTADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES a.Periodictestingofannunci-atorsshouldberequiredandcon-trolledbyadministrative pro-cedures-66.4.ld(2).
: 43. Each ALB should be identified by a label directly above  it-6.3.3. lb(1).
b.Ifaudiblealarmintensity isoperator-adjustable, itshouldbecontrolled byadministrative procedures
: 44. Each set of annunciator controls should include a silence control - 6.3.4.1a(1).
-6.3.2.1b.
: 45. An acknowledge control should be provided that terminates the flashing and causes the tile to continuously illuminate until it has cleared - 6.3.4.lb(1).
B4-2 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIX84DOCUMENTATION REVIEWCHECKLIST TP-3.11May1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTSPLANTADMINPROCESS(cont)c.Whenannunciator tilesmustbeonforanextendedperiodduringnormaloperations, itshouldbecontrolled byadministrative pro-cedures(seealso6.3.3.2f(1),
: 46. If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be provided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared - 6.3.4.1c(1).
item19ontheObservations Check-list)-6.5.3.2f(2).
B3-9
CONVENTIONS TASKREPORTa.Colormeaningsshouldnotbetheonlymeansforidentifying
 
~pertinent information, thatis,allcolorcodingusedshouldberedundant information
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO    COMMENTS
-6.5.1.6a.
: 47. A control to test the auditory alarm and the flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel (i.e., in one or more ALBs) should be provided-6.>.4.1d(1).
b.Thenumberofcolorsusedforcodingshouldbekepttothemini-mumneededtoprovidesufficient information andshouldnotexceed11-6.5.1.6b(1) andb(2).c.Colormeaningsshouldbenarrowlydefined-6.5.1.6c(1).,
: 48. Repetitive groups of annun-ciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations - 6.3.4.2a.
d.Redshouldmeanunsafe,danger,immediate operatoractionrequired, oranindication thatacriticalparameter isoutoftoler-ance-6.5.1.6c(2).
: 49. Annunciator controls should be
Itisimportant tonotethatinonesense,astrictinterpretation of84-3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB4DOCUMENTATION REVIEWCHECKLIST TP-3.11May1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTSCONVENTIONS TR(Cont)thisstatement wouldmeanthatastandard, andbroadlyappliedconvention inthenuclearindustrywasincorrect.
'coded differently than other panel controls either by color, demarca-
However,keepinmindthatflowingelectricity (closedbreakers),
'tion, or shape - 6.3.4.2b(1) through b(4).
flowingwaterorsteam(runningpumpsandopen'alves),
: 50. Shape coding is preferred for the silence control - 6.3.4.2b(4).
andanactivereactorcanbeconsidered inherently lesssafethanashutofforshutdowncondi"ion.e.Greenshouldmeansafe,shutoff,shutdown,nooperatoractionrequired, oranindication thata'parameter iswithintolerance-6.5.1.6c(2).
: 51. Annunciator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control operation such as  inserting a coin into a control guard ring <<6.3.4.2c.
f.Amberoryellowshouldmeanahazard,potentially unsafe,caution,attention
: 52. Annunciator response proce-dures should be available in the control room - 6.3.4.3a.
: required, oranindication thatamarginalvalueor.parameter exists-6.5.1.6c(2).
B3-10
g.Meaningsassignedtoapartic-ularcolorshouldbeconsistent acrossallcontrolroomappli-cationsregardless ofwhetheritisoriapanelsurface,inindicator lightsorinCRTs-6.5.1.6d(l) and(2).h.Abbreviations andacronymsshouldbeconsistent acrosscontrolroomapplications
 
-6.3.>.4d.
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS Collect the following documents and review them for the information contained in the attached checklist:
B4"4 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENOIXB4DOCUHENTATION REVIEWCHECKLIST TP-3.11Hay1983N/AYESNOCOMMENTS4.SFTATASKREPORTa,Theannunciator warningsys-temshouldbedesignedasthepri-maryalertinginterface withtheoperatorforout-of-tolerance con-ditions.Itshouldconsistofthreemajorsubsystems:
: l. Administrative Procedures concerning annunciators
auditoryalert,visualalarm,andoperatorresponse.
: 2. Annunciator Response    Procedures
Thesethreesubsystems shouidfunctiontoprovideapre-feredoperational sequenceforannunciator warnings-6.3.1.1.b.Visualalarmtilesshouldbegroupedbyfunction, system,sub-system,orotherlogicalorgani-zationwithinALBs-6.3.3.3bandd',2).c.Prioritization ofannunciators shouldbebasedonacontinumofimportance,
: 3. Results from the following task reports:
: severity, orneedforoperatoractioninoneormoredimensions suchas,thelikelihood ofareactortriporthelikelihood ofareleaseofradiation-6.3.1.4a(2).
: a. Convention Survey
d.Tilelegendsshouldaddressspecificconditions ratherthanarangeofconditions and/orparam-eters.Asanexample,separatetilesshouldbeusedtoindicatetemperature-low, temperature-high,pressure-low, andpressure-high,ratherthanasingletilewiththelegendHIGH-LOWTEMP-PRESS-6.3.34c.B4-5 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May1983APPENDIX85.1MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS11.LINEARMEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1ALBSummaryLabels-6.3.3.l.b(2) a.'Iftherearenosummarylabels,checkN/Aforcriterion 6.3.3.l.b(2) inAppendixA.b.Iftherearesummarylabels,calculate thevisualangelsforeachlabelfortheoperatorpositions listedinTablel.lbTablel.lbSAFETYSYSTEMSIDENTPOS1POS2MCBREACTURBELECRADMONOP'SCONTGENDISTCONSOLEDESK2,3.5.7.Calculations (useextrasheets,asneeded):B5.1-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIX85.lMEASUREMENTS ANALYSISTP-3.11Nay1983c.IfallvisualanglesinTable1.1bare15minutesofarcorgreater,checkYESforcriterion 6.3.3.1b(2) inAppendixA.d.IftherearevisualanglesinTablel.lblessthan15minuesofarc,recordonanHEDreportformtheposition(s) andlabel(s)wherethisisso.IncludethecodenumberTP-3.1B5.1.1 indatacollection description.
: b. System Function Task Analysis
Forcriterion 6.3.3.1b'(2) inAppendixA,checktheNOcolumnandrecordtheHEDreportnumberandthecodenumber,TP-3.1B5.1.1 intheCOMMENTScolumn1.2TileLabels-6.3.3.5a(1) andd(1)throughd(6).a.Calculate thevisualanglesforeachcharacter heightatitsfarthestleftandfarthestrightlocationforeachworkstation inTable1.2a,below.TABLE1.2aALBNO/STA1STA2STA3STA4STA5CHARHTLEFTRIGHTLEFTRIGHTLEFTRIGHTLEFTRIGHTLEFTRIGHTCalculations (useextrasheets,asrequired):
: c. Labeling Survey
85.1-2 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTENAPPENDIXB5.1MEASUREMENTS ANALYSISTP-3.11May1983b.IfallvisualanglesinTable1.2aare15minutesofarcorgreater,checkYESforcriterion 6.3.3.5a(l) inAppendixA.c.IfanyvisualanglesinTable1.2aarelessthan15minutesofarc,recordonanHEDreportformtheposition(s) andtilelegend(s) wherethisisso.IncludethecodenumberTP-3.1B5,1.2 inthedatacollection description.
: 4. Insure that all comments for NO checks include component, instrument, panel, equipment, etc. identification and location information.
Forcriterion 6.3'.5a(1)inAppendixA,checktheNOcolumnandrecordtheHEDreportnumberandthecodenumber,TP-3.1B5.1.2, intheCOMMENTScolumn.d.Comparethecharacter dimensions andlegendmeasurements foreachcharacter heightrecordedwithcriteria6.3.3.5d(1) throughd(6).e.Ifallcharacterheightsandlegendsmeetthecriteria, checktheYEScolumnforthesecriteriainAppendixA.f.Ifanycharacter dimensions orlegendmeasurements failtomeetthecriteria, recordonanHEDreportformthetilecoordinates, character heightimplicated, andadescri'ption ofthefailure.IncludethecodenumberTP-3.1B5.1.2in'thedatacollection description..Forcriteria6.3.3.5d(1) throughd(6)inAppendixA,checktheNOcolumnandrecordtheHEDreportnumberandthecodenumberTP-3.1B5.1
: 5. Initiate  HED reports  on all NO  checks per the directions contained in the checkl i st analysi  s  aids.
~2,intheCOMMENTScolumn.B5.1-3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB5.2MEASUREMENTS ANALYSISTP-3.11May19832.SOUNDMEASUREMENTS (AUDIBLESIGNALS)2.1Annunciator AudibleAlarms-6.3.2.la.a.Obtaintheaverage.ambientnoiselevelindb(A)fromtheAmbientNoiseSurveyTaskReport(TR-1.6)and'record below:Averagenoiselevel:db(A)b.Baseduponthebelowadjustment factors,reduceeachmeasuredannunciator alarmlevelandrecordinTable2.1b.ABSOLUTEDIFFERENCE BETWEENMEASUREDLEVEL(Lm)ANDAVERAGENOISELEVELLn5678910ll12131415SUBTRACTTHISAMOUNTFROMMEASUREDLEVEL(Lm)ANDANDRECORDINTABLE2.lb2.21.71.31.0.8.6.4.3.3.2.2.1TABLE2.1bALARMLOCATIONMCBSAFETYSYSTEMSPOS1POS2CONTTURBELECRADMONOP'SGENDISTCONSOLEDESK2.3.4.5.85.2-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB5.2MEASuREMENT ANALYSISTP-3.11May1983c.ComparealladjusteddB(A)levelsinTable2.1btotheaveragenoiselevel.d.Ifalladjustedaudiblealarmlevelsareatleast10dB(A)abovetheaveragenoiselevelchecktheYEScolumnforcriterion 6.3.2.1ainAppendixADe.Ifanyadjustedalarmlevelsarelessthan10dB(A)abovetheaveragenoiselevel,recordeachoccurance onanHEDreportform.Include"the codenumberTP3.lB5.2.1 inthedatacollection description.Forcriterion 6.3.2.1ainAppendixA,checktheNOcolumnandrecordtheHEDreportnumberandthecodenumber,TP3.1B5.2.1 intheCOMMENTScolumn.B5.2-2 AxeuxCIATOR SYSTD1APPENDIX85.3MEASUREMENT ANALYSISTP-3.11May19833.LIGHTMEASUREMENTS (TILEFLASHCHARACTERISTICS) 3.1AlarmedFlashCharacteristics
B4-I
-6.3.3.2b.
 
a.Fromtherecordeddata,determine ifthealarmedflashrateisbetween3to5flashespersecondandthattheon-offratioisapproximately 1:1.b.Ifbothparameters meetthecriteria, checktheYEScolumnforcriterion 6.3.3.2binAppendixA.c.Ifeitherparameter failstomeetthecriteria, recordthediscrepancy onanHEDreportform.IncludethecodenumberTP-3.185.3.1 inthedatacollection description.
TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO        COMMENTS
Forcriterion 6,3.3.2bin'Appendix AchecktheNOcolumnandrecordtheHEDnumberandthecodenumber,TP-3.185.3.1, intheCOMMENTScolumn.3.2ClearedFlashRate-6.3.1.5b(1).
: l. ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSE PROCEDURES
a.Fromtherecordeddata,determine iftheclearedflashrateisapproximately doubleorQthealarmedflashrate.b.Iftheclearedflashratepassesthecriterion, checktheYEScolumnforcriteria6.3.1.5b(l) inAppendixA.c.Iftheclearedflashratefailstomeetthecriterion, recordthediscrepancy onanHEDreportform.IncludethecodenumberTP-3.185.3.2 inthedatacollection discription.
: a. Response procedures should be indexed by panel I.D. and tile coordinates - 6.>.4.3b
Forcriterion 6.3.1.5b(1) inAppendixA,checktheNOcolumnandrecordtheHEDnumberandthecodenumber,TP-3.185.3.2, intheCOMMENTScolumn.85.3-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIXB6OPERATORINTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSISTP-3.11Nay1983l.GENERALa.Reviewallquestionnaires forcompleteness ofbiographical information andquestionresponses.
: b. There should be no alarms that require the operator to direct an auxiliary operator outside the con-trol room to obtain more specific information - 6.3.1.2b(1).
b.Deleteincomplete andunusablequestionnaires fromthedatabase.Ifrequiredbycontract, re-schedule thesequestion-nairesforcorrection/completeness.
: c. Annunciators with inputs from
c.Whenthedatabaseassemblyiscompleteperformtheanaylsis, below.(2.BIOGRAPHICAL DATAa.Assemblebiographical dataanddetermine rangesanddistribu-tionsforallrelevantdimensions.
~.more than one plant parameter set
b.Usingappropriate statistics, determine thedistribution (oritsapproximation)forthisdata.3.RESPONSEDATAa.Summarize allresponses anddetermine percentfrequency responseforeachnegativeanswer.b.Foreachnegativeanswer,initiatePreliminar'y HEDs(PHEDs)fordiscrepancy" review.Recordfrequency'data, responsequestionnumberanddatacollection codenumberoneachPHED.Codenumbersaredeveloped asfollows:(SeeList3bforcriteria}
  -point should be avoided (multi-input alarms that summarize
Example;TaskPlanNumberAppendixTP-3.1B6.10 questionNumberc.SubmitallPHEDstoyourimmediate supervisor.
.. single-input alarms elsewhere in the control room are an excep-tion) - 63.1.2c(l)
d.Subsequent verification, validation anddisposition ofallPHEDswillbeconducted perTP-10.1(HEDReviewProcedure).
: 2. PLANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
B6-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIX86'PERATORINTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSISTP-3.11Nay19831,6.3.1.3a(3) 2.6.3.1.3a{2) 3~6.3.3.1b(1) 4,6.3.3.1b(2) 5.6.3.1.4b(1)
: a. Periodic testing of annunci-ators should be required and con-trolled by administrative pro-cedures - 66.4.ld(2).
LIST3b20.6.3.4.1a(1)
: b. If audible alarm intensity is operator-adjustable, it should be controlled by administrative procedures - 6.3.2.1b.
&(2)21.6.3.4.1b(1) 22.6.3.4.1b(2) 23.6.3.4.1c(l)
B4-2
,24.6.3.4.1c(2) 40.6.3.1.2d(l)41.6.3.1.2d(2)42.6.3.3.4c43.6.3.1.2c(3) 44.6.3.1.2c(2) 6.6.5.1.6b(l) 7.6.5.1,6b(2) 8.6.5,1.6c(l) 9~6.5.1.6c(2) 10.6.5.1.6G(2) 11.6.5.1.6G(2) 12.6.5.1.6b(1) 13.6.5.1.6d(1)&(2) 14.6.3.1.4b(2)&
 
6.3.2.2b15.6.3.2.1f16.6.3.2.2a(1) 17.6.3.2.2a(2) 18.6.3.*2.lc 19.6.3.2.1d25.26.27.28.24.30.31.32.33.34.35.36.37.38.39.6.3.4.1c(3) 6.3.4.2c6.3.4.1d(1) 6.3.4.ld(2) 6.3.3.2e6.3.3.2f6.3.3.3e6.3.3.2c6.3'.2a{1)6.3.1.2a(2) 6,3.3.la6.3.4.3a6.3.1.2b(1) 6.3.3.4b6.3.1.2b(2) 45.6.3.1.2c(2) 46.6.3.1.2c(2) 86-2 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM'PPENDIXB7OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSISTP-3.11May19831.Foreach.checklist itemcheckedNO,initiateanHEDreport.EntertheHEDreportnumberintheCOMMENTScolumnofthechecklist forthatitem.Includeallnecessary information ontheHEDreportconcerning identification ofthediscrepancy andthecriteria(checklist item)notmet.2.'nterthefollowing codenumberinthedatacollection description:
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX 84 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO        COMMENTS PLANT ADMIN PROCESS (cont)
TP-3.1B3.n Checklist ItemNumber3.Findtheappropriate criterion orcriteriainAppendixAfromthereference numberinthechecklist item.ChecktheNOcolumnandentertheHEDnumberandthedatacollection codenumberintheCOMMENTScolumnforthatcriterion orcriteria.
: c. When annunciator tiles must be on for an extended period during normal operations, it should be controlled by administrative pro-cedures (see also 6.3.3.2f(1), item 19 on the Observations Check-list) - 6.5.3.2f(2).
87-1 IdANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMAPPENDIX88DOCUMENTATION REVIEWCHECKLIST ANALYSISTP-3.11Nay19831.Foreachchecklist itemcheckedNO,initiateanHEDreport.EntertheHEDreportnumberintheCOMMENTScolumnofthechecklist forthatitem.,Includeallnecessary information ontheHEDreportconcerning identification ofthediscrepancy andthecriteria.(checklist item)notmet.2.Enterthefollowing codenumberinthedatacollection description:
CONVENTIONS TASK REPORT
TP-3.184.n Checklist ItemNumber3.Findtheappropriate criterion orcriteriainAppendixAfromthereference numberinthechecklist item.ChecktheNOcolumnandentertheHEDnumberandthedatacollection codenumberintheCOMMENTScolumnforthatcriterion orcriteria.
: a. Color meanings should not be the only means for identifying
88-1 APPENDIXB9HUMANENGINEERING DISCREPANCY (HED)REPORTOR16IHATOR:
~ pertinent information, that is, all color coding used should be redundant information - 6.5.1.6a.
VALIDATED SY:PLANT/UN!
: b. The number of colors used for coding should be kept to the mini-mum needed to provide sufficient information and should not exceed 11 - 6.5.1.6b(1) and b(2).
T~)HEDTITLE:b)ITEHSIHVOLVED:
: c. Color meanings should be narrowly defined - 6.5.1.6c(1).,
C)PROBLEHDESCRIPTIOH:
: d. Red should mean unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of toler-ance - 6.5.1.6c(2).
d)DATACOLLECTIOH DESCRIPTION CODEHUHBER:e)SPECIFICHUHAkERROR(S):
It is important  to note that in one sense, a  strict interpretation of 84-3
B9-I APPENDIX89HEDREPORT(CONTINUED)
 
TlANT/VNI THEDHO.:f)SUGGESTED SACKFlT;g)REVlEHAHDDlSPOS1T10H:
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM          TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO COMMENTS CONVENTIONS TR (Cont) this statement would mean that a standard, and broadly applied convention in the nuclear industry was incorrect. However, keep in mind that flowing electricity (closed breakers), flowing water or steam (running pumps and and an active reactor can open'alves),
89-2 0
be considered inherently less safe than a shut off or shut down condi" ion.
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Hay1983APPENDIXCCRITERIAMATRIX ANNONCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.1IMay1983CRITERIA~
: e. Green should mean safe, shut off, shut down,   no operator action required, or an indication that a
'ATRIXCriteriaDistributed AcrossDataCollection Methods.Notes:1.Thefollowing codesapplytothematrixcolumns:M-Measurement (instruments and/ormeasuring devicesrequired) 0-Observations (observation notestaken)I-Interview/guestionnaire (generally astructured interview unlessotherwise specified) 0-DocumentReview(documentation reviewtoincludeengineering
  'parameter is within tolerance-6.5.1.6c(2).
: drawings, CMDs,etc.)A-AuditoryCriteriaV-VisualCriteriaC-ControlsCriteria(physical characteristics)
: f. Amber or yellow should mean a hazard,   potentially unsafe, caution, attention required, or an indication that a marginal value or
P-PhysicalArrangement/Location CriteriaF-Functional Criteria(usuallyrequiressomeoperational dataforverification) 2.Datasourceslistedaresuggested.
. parameter exists - 6.5.1.6c(2).
Alternatives shouldbeusedwhenthoselistedarenotavailable orarenotadequate.
: g. Meanings assigned to a partic-ular color should be consistent across all control room appli-cations regardless of whether it is ori a panel surface, in indicator lights or in CRTs - 6.5.1.6d(l) and (2).
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Hay1983CRITERIAMATRIXCRITERIANUREG--0700 CrithB-'.3.1.1 6.3.1.2a(1) a(2)b(1)b(2)c(1)c(2)c(3)d(1)d(2)DATACOLLECTION METHODSXXXXXXXXXXXSUGGESTED DATASOURCESSFTARptOpsOpsOps,AnnRespProcsOpsAnnRespProcsOpsOpsOpsOpsREMARKSalsoinTP-9.1(SFTA)6.3.1.3a(1) a(2)a(3)bcd6.3.1.4a(1) a(2)b(1)b(2)6.3.1.5ab(1)b(2)b(3)6.3.2.1a6.3.2.2a(1) a(2)b6.3.3.1ab{1)b(2)c(1)c(2)c(3)PFPFPFPFPFPFPFPFFFPFFFXN/AXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXN/AN/AN/APnlOpsOpsPnlPnlAllPnlPnl,SFTARptPnlPnlPnlPnl.PnlPnlCRCR,AdminProcsCR,OpsCR,OpsCRCR,OpsOpsOpsOpsPnlPnlCRseetextpara.4.2aalsoinTP-9.1(SFTA)inTP-1~8-(Maint)inTP-1.8(Maint)inTP-1.8(Maint)C-2 ANNuNCIATOR SYSTENCRITERIAMATRIXTP-3.1IMay19B3CRITERIADATACOLLECTION NUREG--0700 CritMETHODS'UGGESTED DATASOURCESREMARKS6.3.3.28bcdef(>)f(2)6.3.3.3abc(I)c(2)c(3)d(I)d(2)'fFFFPPFPFPFPPFPPPPPFFFXXXXXXXXXXXXXPnlPnl,Pnl,PnlPnl,Pnl,CompSpecOpsOpsOpsAdminProcsPnlSFTARptPnlPnlPnlPnlSFTARptOpsPnlalsoinTP-9.1{SFTA)alsoinTP-6.1(Labels)alsoinTP-9.1(SFTA)6.3.3.4abcd6.3.3.5a''(I)a(2)b(I)b(2)b(3)cc(I)c(2)d{I)d(2)d(3)d(4)d(5)d(6)6.3.4.1a(1) a(2)b(I)b(2)c(I)c(2)c(3)PPFPFPPPFFFFFFXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXPnl,OpsPnl,Pnl,PnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnlPnl,OpsPnl,OpsPnl,OpsOps5FTAOps,SFTARptConvRptOpsOpsOpsalsoinTP-9.1(SFTA)alsoinTP-9.1(SFTA)alsoinTP-8.1(Conv)C-3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11May1983CRITERIAMATRIXCRITERIANUREG--0700 CritDATACOLLECTION METHODSSUGGESTED DATASOURCESREMARKS6.3.4.1d(1)
: h. Abbreviations and acronyms should be consistent across control room applications - 6.3.>.4d.
Fd(2)FXXPnl,OpsXOps,AdminProcs6.3.4.2ab(1)b(2)b(3)b(4)cXXXXXXXPnlPnl,ConvRptPnl,ConvRptPnl,ConvRptPnl,ConvRptPnl,OpsalsoinTP-8.1(Conv)alsoinTP-8.1(Conv)alsoinTP-8.1(Conv)alsoinTP-8.1(Conv)6.3.4.3abXXXCR,Ops,SFTARptXAnnRespProcsalsoinTP-9.1(SFTA)6.5.1.6ab(1)b(2)c(1)c(2)d(1)d(2)XXXXXXXXXXXXXConvRptOps,ConvRptOps,ConvRptOps,ConvRptOps,ConvRptOps,ConvRptOps,ConvRptalsoinTP-8.1alsoinTP-8.1alsoinTP-8.1alsoinTP-8.1alsoinTP-8.1alsoinTP-8.1(Conv)(Conv)(Conv)(Conv)(Conv)(Conv)6.6.6.2aFbVCcPPnl,Ops,SFTARptPnlPnlalsoinTP-9.1(SFTA)alsoinTP-6.1(Labels)alsoinTP-6,1(Labels)
B4 "4
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMTP-3.11Hay1983~~APPENDIXDTASKPLANCRITIQUE
 
~\
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENOIX B4 DOCUHENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO      COMMENTS
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTENTP-3.11Nay1983APPENDIXDTASKPLANCRITIQUEINSTRUCTIONS 1.AttachacopyofSection,4,0.2.Fillintherequiredinformation andanswerallquestions.
: 4. SFTA TASK REPORT a,   The annunciator warning sys-tem should be designed as the pri-mary alerting interface with the operator for out-of-tolerance con-ditions. It should consist of three major subsystems: auditory alert, visual alarm, and operator response. These three subsystems shouid function to provide a pre-fered operational sequence for annunciator warnings - 6.3.1.1.
3.ExplainallNOanswersindetail.4.Whencomplete, turnintoyourimmediate supervisor.
: b. Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function, system, sub-system, or other logical organi-zation within ALBs - 6.3.3.3b and d',2).
1.NameofRespondent:
: c. Prioritization of annunciators should be based on a continum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions such as, the likelihood of a reactor trip or the likelihood of a release of radiation-6.3.1.4a(2).
2.NameofPlant:3.DateofSurvey:4.Wereallofthecriteriacorrectandappropriateforthistask(donotexplaincriteriathatwereN/AbecauseSystem/CR didnothavethatdesignfeature)?
: d. Tile legends should address specific conditions rather than a range of conditions and/or param-eters. As an example, separate tiles should be used to indicate temperature-low, temperature-high, pressure-low, and pressure-high, rather than a single tile with the legend HIGH-LOW TEMP-PRESS     - 6.3.3 4c.
YESNO5.Didthetaskplaninstructions presenttheeasiestandbestmethodology forperforming theassessment?
B4-5
YESNO6.Werethedatacollection formsadequate?
 
YESNO}}
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 85.1 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS 1
: 1. LINEAR MEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1  ALB Summary  Labels -   6.3.3.l.b(2)
: a. 'If there  are no summary labels, check N/A  for criterion 6.3.3.l.b(2) in    Appendix A.
: b. If there are summary labels, calculate the visual angels for each label for the operator positions listed in Table    l.lb Table  l.lb MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS REAC      TURB ELEC      RAD MON    OP'S IDENT    POS  1    POS  2        CONT      GEN  DIST      CONSOLE    DESK 2,
3.
5.
7.
Calculations (use extra sheets,       as needed):
B5.1-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX  85.l MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS
: c. If all  visual angles in Table 1.1b are 15 minutes of arc or greater, check  YES  for criterion 6.3.3.1b(2) in Appendix A.
: d. If  there are visual angles in Table l.lb less than 15 minues of arc, record on an HED report form the position(s) and label(s) where this is so. Include the code number TP-3.1B5.1.1 in data collection description. For criterion 6.3.3.1b'(2) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP-3.1B5.1.1 in the COMMENTS column 1.2  Tile Labels - 6.3.3.5a(1)   and  d(1) through d(6).
: a. Calculate the visual angles for each character height at its farthest left and farthest right location for each workstation in Table 1.2a, below.
TABLE  1.2a ALB NO/       STA 1            STA 2            STA 3        STA 4        STA 5 CHAR HT    LEFT RIGHT        LEFT RIGHT      LEFT  RIGHT  LEFT RIGHT  LEFT RIGHT Calculations (use extra sheets, as    r equired):
85.1-2
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX B5.1 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS
: b. If all  visual angles in Table 1.2a are 15 minutes of arc or greater, check YES for criterion 6.3.3.5a(l) in Appendix A.
: c. If any  visual angles in Table 1.2a ar e less than 15 minutes of arc, record on an    HED report form the position(s) and tile legend(s) where this is so. Include the code number TP-3.1B5,1.2 in the data collection description. For criterion 6.3 '.5a(1) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP-3.1B5.1.2, in the COMMENTS column.
: d. Compare  the character dimensions and legend measurements for each character    height recorded with criteria 6.3.3.5d(1) through d(6).
: e. If all  char acter heights  and legends meet  the criteria, check the YES  column  for these criteria in    Appendix A.
: f. If any  character dimensions or legend measurements fail to meet the criteria,   record on an HED report form the tile coordinates, character height implicated, and a descri'ption of the failure. Include the code number TP-3 .1B5.1.2 i n 'the data collection descri ption .. For criteria 6.3.3.5d(1) through d(6) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number TP-3.1B5.1 2, in the
                                                              ~
COMMENTS  column.
B  5.1-3
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX  B5.2 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS
: 2. SOUND MEASUREMENTS  (AUDIBLE SIGNALS) 2.1  Annunciator Audible Alarms - 6.3.2.la   .
a . Obtain the average. ambient noise level in db(A) from the Ambient Noise Survey Task Report (TR-1.6) and'record below:
Average noise  level:                 db(A)
: b. Based upon the below adjustment factors, reduce each measured annunciator alarm level and record in Table 2.1b.
ABSOLUTE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN            SUBTRACT THIS AMOUNT FROM MEASURED LEVEL (Lm) AND                MEASURED LEVEL (Lm) AND AVERAGE NOISE LEVEL Ln                  AND RECORD IN TABLE  2.lb 2.2 5                                    1.7 6                                    1.3 7                                    1.0 8                                      .8 9                                      .6 10                                      .4 ll                                        .3 12                                        .3 13                                        .2 14                                        .2 15                                        .1 TABLE  2.1b MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS ALARM                                    TURB    ELEC    RAD MON  OP'S LOCATION      POS 1    POS  2      CONT    GEN    DIST    CONSOLE  DESK 2.
3.
4.
5.
85.2-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1  May 1983 APPENDIX B5.2 MEASuREMENT ANALYSIS
: c. Compare  all adjusted  dB(A) levels in Table 2.1b to the average noise  level.
: d. If  all adjusted audible alarm levels are at least 10 dB(A) above the average noise level check the YES column for criterion 6.3.2.1a in Appendix  AD
: e. If any  adjusted alarm levels are less than 10 dB(A) above the average noise    level, record each occurance on an HED report form.
Include"the code number TP3.lB5.2.1 in the data collection descri ption. For criterion 6.3.2.1a in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP3.1B5.2.1 in the COMMENTS column.
B5.2-2
 
AxeuxCIATOR SYSTD1                                TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX  85.3 MEASUREMENT ANALYSIS
: 3. LIGHT MEASUREMENTS (TILE FLASH CHARACTERISTICS) 3.1  Alarmed Flash    Characteristics - 6.3.3.2b.
a . From  the recorded data, determine       if the alarmed flash rate is between 3 to    5 flashes per second and that the on-off ratio is approximately 1:1.
: b. If both  parameters    meet the  criteria,   check the YES column  for criterion 6.3.3.2b in      Appendix A.
: c. If either  parameter  fails to  meet the criteria, record the discrepancy    on an HED  report  form . Include the code number TP-3.185.3.1 in the data collection description. For criterion 6,3.3.2b in'Appendix A check the NO column and record the HED number and the code number, TP-3.185.3.1, in the COMMENTS column.
3.2  Cleared Flash Rate - 6.3.1.5b(1).
: a. From the recorded data, determine       if the cleared flash rate is approximately double or Q the alarmed flash rate.
: b. If the  cleared flash rate passes      the  criterion, check the  YES column  for criteria 6.3.1.5b(l) in Appendix        A.
: c. If the cleared flash rate fails to meet the criterion, record the discrepancy on an HED report form. Include the code number TP-3.185.3.2 in the data collection discription. For criterion 6.3.1.5b(1) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED number and the code number, TP-3.185.3.2, in the COMMENTS column.
85.3-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                                TP-3.1 1  Nay 1983 APPENDIX B6 OPERATOR INTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS
: l. GENERAL
: a. Review  all questionnaires for      completeness  of biographical information  and  question responses.
: b. Delete incomplete and unusable questionnaires from the data base. If  required by contract, re-schedule these question-naires for correction/completeness.
: c. When  the data base assembly is complete perform the anaylsis, below.
(
: 2. BIOGRAPHICAL DATA
: a. Assemble biographical data and determine ranges          and distribu-tions for all relevant dimensions.
: b. Using appropriate      statistics, determine   the  distribution (or i ts a pprox ima ti on) for thi s da ta .
: 3. RESPONSE  DATA a . Summarize all responses and determine percent frequency response for each negative answer.
: b. For each negative answer, initiate Preliminar'y HEDs (PHEDs) for discrepancy" review. Record frequency'data, response question number and data collection code number on each PHED. Code numbers are developed as follows: (See List 3b for criteria}
Example; TP-3.1B6.10 Task Plan Number question Number Appendix
: c. Submit  all  PHEDs  to your immediate supervisor.
: d. Subsequent verification, validation and disposition of          all  PHEDs will  be conducted per TP-10.1 (HED Review Procedure).
B6-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                TP-3.1 1  Nay 1983 APPENDIX 86 INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
                                      'PERATOR ANALYSIS LIST 3b 1, 6.3.1.3a(3)         20. 6.3.4.1a(1) &(2) 40. 6.3. 1. 2d(l )
: 2. 6.3.1.3a{2)         21. 6.3.4.1b(1)     41. 6.3.1. 2d (2) 3 ~ 6.3.3.1b(1)         22. 6.3.4.1b(2)     42. 6.3.3.4c 4, 6.3.3.1b(2)         23. 6.3.4.1c(l)     43. 6.3.1.2c(3)
: 5. 6.3.1.4b(1)        ,
: 24. 6.3.4.1c(2)     44. 6.3.1.2c(2)
: 6. 6.5.1.6b(l)         25. 6.3.4.1c(3)     45. 6.3.1.2c(2)
: 7. 6.5.1,6b(2)         26. 6.3.4.2c        46. 6.3.1.2c(2)
: 8. 6.5,1.6c(l)         27. 6.3.4.1d(1) 9 ~ 6.5.1.6c(2)         28. 6.3.4.ld(2)
: 10. 6.5.1.6G(2)          24. 6.3.3.2e
: 11. 6.5.1.6G(2)         30. 6.3.3.2f
: 12. 6.5.1.6b(1)          31. 6.3.3.3e
: 13. 6.5.1.6d(1)&(2)      32. 6.3.3.2c
: 14. 6.3.1.4b(2)&        33. 6.3 '.2a{1) 6.3.2.2b            34. 6.3.1.2a(2)
: 15. 6. 3. 2.1f          35. 6,3.3.la
: 16. 6.3.2.2a(1)          36. 6.3.4.3a
: 17. 6.3.2.2a(2)         37. 6.3.1.2b(1)
: 18. 6.3.*2.lc            38. 6.3.3.4b
: 19. 6.3.2.1d            39. 6.3.1.2b(2) 86-2
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                           TP-3.1 1 May 1983 B7        'PPENDIX OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS
: 1. For each. checklist item  checked NO, initiate      an HED report. Enter the HED report number in the COMMENTS column of the checklist for that item. Include all necessary information on the HED report concerning identification of the discrepancy and the criteria (checklist item) not met.
2.'nter    the following  code number in the data collection description:
T P-3.1B3.n Checklist Item      Number
: 3. Find the appropriate criterion or criteria in Appendix A from the reference number in the checklist item. Check the NO column and enter the HED number and the data collection code number in the COMMENTS column for that criterion or criteria.
87-1
 
Id ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 88 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST ANALYSIS
: 1. For each checklist item    checked NO, initiate  an HED report. Enter the HED report number in the COMMENTS column of the checklist for that item., Include all necessary information on the HED report concerning identification of the discrepancy and the criteria
  .(checklist item) not met.
: 2. Enter the following    code number  in the data collection description:
T P-3.184.n Checklist Item  Number
: 3. Find the appropriate criterion or criteria in Appendix A from the reference number in the checklist item. Check the NO column and enter the HED number and the data collection  code number  in the  COMMENTS column  for that criterion or criteria.
88-1
 
APPENDIX B9 HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY (HED) REPORT PLANT/UN!T OR16IHATOR:
VALIDATED SY:
~ ) HED TITLE:
b) ITEHS IHVOLVED:
C ) PROBLEH DESCRIPTIOH:
d) DATA COLLECTIOH DESCRIPTION                   CODE HUHBER:
e) SPECIFIC  HUHAk ERROR(S):
B9-I
 
APPENDIX 89 HED REPORT  (CONTINUED)
HED HO.:
TlANT/VNIT f) SUGGESTED SACKFlT; g) REVlEH  AHD DlSPOS1T10H:
89-2
 
0 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM  1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX C CR ITER IA MATRIX
 
ANNONCIATOR SYSTEM                            TP-3.1 I May 1983 CRITERIA
                                        'ATRIX Criteria Distributed Across      Data Collection Methods.
Notes:
: 1. The  following    codes apply  to the matrix columns:
M   - Measurement (instruments and/or measuring devices required) 0   - Observations (observation notes taken)
I - Interview/guestionnaire (generally a structured interview unless otherwise specified) 0   - Document Review (documentation   review to include engineering drawings, CMDs, etc.)
A   - Auditory Criteria V  - Visual Criteria C  - Controls Criteria (physical characteristics)
P   - Physical Arrangement/Location Criteria F  - Functional Criteria (usually requires    some operational data for verification)
: 2. Data sources    listed are suggested. Alternatives should    be used when those  listed are not available or are not adequate.
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                      TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA              DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700   Crit            METHODS                SUGGESTED DATA SOURCES        REMARKS hB-'.3.1.1 X SFTA Rpt              also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) 6.3.1.2a(1)                         X        Ops a(2)                         X        Ops b(1)                         X  X    Ops, Ann Resp Procs b(2)                         X        Ops c(1)                             X    Ann Resp Procs c(2)                         X        Ops c(3)                         X        Ops d(1)                         X      Ops d(2)                         X      Ops 6.3.1.3a(1)             PF                    Pnl a(2)           PF                    Ops a(3)           PF                    Ops b              PF                    Pnl c            PF      X            Pnl d            PF          N/A        All                  see  text para. 4.2a 6.3.1.4a(1)           PF                    Pnl a(2)          PF                    Pnl,  SFTA Rpt        al so in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b(1)             F    X    X        Pnl b(2)             F    X    X        Pnl 6.3.1.5a                        X            Pnl b(1)               X  X            Pnl.
b(2)                   X            Pnl b(3)                   X            Pnl 6.3.2.1a                                      CR X            CR, Admin Procs X    X        CR, Ops X    X        CR, Ops X            CR X    X        CR, Ops 6.3.2.2a(1)       PF                        Ops a(2)             F                  Ops b                F                  Ops 6.3.3.1a                                      Pnl b{1)                                 Pnl b(2)                                 CR c(1)                     N/A                                in TP-1 8 -(Maint)
                                                                            ~
c(2)                     N/A                                in TP-1.8 (Maint) c(3)                     N/A                                in TP-1.8 (Maint)
C-2
 
ANNuNCIATOR SYSTEN                      TP-3.1 I May 19B3 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA        DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700     Crit      METHODS                'UGGESTED DATA SOURCES      REMARKS 6.3.3.28            F      X          Pnl b          F  X              Pnl,  Comp Spec c        F      X  X      Pnl,  Ops d        P      X          Pnl e      PF        X  X      Pnl,  Ops f(>)   PF        X  X      Pnl,  Ops f(2)     PF                X  Admin Procs 6.3.3.3a          P                  Pnl b        PF                    SFTA Rpt                also in TP-9.1 {SFTA) c(I)       P                  Pnl c(2)       P                  Pnl c(3)       P                  Pnl                    also in TP-6.1 (Labels) d(I)       P                  Pnl d(2) '
PF              X  SFTA Rpt                also in TP-9.1 (SFTA)
F          X      Ops f          F      X          Pnl 6.3.3.4a            P      X      X  Pnl,  5 FTA            also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b       PF            X      Ops c      PF        X  X  X  Pnl, Ops, SFTA Rpt      also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) d        P      X      X  Pnl, Conv Rpt            also in TP-8.1 (Conv)
      '(I) 6.3.3.5a a(2)
X X          Pnl Pnl X              Pnl b(I)             X          Pnl b(2)             X          Pnl b(3)             X          Pnl c                  X          Pnl c(I )             X          Pnl c(2)              X          Pnl d{I)          X              Pnl d(2)          X              Pnl d(3)          X              Pnl d(4)          X              Pnl d(5)           X              Pnl d(6)           X              Pnl 6.3.4.1a(1)       P      X  X      Pnl,  Ops a(2)     PF            X      Ops b(I)       F      X          Pnl,  Ops b(2)       F          X      Ops c(I )     F      X  X      Pnl,  Ops c(2)       F          X      Ops c(3)       F          X      Ops C-3
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                      TP-3.1 1 May 1983 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA      DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700 Crit    METHODS                SUGGESTED DATA SOURCES        REMARKS 6.3.4.1d(1)     F      X  X      Pnl, Ops d(2)   F              X  Ops, Admin Procs 6.3.4.2a              X            Pnl b(1)         X            Pnl, Conv  Rpt      also  in TP-8 .1 (Conv) b(2)         X            Pnl, Conv  Rpt      also  in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(3)          X            Pnl, Conv  Rpt        also  in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(4)          X            Pnl, Conv   Rpt      also  in TP-8.1 (Conv) c            X  X        Pnl, Ops 6.3.4.3a              X  X  X  CR, Ops,   SFTA  Rpt  also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b                    X  Ann Resp Procs 6.5.1.6a                      X  Conv Rpt b(1)             X  X    Ops, Conv  Rpt      also in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(2)               X  X    Ops, Conv  Rpt      also in TP-8.1 (Conv) c(1)               X  X    Ops, Conv  Rpt      al so in TP-8.1 (Conv) c(2)               X  X  Ops, Conv    Rpt      al so in TP-8.1 (Conv) d(1)              X  X  Ops, Conv  Rpt        also in TP-8.1 (Conv) d(2)              X  X  Ops, Conv   Rpt        also in TP-8.1 (Conv) 6.6.6.2a      F                  Pnl, Ops,   SFTA  Rpt  also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b    VC                  Pnl                    also in TP-6.1 (Labels) c      P                  Pnl                    also in TP-6,1 (Labels)
 
TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM  1 Hay 1983
~ ~
APPENDIX D TASK PLAN CRITIQUE
 
~ \
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX D TASK PLAN CRITIQUE INSTRUCTIONS 1  . Attac h  a  copy  o f Sec ti on,4,0.
: 2. Fill in  the required information and answer all questions.
: 3. Explain    all NO  answers  in detail.
: 4. When  complete, turn in to your immediate supervisor.
: 1. Name  of Respondent:
: 2. Name  of Plant:
: 3. Date  of Survey:
: 4. Were  all of the criteria correct and appropr iate for this task (do not explain criteria that were N/A because System/CR did not have that design feature)?                                         YES      NO
: 5. Did the task plan instructions present the easiest and best methodology for performing the assessment?                             YES      NO
: 6. Were  the data collection forms adequate?                             YES      NO}}

Latest revision as of 00:58, 4 February 2020

Rev 1 to Program Plan Rept for Detailed Control Room Design Review for Indiana & Michigan Electric Co,Dc Cook Units 1 & 2 to Nrc.
ML17334A494
Person / Time
Site: Cook  American Electric Power icon.png
Issue date: 12/02/1983
From:
AMERICAN ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE CORP., CANYON RESEARCH CORP., WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY, DIV OF CBS CORP.
To:
Shared Package
ML17320A900 List:
References
RTR-NUREG-0737, RTR-NUREG-737 PROC-831202, NUDOCS 8401040196
Download: ML17334A494 (202)


Text

Revision 1 Oecember 2, 1983 PROGRAM PLAN REPORT for a DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW for Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Donald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 to The United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission prepared by American Electric Power Service Corporation and Westinghouse Canyon

'lectric Research Corporation Group 840i04019h 83i229

, PDR ADQCK 050003i5 F - - -'PDR

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title ~Pa e INTRODUCTION l-l. General 1-2. Background 1-2 1-3. Plant Description 1-2 1"4. Definition of Control Rooms 1-2 1-5. Control Room Status 1"3 1-6. Scope of the Program 1-3 Objectives of the Program 1-4 DCRDR Program Activities 1-5 1-9. Definition of Terms 1-7 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2-1 2-1. Purpose 2-1 2-2. DCRDR Team Interfaces 2-1 2-3. Management Function 2-1 2-4. Project Review Team 2-2 2-5. Design Review Team 2-2 2-6. Assessment Team 2-4 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 3-1 3-1. Introduction 3-1 3-2. Reference Documentation 3"1 3-3. DCRDR-Generated Documentation 3-2 3-4. Document Control 3-3 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE I, PLANNING 4-1. Introduction 4-1 4-2. DCRDR Milestones 4-1 4-3. Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report 4-1 6755B:1/112583

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

Section Title ~pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE II, REVIEW 5-1 5-1. Introduction 5-1 5-2. Review Phase Staffing 5-1 5-3. Methodology for Review Phase Tasks 5-2 5-4. Task 1

-- Operating Experience Review 5-2 5-5. Task 2 System Function and Task Analysis 5-3 5-6. Task 3 Control Room Inventory, 5-3 5-7. Task 4 -- Control Room Human Factors Survey 5-3 5-8. Workspace Survey 5-4 5-9. Anthropometric Survey 5-4 5-10. Emergency Equipment Survey 5-5 5-11. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Survey 5-4 5-12. Illumination Survey 5-5 5-13. Ambient Noise Survey 5-5 5-14. Maintainability Survey 5-5 5-15. Communications Survey 5-5 5-16. Annunciator Systems Review 5-6 5-17. Control s Survey 5-6 5-18. Displays Survey 5-6 5-19. Labels and Location Aids 5-6 5-20. Computer System Review 5-6 5-21. Conventions Survey 5-7 5-22. Task 5 -- Verification of Control Room Function 5-7 5-23. Task 6 -- Validation of Control Room Functions 5-7 5-24. Products of the Review Phase 5-7 6755B:1/112583

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

Section Ti tl e ~Pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-A, ASSESSMENT 6-1 6-1. Introduction 6-1 6-2. Methodology 6-2 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-B, IMPLEMENTATION 7-1 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE IV, REPORTING 8-1 COORDINATION WITH NUREG 0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIVITIES 9-1 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10-1

SUMMARY

Appendix A LiST OF ABBREVIATIONS A-1 Appendix B RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL B-l Appendix C ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN C-1 6755B:1/112583

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Fi<iure Ti tie ~Pa e Relationship of NUREG 0660 Task Action Items 1-2 General Arrangement Drawing of Donald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Control Rooms 1"3 Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C. Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels 1-13 Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C. Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels 1-15 1-5 List of Abbreviations and Functions for Control Panels 1-17 1-6 Four Major Phase Activities for the DCROR Program 1-19 2-1 OCRDR Program Organization Structure 2-5 2-2 DCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Planning 2-7 2-3 OCROR Program Review Team Interfaces During Review 2-9 OCROR Program Review Team Interfaces During Assessment 2-11 2"5 OCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Imple-mentation 2-13 2-6 DCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Reporting 2-15 4-1 Planning Phase Development Outline 4-3 4-2 OCRDR Program Schedule for Phases I and II 4-5 6755B:1/112583

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont)

~Fi ure Ti tl e ~pa e 6-1 Assessment Methodology Chart 6-3 6-2 Human Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart 6-5 6-3 HEO Category Guidelines 6-7 8"1 Sample of Program Summary Report Format (2 Sheets) 8-3 9-1 Schedule of Performance 9-3 6755B: 1/112583 viii

SECTION I INTRODUCTION 1-1. GENERAL This Program Plan Report describes the plan to perform a detailed control room design review (OCROR) of the Donald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 nuclear power generation stations operated by the Indiana and Michigan Electric Comoany

( IEMECo) .

The purpose of the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program is to study and evaluate, from a human engineering point of view, the total control room work space, environment, instrumentation, controls, and other equipment for both system demands and operator capabilities and to identify, assess, and recommend control room design modifications/enhancements to correct identified inadequacies in the existing design.

The approach of the DCROR Program will be to perform a total review on the Unit control room. Then a review of the Unit 2 control room will be done to 1

determine the differences between units. The Unit 2 control room review will be based on the results of the Unit 1 review, with all differences being addressed separately. Therefore, this review technique will ensure that all asoec s of he Units 1 and 2 control .ooms will be evaluated for huaan rac:ors.

This program is part of an integrated plan to address the TMI-related actions referenced in TMI-2 Action Plan, NUREG-0660. The plan will include a consideration of the relationship or the DCROR Program with NUREG 0737, Supplement 1

( figure 1-1), including the following:

I

~ Designing control room modifications which correc conditions adverse to safety (reducing significant contributions to risk) and considering the addition of the instrumentation necessary to implement Regulatory Guide 1.97 6755B:I/062883

~ Verifying the safety parameter display system (SPOS), data display, and function

~ Using selected plant-specific, symptom-based emergency operating procedures for verifying and validating control room functions

~ Communication interface with the Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility, and the Operating Support Center IKMECo has commi tted the necessary r esources, including Ynowleageable management and technical personnel from the plant staff, American Electric Power Service Corporation (AEPSC). technical consultants from Westinghouse Electric Corporation, and human actors specialists From Canyon Research Group to effec the program cefined herein.

1-2. BACKGROUNO 1-3 Plant Oes-, i-t on The Indiana ana Michigan Electric Company is currently ooerating a two-unit nuclear power plant located along the eastern shore of Lake Michigan in Lake Township, Berrien County, Michigan, approximateiy ' miles south-sou hwest or Benton Harbor.

This Facili y has been designated the Donald C. Cook Ur.i: s 1 and 2 wnich began commercial operation in August of 1975 and July or 1979,'esoectively. =ach unit contains s Westinghouse-supplied four-loop nuclear steam suoply system (Unit 1 3250M<t, 1030 KdeNet and Unit 2 3411 'Kft, 1100 i&feNet). 'one turbine generators for Units 1 and 2 were rurnisned oy General "=;ectric anc Brown Boveri, respectively. The architect~'engineer For both uni:s is AEPSC.

1-4. Oefinition of Control Rooms The Oonald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 control rooms are essentially identical. The control room for each unit is defined, For the purposes of the OCRDR Program, 6755B: I/062883 1-2

as the panels and other equipment in the main control board area including the SPDS displays and the hot shutdown panels. A general arrangement drawing is illustrated in figure 1-2; functional layout drawings of the control room panels are shown in figures 1-3 and 1-4, and a comprehensive tabulation of this material is shown in figure 1-5.

1"5. Control Room Status The main control boards are operational and complete except for those areas of activity which are now being performed to address the requirements set forth by NUREG 0737, Supplement 1.

1-6. SCOPE OF THE PROGRAM The Detailed Control Room Design Review Program covers the human engineering review of the vertical operational and associated hot shutdown panels identified in paragraph 1-4, and the control room workspace and environment.

The equipment to be reviewed includes all displays, controls, peripheral consoles, communication equipment, ancillary devices, and other main control board components with which the control room operators interface.

During the review process, the government regulations and guidelines listed below and other related industry standards and guidelines will be used for information or background:

~ NUREG 0659 (staff supplement to 1580)

~ NUREG 0660 (action plan as a result of TMI-2 accident)

~ NUREG 0694 (TMI-related requirement for new operating licensees)

~ NUREG 0696 (functional criteria for emergency response facilities)"

~ NUREG 0700 (control room human engineering guidelines)

~ NUREG 0737 (clarification of TMI action plan requirements) 6755B:I/062883 1-3

~ NUREG 0737, Supplement I (requirements for emergency response capability) e NUREG 0801 (draft evaluation criteria for control room design review)

~ NUREG 0814 (methodology for evaluation of emergency response facilities)

~ NUREG 0835 (human factors acceptance criteria for SPDS)

~ NUREG 0899 (guidelines for the preparation of emergency operating procedures)

~ Regulatory Guide 1.47 (bypassed and inoperable status indication)

~ Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2 (postaccident monitoring instrumentation) 1-7. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM The Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be conducted to achieve the following objectives:

~ Determine whether the existing control room design provides the system status information, control capabilities, feedback, and analytical aids necessary for control room operators to perform their functions effectively

~ Identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements which may significantly impair/impede control room operator performance

~ Analyze and evaluate the problems which could occur during emergency conditions, and identify means of correcting those discrepancies which could lead to substantial operational or safety concerns 6755B:I/062883 1-4

~ Verify and validate the proposed means of correction to provide an effective plan of action which applies human factors principles to improve the control'oom design and enhance operator efficiency and effectiveness

~ Integrate the OCRDR Program with other area of human factors identified in the NRC Task Action Plan

~ Provide effective coordination of control room enhancements and/or modifications with identifications of NUREG 0696 and Regulatory Guide 1.97 considerations, plant operating/emergency procedures development, and the implementation of training as necessary to ensure that control room operators can function adequately with any control room design changes

~ Ensure that the results of this total effort meet the intent of NUREG 0737, Item I.D.l, and NUREG 0700. In addition, perform the OCROR Program cognizant of these documents as clarified in NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, Item 5.2.a 1-8. OCROR PROGRAM ACTIVITIES The design review process will address four major phases of activity (figure 1-6):

o PHASE I PLANNiNG ( secti on, 4) . The Program Plan Report for the D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 DCROR and the preliminary Control Room Human Engineering Criteria (CRHEC) Report will provide the basis for the design review.

~ PHASE II -- REVIEW (section .5). During the Review'hase, data will be collected, reduced, and analyzed to observe and document whether the existing control room design provides operators with the capabilities necessary to perform their function and tasks under normal and 67558:1/062883 1-5

emergency operating conditions. Results of Phase II activity will generate task summary reports and a listing of departures from the Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report.

~ PHASE III-A ASSESSMENT (section 6). Ouring this phase, an assessment will be made of the significance and impact of the departures from the CRHEC reports identified in Phase II. For those 'departures assessed as signifi-cant, recommended design changes/enhancements will be developed.

o PHASE III-B -- IMPLEMENTATION (section 7). After the assessment has II been completed and all corrective actions identified, a schedule will be developed to ensure the integration of the proposed control room changes with other post-TMI programs, refueling outages, and other company modifications.

~ PHASE IV REPORTING (section 8). A Program Summary Report will be prepared which will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies'and findings, and summarize all OCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements and schedules.

Each phase will be performed by a team of specialists from I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group. Oisciplines represented on the team will include instrumentation and control engineering, nuclear safety and li-censing, electrical engineering, human factors, plant operations, quality assurance, project engineering, and training to maximize the efficiency of the effort and to complete the total review identified in this Program Plan Report.

6755B:I/062883 1-6

I "9. DEFINITION OF TERMS A list of abbreviations and acronyms is contained in appendix A to this report. Also, to alleviate ambiguity of terms, the following definitions are provided:

Control Room Enhancement. A change to a piece'of equipment, such as a control panel, which can be performed without interfering with the operation of that equipment. Such changes might include the application of labels or demarcation lines.

Control Room Modification. A change to a piece of equipment, such as a control panel, which is likely to interfere with the operation of that equipment on which the change is being performed. Such changes include the removal or relocation of an existing control panel component or the addition of a panel component.

Emer enc Operatin Procedures. Plant procedures which guide, the operator(s) during a transient or emergency condition.

Emer enc Response Guidel ines. Symptom-based guidelines from which emergency operating procedures are developed.

Human Enaineerin . The science of optimizing the performance of human beings and the design of equipment for more efficient use by human beings'uman Enoineerin Discre anc . A departure from the established human factors criteria for the control room design which could impair/impede operator performance.

Photomosaic. A scaled photographic reproduction of the main control room panels.

Safet Parameter Dis la S stem. Display system which provides continuous indication of plant parameters to assist control ro'om personnel in evaluating the safety status of the plant.

6755B: I/062883 1-7

Validation. The process of determining whether the physical design supports the procedures for operation in an adequate manner to support effective integrated performance of the functions of the control room operating crew.

Verification. The process of determining whether instrumentation, controls, and other equipment meet the specific requirements of the tasks performed by operators.

6755B:1/062883

P LANT'CI F IC SYMPTOM-BASED OPERATING AND CHANGES IN EMERGENCY OPERATING EMERGENCY PROCEDURES R EQU I R E MENTS FOR PROCEDURES (EOPs) TRAINING AND STAFFING NUREG 0799 NUREG 0899 NUREG 0660 I.C.1, I.C.8, & I.C.9 NUREG 0660 I.A.1 & IA.2 PRC TMI DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW PROGRAM APERTURE PLAN REPORT ACTION PLAN PRELIMINARYCONTROL ROOM CARD NUREG 0660 NUREG 0737 HUMAN ENGINEERING NUREG 0700 CRITERIA REPORT DCRDRPROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT'OST-ACCIDENT

'Also Available 6z Aperture Card MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION REG. GUIDE 1.97 EMERGENCY RESPONSE SAFETY PARAMETER FACILITY DISPLAY SYSTEM NUREG 0696 NUB EG 0660, III, A.12 NUREG 0814 NUREG 0835 Figure l-l. Relationship of NUREG 0660 Task Action Items 1-9 s401040196 -o)

0 P

N

UNIT 1 CONTROL ROOM UNIT 2 CONTROL ROOM UNIT 2 UNIT 1 HOT HOT SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN AREA AREA Figure 1-2. General Arrangement Drawing of Donald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Control Rooms

RC OTU BA SG PRZ FP RCP CP RHR PSSO OPERATOR'S CONSOLE CRT A S IS RMS BISI CRT CRT SPY PSS CRT B CRT CCW TYPEWRITER ESW COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE NESW SA N IS IV VS SV EF RMS CW CABINET FFC MFX APO MS Fl Figure 1-3. Functional Layout Orawing of Oonald C. Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels 6755B: 1/062883 1-13

FFC MFX APDMS FID CW PANEL CABINET EF SV VS IV N IS SA NESW COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE ESW TYPEWRITER +

CCW PSSD SPY BISI CRT B BISI R MS CRT CRT SIS OPERATOR'S CONSOLE RHR PSSD CRT A RCP CP PRZ FP BA SG DTU RC FLX Figure 1-4. Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C. Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels 67558:1/062883 1-15

FLX Flux Panel RC Rod Control Panel OTU Oe)ta T and Unit Panel SG Steam Generator Panel FP Feed Pump Panel CP Condensate Polishing Panel Condensate Panel Turbine Panel SA Station Auxiliary Panel Generator Panel BA Boric Acid Panel PRZ Pressurizer Panel RCP Reactor Coolant Pump Panel RHR Residual Heat Removal Panel SIS Safety'injection System Panel SPY Contaiqment Spray Panel CCW Component Cooling Water Panel ESW Essential Service Water Panel NESW - Nonessential Service Water Panel IV Isolation Valves Panel VS Vents.latlon Panel EF Emergency Fire Panel SV Plant Service Panel NIS Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinets FI Fixed In-Core Panel RMS Radiation Monitoring System Panel FFC Failed Fuel Communications Panel MFX Movable In-core Cabinet APMS Axial Power Distribution Monitoring System Cabinet FID Fixed In-core Cabinet RMS Radiation Monitoring System Cabinet CW Circulating Water Panel Figure I"5. List of Abbreviations and Function for Control Panels 6755B:I/062883 1-17

2 ug Q 0 I z I 0a Z + Ca Ca CC Ca

>OOOO 2 UJ cgC CC Ca 0 Z. CL I

2 g5z Ug CL CL ug 0 0. Co a: 0 ug CL 2 2 0 0 2

I I t 'T o+

I 2

ul D

< 0 Oo D 0 E cn lu I IL I Zca>

Ug Zca 0 I I OQ 0 I 0 Ch z0 ag 2 Z Jug 0 OzO zO zo 2 <

0 ZILca I-Zl- 0 Og cn I

ag Ez E ug z Cn 0 0 ca Cn 2 IL 0 0 O O cn 0 0I ~ a I

ca a. (

-5 gl-o0 gI Olu2 I D

O 2 hl- CZ

.. ~ cu cn Z~ D O 'D ~ C Cn ul I oguo ug X gzI CC 2 2 OO IU O IL ug o O) I Qm] lu ~

I-I- cn Z Z ~

g Oolu <0 )

IU I

o Z~ Dllu Ul ug Cn I

> Ug ch > CCZUJCL ~ugca 0 CL C) gIL~~ 2 0

)

~o<ca<zox 2 0

I- 0 cn 0 g

Ug ca 2 8 L(J UJ wc@In via

~CO iI I PRC 0

ca Q~

)I 0~

Ca Ca CC Ca APERTURE QZQ o00 22 0a.

0cC4 ca aug

0. 0. ca ca OKRa zI CARO I

2 I 0

I O I o Z

Iu O 2 I 2 Iu 0 O u.

2I Z -

324g lu z ~ ca 2 CC z

CC lgJ Og n0 E

0O z82 g02 3 a:COO CC I- Ug Oo X~ 0I CC Q

Oz Pg Y I- z ca 2 2 CL UJ Q

ol Cn zz 2 0 o ccl O

0 0 ca +~ Z CC 0 ~I <~u CC 40 Py 0 0. QO I IL ca

0. 5 ca I- 2 0ca ca0 0 0ca Ug I-Czo ca I Ul I ~

2 I

O oo Ca OZ O I ZCL IL 2 Ca I X UJ Q lu O0 I->

cf Ul 2

O (y2 p I I 0g ca 0 0 o~~ 2-0 0 g g O I- CC CC OOCU Ca IL a: ~ CC CC IO oo 22 0 lu O lu I D

VIUQ 2

CC D

2 iogvz g Ilg g 0 g'2 2 + 2 CL I IU ca 0Z ZQ 0 z o Iu I- 0 co ca Q 0 cgt Q

Do zz ug IL Ca cn

< 0 0.

ILozcn 0CC VQ UJ Ug IU ug IU 0.

F Z

co CC I Ug lulu I O a. a<2~

ug ca ca ~

gO g 2I ca Z Ca Pu QO ZOQZ I I

<0 ~ CQ 2 ca 1CL 0.

goO I 0 Ug ca v zCJ ~>2 O.ZUJ< 0 u. 0. < u. 2 IU OQ

)lu Y0 Ug ca OgzaUl ca I 0u. >

CJ CC

> 0 UI cn IL CJ UJ I co Ug N

Vz IL CC 0 Ug ~ IU o ug I

2E P IL 2 I 0 I

20 zozIuz Ca N 2 Ogcn OQ )CUE~

CC Kx< I gZYV ~R >

CU 0 a.

0 2 WQIca 5 Q lugao ca CL Ul Iu 0 0 Iu 0 a cn2 ca ILZQZ 2 CC cn 2 0 I 0 0. Z V 0 gaIL Z Z Ug O Ug D

0.

2 IUOIU E o8~~ cn CC 2 ~ C 0 CJ Ca I 0

2 I ul ~

Q ca Co 2 2 Z Cn 2

0 2 lu O 0 ozo zol=

Ql Z IU IU I

O zoI-CC

0. Ug 0, co Q Cn QO zl- 0 I Z0

$ z ca I

2 Ug 2U 0 IU OIL

~ ug IL ca

~ IL IU gEa: IU IL IU ~,0 g~gaable CL IZ:

Aperture Card 1-19 840 1040 19 6 W~2

0 4

~(f

~ U, t

SECTION 2 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2-1. PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to identify the OCROR Program teams and their areas of responsibility. Figure 2-1 details the organizational structure of personnel involved in the OCROR Program. (}ualifications of key personnel are provided in appendix B. All personnel on the Donald C. Cook OCRDR Program teams will meet or exceed the qualifications provided in NUREG 0801 and related guidance.

2-2. DCRDR TEAM INTERFACE To effectively perform the DCROR Program and still be able to be successfully audited, an interface between the various review teams is required. The "OCRDR Program Lead Engineer" will be the primary contact and liasion for the management organization, design review, project review, and assessment teams.

Figures 2-2 through 2-6 show these various interfaces.

2-3. MANAGEMENT FUNCTION The management function for the OCRDR Program will be provided under previously established AEPSC procedural requirements and responsibilities defined in AEPSC General Procedure 25, "Engineering Design Changes," and General Procedure 32, "Preparation of Submittals to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission."

The function of management is to:

~ Approve the'Program Plan Report

~ Review and approve recommendatons for control room design changes I

6755B:I/062883 2-1

~ Provide the resources necessary for implementation of the DCROR

~ Approve the Program Summary Report

~ Provide the mechanism for the preparation and submittal of documents to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.,

2-4. PROJECT REVIEW TEAM The Project Review Team will coordinate the DCROR Program. Typical team functions are to:

~ Approve Task Plans prior to performance of associated Review Task A

~ Ensure that the DCRDR Program is performed in accordance with the AEPSC guality Assurance Program

~ Provide overall support to the DCROR process

~ Monitor the DCROR progress o Ensure that the design review objectives and tasks, in relation to other NUREG 0660 efforts, are properly coordinated

~ Establish and initiate a control room improvement program Key personnel for the Project Review Team are identified in figure 2-1.

2-5. DESIGN REVIEW TEAM The Design Review Team comprises the qualified multidiscipline personnel to perform the various review functions. The areas of expertise include:

~ NSSS and balance-of-plant systems

~ Instrumentation and control 6755B: 1/062883 2-2 r

~ Conrol board design

~ Human factors

~ Plant operations (licensed operators)

~ Training

~ Licensing/nuclear safety The function of the Design Review Team is to carry out the entire design review program in accordance with the guidelines detailed in this Program Plan Report. Design Review Team responsibilities include the following:

~ Develop the Program Plan Report

~ Develop the Licensee Event Report Review Report

~ Develop the Control Room Inventory

~ Develop forms/checklists

~ Develop Task Plans o Develop Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report o Perform Review Tasks

~ Develop Task Summary Reports

~ Assist Assessment Team as technical support

~, Develop Implementation Plans

~ Develop the Program Summary Report 6755B:I/062883 2-3

Key personnel for the Design Review Team are identified in figure 2-1.

2-6. ASSESSMENT TEAM The Assessment Team will:

~ Evaluate the significance of the observed departures from the CRHEC Report identified in the Phase II review

~ Identify the applicable departures as human engineering discrepancies (HED)

~ Assign a category and priority to the HEDs for scheduling of corrective action

~ Review/approve control room recommendations for HED corrective action prior to origination of a request for change (AEPSC procedure 25).

Key personnel for the Assessment Team are identified in figure 2-1.

6755B: I/062883 2-4

P10J1 CZ REVIZÃ TEAM

  • DCBDR Program Mninistrator: A. S. Grim s
  • DCRDR Program Lead Engineer: R. F. Shoemaker
  • DCRDR Program Plant Coordinator: T. R. Stephens
  • DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F. Van Pelt, Jr.
  • DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse): J. D. Young
  • ~SC Human Factors Consultant: Dr. T. Sheridan DESIGN REVI1% TEAM
  • DCRDR Program Administrator: A. S. Grieves
  • DCBDR Program Lead Engineer/AEPSC I & C Engineer: R. F. Shor
  • AEPSC Nuclear Safety & Licensing Engineer: K. J. Toth
  • I&MEG3 Reactor Operators
  • DCRDR Program Plant Coordinator: T. R. Stephens
  • AEPSC Quality Assurance Engineer: J. B. Brittan

~

  • DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F. Van Pelt, Jr.
  • AEPSC Electrical Engineer: L. P. ~co
  • DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse): J. D. Young
  • DCRDR Human Factors Consultant (Canyon Research): Dr. G. A. Elliff
  • I&MECO & Westinghouse Training Personnel
  • Westinghouse Training Personnel: R. J. Wartenberg ASSESSMENT TEAM
  • DCRDR Program Adnunistrator: A. S. Grimes
  • DCRDR Program Lead Engineer: R. F. Shor
  • AEPSC I&C Section Manager: J. C. Jeffrey
  • AEPSC Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section Manager: J. G. Feinstein
  • D. C. Cook Plant Managem nt: B. A. Svensson
  • AEPSC Human Factors Consultant: Dr. T. Sheridan
  • I&MECO Senior Reactor Operator(s)
  • ArPSC Manager of Quality Assurance: R. F. Kroeger
  • AEPSC Electrical Generation Section Manager: R. C. Carruth Figure 2 1. DCRDR Program Organization Structure 6755B:1/062883 2-5

DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ PREPARE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT PROJECT REVIEW TEAMI

~ APPROVE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENTS PROGRAM PLAN REPORT ACCEPTABLE YES AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 32 "PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALSTO NRC" MANAGEMENTORGANIZATION

~ SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN REPORT TO NRC PROGRAM PLAN REPORT NRC Figure 2-2. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase I, Planning 2-7 6755B:I/070583

DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ DEVELOP TASK PLAN

~ DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM INVENTORY

~ PERFORM REVIEW

~ DEVELOP LER REVIEW REPORT ~

~ DEVELOP TASK

SUMMARY

REPORT

~ DEVELOP FORMS/CHECKLISTS

~ DEVELOP CRHEC REPORT SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENT PROJECT REVIEW TEAM

~ REVIEW/APPROVE/COMMENT TASK

SUMMARY

REPORT FORMS/CHECKLISTS NO TASK

SUMMARY

REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT SEE FIGURE 24 0

e Figure 2-3. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase II, Review 2-9 6755B: I/070583

ASSESSMENT TEAM DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE ~ ASSIST IN HED OF HEDS EVALUATION

~ R EV I EW/APP ROVE CONTROL ~ DEVELOP FINAL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/ CRHEC DOCUMENT RETROFITS SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT SUPERVISORY PROJECT REVIEW TEAM REVIEW/COMMENT

~ REVIEW/COMMENT/APPROVE FINAL CRHEC DOCUMENT ASSESSMENT REPORT NO ASSESSMENT REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT SEE FIGURE 2.6 0 Figure 2-4. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-A, Assessment 2-11 6755B:I/070583

ASSESSMENT TEAM DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM ~ ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT OF IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT CONTROL ROOM

~ DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATION IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT SCHEDULE ~ ASSESS CONTROL ROOM IMP ROV E MENTS FOR SUPERVISORY DEPARTURES FROM THE REVIEW/COMMENT CRHEC DOCUMENT CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION NO DOCUMENT ACCEPTABLE YES PROJECT REVIEW TEAM

~ REVIEW/COMMENT APPROVE CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION REPORT AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 25 "ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGE" MANAGEMENTFUNCTION

~ REVIEW/APPROVE CONTROL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/

MODIFICATIONS SEE FIGURE 24 C Figure 2-5. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-B, Implementation 2-13 6755B:I/070583

DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ DEVELOP PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT P ROJ ECT R EV I EW TEAM

~ REVIEW/COMMENT/

APPROVE PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT ASSESSMENT REPORTS PROGRAM

SUMMARY

FROM FIGURE 24 B REPORT ACCEPTABLE TASK

SUMMARY

REPORTS YES NO FROM FIGURE 2.3 A PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT MANAGEMENT FUNCTION

~ APPROVE PROGRAM FROM FIGURE 2-5 C

SUMMARY

REPORT

~ SUBMIT PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT TO NRC AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 32 "PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS TO NRC" PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT NRC Figure 2-6. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase IV, Reporting 2-15 6755B:I/070583

SECTION 3 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 3-1. INTRODUCTION A complete and up-to-date library of reference information is necessary to manage and perform the various phases of the DCRDR Program. This library will provide support during the design review as well as a data base for future control room modifications.

3"2. REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION The following documentation will be used during the review phase:

~

Control room drawings (panel layouts, floor plan, and the like)

~ Control board equipment specifications

~ Control panel photographs (photomosaic)

~ Control room preliminary assessments

~ Description of coding conventions

~ Original and Updated FSAR for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2

~ Instrumentation and control diagrams

~ Operator training material

~ Systems function task analysis 6755B: 1/062883 3-1

~ Lists of acronyms and abbreviations

~ Piping and instrumentation drawings

~ Plant computer software description and sample printout

~ Procedures (emergency, normal, and the like)

~ System descriptions

~ Regulatory guides and NUREGs (paragraph 1-6)

~ Control room inventory list

~ AEPSC quality assurance procedure

~ Licensee event reports Any additional reference material identified by the design review team during the review phase (Phase II) will be obtained and added to the library.

Because O. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 are operating, access to the control rooms will be limited. Therefore, photomosaics will be used ta perform most of the tasks outlined in section 5.

3-3. OCROR-GENERATEO DOCUMENTATION The documentation generated by the design review process will be subject to those controls identified in paragraph 3-4. The following documentation will be produced by the OCROR process:

o Program Plan Report (this document)

~ Control room operating personnel surveys 6755B:I/062883 3-2

~ Control room inventory

~ Control room human factor surveys

~ Task plans, checklists, data collection forms, sketches, photographs, and photomosaics used in the review and. assessment/recommendation phases

~ Control room human engineering criteria report

~ Licensee event report (LER) review

~ Program Summary Report 3-4. DOCUMENT CONTROL A controlled-access file will be established for all hard copy DCRDR Program output documents. In addition, these documents will be entered into a computer-based data system. Access to these files will be controlled by the DCRDR program manager.

67558:1/062883 3-3

P

.Il l

SECTION 4 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE I, PLANNING 4-I. INTRODUCTION The planning phase consists of developing a well-defined work program which outlines specific recommendations for personnel, reference material, and documentation needed to perform the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program (figure 4-1).

IEMECo intends to commence with the DCRDR Program as documented in this Program Plan Report prior to formal acceptance by the NRC. Any deficiencies noted in this Program Plan Report should be brought to the attention of a I&MECo in a timely manner. Final acceptance of this document will end the Planning Phase.

4-2. DCRDR MILESTONES A schedule for Phases I and II of this Program Plan was developed and is included as figure 4-2. As stated in the I8MECo response to G.L. 82-33 (AEP:NRC:0773) on April 15, 1983, an intermediate milestone response will be sumitted to the NRC with the current status of the DCRDR Program on September 1, 1984. At that time, Phases I and II will be essentially completed, and an estimate for the Phase III-A Assessment will be developed shortly thereafter.

The NRC will be provided with more detailed information regarding Phase III-A Assessment schedule (in another intermediate milestone response) when this estimate has been made and the evaluation of it is completed.

4-3. CONTROL ROOM HUMAN ENGINERING CRITERIA REPORT w

At the beginning of the review phase, a preliminary Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report will be developed. This preliminary criteria report will contain, as a baseline, detailed Task Plans which will be executed to complete specific Phase II Review Tasks within the DCRDR Program. The Task 6755B: I/062883 4-1

Plans have been proven effective on over 20 human factors control room reviews. The Task Plans will provide a detailed audit trail to the generic guidelines provided in NUREG 0700, yet have been restructured to facilitate the data collection, documentation, and auditing requirements inherent in a NUREG 0700 oriented DCRDR Program.

Based on observations and assessments of the DCRDR Program, the generic guidelines of NUREG 0700 found in the preliminary CRHEC Report will be revised to reflect plant-specific design conventions and plant-specific human factors criteria. A section of the final CRHEC Report will be dedicated to departures from NUREG 0700 with the applicable justification provided therein. The final CRHEC Report is intended to ensure that any future control board modifications reflect previously evaluated human factors practices and do not detract from operability of the control board.

6755B: 1/062883 4-2

REVIEW OVERALL EVALUATE OUTLINE ALL REVIEW ISSUE DCRDR OBJECTIVES &

IDENTIFY DEVELOP THE TASKS TO BE PROGRAM RESOURCES DCRDR PROGRAM PROGRAM DESIGN GUIDELINES PERFORMED AS PART OF PLAN REQUIRED SCHEDULE OBJECTIVES TO BE USED THE DCRDR PROGRAM REPORT

~ ASSESS ACTIVITIES ~ EMERGENCY ~ FINAL SAFETY ~ TASK 1 - OPERATING ~ AEPSC AND l&MECo ~ REVIEW PROCESS COMPLETED BY OPERATING ANALYSIS REPORT EXPFRIENCE REVIEW INPUTS TO AEPSC AND l&MECo PROCEDURES SCHEDULE ~ METHODOLOGY

~ SYSTEM ~ TASK 2 '- SYSTEM

~ DESIGN CRITERIA DESCRIPTIONS FUNCTIONS REVIEW ~ TEAM QUALIFICATIONS INCLUDING PLANT AND TASK ANALYSIS SPECIFIC ITEMS ~ PIPING AND ~ DESIGN GUIDELINES INSTRUMENTATION ~ TASK 3 CONTROL

~ NUREG 0660 DRAWINGS ROOM INVENTORY ~ SCHEDULE 0700 0801 ~ FLOOR PLANS ~ TASK 4- CONTROL ~ INTERFACE ROOM HUMAN FACTOR REQUIREMENTS

~ DEFINE PROGRAMS ~ PANEL LAYOUTS SURVEY OF PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE AN IMPACT ON CONTROL ROOM ~ ABBREVIATIONS ~ TASK 5 - VERIFICATION ~ DOCUMENTATION AND DESIGN (NUREG AND CODING' OF TASK PERFORMANCE DOCUMENT CONTROL 0696, REGULATORY GUIDE 1.97) SOFTWARE ~ TASK 6 - VALIDATION DESCRIPTIONS OF CONTROL ROOM

~ DEFINE RELATIONSHIP FUNCTIONS WITH OTHER EMERGENCY

~ PROCEDURES PRC R ESPONSE ACTIVITY ~ OPERATOR TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE

.;APERTURE

~ PRELIMINARYCRHEC REPORT CARO Figure 4-1. Planning Phase Development Outline I

4-3 8401040 i 96 ~Q

]~ > C Q

7

1983 1984 MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JUNE 27 PLANNING PHASE I ~ PLANNING PPR To NRC PPR To NRC JAN 1 SEPT 1 OCT 1 MAY 22 PHASE II - REVIEW LER REVIEW JAN 2 NOV 1 TASK 1 LER REVIEW CROPS JUNE 1 CROPS CROPS TASK 2 SFRTA CRI JUNE 30 TASK 3 CRI MAR 22 JULY 14 CRHFS SEPT 1 OCT I AUG 15 TASK 4 CRHFS NOTE 1 SEPT 1 VER IF. OCT 6 TASK 5 VERIFICATION OCT 20 VALID. NOV 1 TASK 6 VALIDATION NOV 22 PHASE III DETAILED JAN 29 MAR 25 ESTIMATION iUNITNo. 2 COMPLIES WITH SUPPLEMENT 1 NUREG0737 OUTAGE )

~ AEPSC AND INDIANAAND MICHIGAN ACTIVITY PARAGRAPH 52.A "LICENSEES SHALL SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN WITHIN TWO MONTHS FROM START OF DCRDR."

~~

NOTE 1 DCRDR REVIEW TEAM ACTIVITY CRHFS ACTIVITIESMAY OCCUR IN PARALLELWITH CROPS. CRHFS

SUMMARY

REPORT DUE JUNE 30, 1984.

Figure 4-2. DCRDR Program Schedule for Phases I and II

SECTION 5 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE II, REVIEW 5-1. INTRODUCTION During the Review Phase of the D. C. Cook DCRDR Program, data will be collected and human factors issues will be reviewed. Thus, the objective of the Review Phase is the collection of data identifying attributes of the D. C.

Cook Units 1 and 2 control rooms which depart from criteria specified in the D. C. Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report (paragraph 4-3).

The Review Phase will generate:

o Task Summary Reports for each major review phase task specifying methods used and findings

~ Component sheets specifying the findings of each task related to each component in the control room

~ Checklist observation forms documenting departures from the human engineering criteria established before and during the review phase 5-2. REVIEW PHASE STAFFING The Review Phase will be conducted by the Design Review Team. Representatives of I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group will be included on the team. Appropriate disciplines from these organizations will be included on each task team. Design Review Team members include:

~ System designers and analysts

~ Human factors consultants

~ Control board designers 6755B: 1/062883 5-1

~ Instrumentation and control engineers

~ Plant operators

~ Licensing engineers

~ Data management technicians

~ Electrical engineers

~ guality assurance engineers 5-3. METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEW PHASE TASKS The methodology for the Review Phase tasks will consist of executing Task Plans and completing human engineering surveys as reflected in the D. C. Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report.

5-4. Task 1 -- 0 eratin Ex erience Review The operating experience review consists of two related activities. The first is a review of plant performance records for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 (and a review of LERs for other similar plants) to identify areas in which human error has caused problems in the past that may be related to control panel design. The second activity is the Control Room Operating Personnel Survey (CROPS). The Design Review Team will interview a representative sample consisting of at least 50 percent of the licensed control room operators at D.

C. Cook Units 1 and 2. The objective of the CROPS is to identify specific attributes of the D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2. control board design which, in the operators'pinions, have caused or could potentially cause operator error.

The CROPS will be conducted by admini'stration of questionnaires and by conducting individual and group interviews.

6755B: 1/062883 5-2

5-5. Task 2 S stem Function and Task Anal sis The System Function and Task Analysis will establish instrumentation requirements and performance criteria for select normal and emergency conditions. This task will be performed by using plant-specific procedures generated from the Westinghouse Owners'roup Emergency Response Guidelines.

These plant-specific procedures will be submitted to the Design Review Team.

This data will provide input to the Design Review Team for the verification and validation of control room functions (Tasks 5 and 6).

5-6. Task 3 Control Room Inventor The control room inventory will be developed on a computer data base and will include all data required by NUREG 0700 for each component. AEPSC wi 11 develop and maintain the D. C. Cook Control Room Inventory data base. Formats and completeness of the data item list have been reviewed by all review team members and comments have been incorporated to ensure that the inventory data base to support relevant D. C. Cook DCRDR Program tasks can be accepted.

5-7'. Task 4 Control Room Human Factors Surve The bulk of the detailed data regarding specific departures from the Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report will be gathered in the Control Room Surveys Task. The Control Room Surveys Task will be conducted by completing 14 human engineering surveys as follows:

~ Workspace e Anthropometrics

~ Emergency equipment

~ Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning

~ Illumination 6755B:I/062883 5-3

~ Ambi ent noi se o Maintainabi i ty 1

~ Communications

~ Annunciator

~ Controls

~ Displays

~ Labels and location aids

~ Computer system review

~ Conventions Detailed Task Plans, checklists, special data collection forms, NUREG 0700 criteria references applicable to D. C. Cook, and methodology descriptions for each survey will be included in the CRHEC Report. The Annunciator Survey Task Plan is included in this Program Plan Report in appendix C as an example.

5-8. Works ace Surve -- This survey concentrates on the general layout and arrangement of control room equipment. The workspace survey will also address the adequacy of control room noninstrumentation items such as desks and chairs.

5-9. Anthro ometric Surve -- The anthropometric survey will assess and document the vision and reach envelopes for all D. C. Cook control room equipment. This data will be evaluated for general control and display location adequacy based upon the CRHEC Report anthropometric criteria for the 5th percentile female and 95th percentile male. In addition, the anthropo-metric data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.

6755B: I/062883 5-4

5-10. Emer enc E ui ment Surve Emergency equipment will be evaluated for usability by the control room operators. Included will be an assessment of emergency equipment storage locations; operator accessability; tactile, visual, and auditory adequacy of breathing apparatus and protective clothing; and other critical features of the control room emergency equipment.

5-11. Heatin Venti latin and Air Conditionin Surve "" The ail flow, temperature regulation, and humidity control within the control room will be evaluated in terms of the CRHEC Report. The primary concern is to identify parameters which may be out of tolerance or unstable to the point of adv'ersely

, affecting the recommended comfort zones for the control room.

5-12. Illumination Surve Ambient illumination will be measured using appropriate instruments for lighting levels at various workstations and control board areas. Presence of glare, if any, on instrumentation will be documented. Illumination will be evaluated for compliance with recommended and required light levels for identified tasks.

5-13. Ambient Noise Surve -- Ambient noise will be measur'ed using appropriate sound measurement equipment. A primary concern will be the peak and average decibel(A) levels and the preferred octave band decibel levels for the ambient noise conditions. The data will be reviewed for potential sound problems which may interfere with operator communication requirements or which may mask auditory signals.

5-14. Maintainabilit Surve -- The maintainability survey will assess human factors suitability of all equipment in the control room. Primary concerns are that the operators can maintain indicator lights, determining if annuncia" tor system bulbs are replaceable, replenishing expendables such as recorder paper and ink, and determining that spare parts and expendables are available and accessable.

V 5-15. Communications Surve -- The control room communication systems will be reviewed and evaluated to determine if they are adequate to support emergency and normal operations. Systems such as the paging system, intercom 6755B:1/062883 5-5

system,-telephone system, sound-powered and portable radio communications equipment, and free/air, unaided voice communications will be included in this review. Auditory signals will also be evaluated for applications, meaning, coding techniques, signal transmission/propagation, and signal characteristics.

5-16. Annunciator S stems Review -- The annunciator system, as a special case of legend light displays and auditory signals, will be evaluated in terms of its general human engineering suitability and also as a critical and central control room system used in the identification of transient and emergency conditions. Data collected will be analyzed for discrepant characteristics which may potentially increase the probability of human error. Also, relevant data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.

engineering suitability without reference to specific task supportive roles.

The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on section 6.4 of NUREG 0700.

f general human engineering suitability independently of the specific tasks in which the displays are used. The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on Section 6.5 of NUREG 0700.

5-19. Labels and Location Aids The control panels and instrumentation will be surveyed for general readability and consistency of terms, abbrevia-tions, and acronyms. Data from this task and the conventions survey will furnish the base line information used to establish a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms used throughout the control room.

5-20. Com uter S stem Review -- The P-250 process computer system used in the control room will be assessed for its functional integration into the operational requirements of the control room. It will also be evaluated for general human factors suitability and for its supportive role in control room operation. The critiera. from the CRHEC Report, based on NUREG 0700, Section 6.7 (process computers), forms the basis for this =task plan.

6755B:I/062883 5-6

5-21. Conventions Surve The purpose of the conventions survey is threefold. Those conventions used at D. C. Cook, whether general stereotypes, industry conventions, or plant-specific conventions, will be identified.

Second, the identified conventions will be evaluated for good human factors characteristics, as defined in the criteria from the CRHEC Report based on section 6 of NUREG 0700. Finally, any inconsistencies in the applications of identified conventions will be documented and their impact assessed. Data from this task and the labeling and location aids task will r be used to develop and document a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms for the D. C. Cook plants.

5-22. Task 5 Verification of Control Room Function As one of the two terminal tasks in the review phase, the presence and suitability of control room instrumentation will be verified. The primary concern will be determining that all required information and control capabilities are in the control room. As a corollary, the presence of nonessential information and control instrumentation will be assessed to ensure that it does not detract from adequate operator performance. Data from the Control Room Inventory and the systems function and task analysis are extensively used in these activities.

5-23. Task 6 -- Validation of Control .Room Functions Through a process of walkthroughs and talkthroughs selected emergency and normal operations will be validated for the availability of required skills and knowledge of the trained operators.

5-24. PRODUCTS OF THE REVIEW PHASE The primary output of the Review Phase is a set of checklist observation (CLO) forms. Each departure from established human factors criteria observed during the Review Phase will be documented ~ Each CLO form will state the problem, affected components, criteria violated, probable error, and other relevant data required for analysis of the problem.

67558:I/062883 5-7

The CLOs wi 1 1 provide the primary input to the Assessment Phase, where each will be categorized according to safety and/or operational impact. In addi-tion, at the completion of the Review Phase, component sheet files wi 11 be complete, and Task Summary Reports for each task will have been prepared.

6755B:1/062883 5-8

SECTION 6 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-A, ASSESSMENT 6-1. INTRODUCTION The review process described in section 5 will result in the identification of departures from human engineering criteria defined in the CRHEC Report.

Analysis and interpretation of these departures will be required to establish their potential safety implications. Means of correcting or minimizing the effects of the departures will be identified and documented. A plan of action will be applied to improvements affecting operator performance under emergency and selected normal operating conditions.

The Phase III activities of assessment and implementation are covered in this section and section 7, following. The Assessment Phase of the DCRDR Program wi 11 achieve the following objectives:

~ Analyze and evaluate the observed departures from human engineering criteria identified during the review phase

~ Recommend the means of correcting those departures which could affect safety or plant/operator performance-

~ Define a plan of action which applies the human factor principles to improve control room design and to enhance operator effectiveness and efficiency

~ Apply the assessment process to other projects related to the control room which are concerned with, or may be affected by, the human factors review (Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2, safety parameters display system, procedures, training) 6755B: I/062883 6-1

6-2. METHODOLOGY The assessment process involves the review and evaluation of all CRHEC Report departures identified by the Design Review Team during Phase II to determine which departures can affect the operator's performance such that the potential for operator eror is increased. This process also involves determining the extent of corrections and justifying any recommendations which do not completely correct the discrepancies.

All departures from the CRHEC Report identified during the Review Phase will be processed according to the assessment methodology presented in figure 6-1.

These departures will be documented on checklist observation forms and will be provided to the Assessment Team for analysis and assessment. Also, some of the operating personnel will be canvassed using the photomosaic to resolve any factors which could contribute to performance problems.

The Assessment Team will review the CLOs to determine the need for reassess-ment by the Design Review Team or their acceptance as HEDs. The disposition of each CLO will be justified and/or documented by the Assessment Team. The Assessment Team will evaluate and categorize each HED according to the metho-dology presented in figure 6-2. This approach accomplishes the assessment objectives of NUREGs 0700 and 0801.

All category I, II, and III HEDs will be analyzed for correction as per figure 6-3. Category IV HEDs, considered optional for correction, will be assessed for their cumulative and interactive effects on all other HEDs. Those cate-gory IV HEDs shown to possess the above effects will be recategorized to the appropriate category II level.

'I The initial step in this process is to identify those HEDs which can be cor-rected by enhancements, training of operators, and/or procedural revisions.

The remaining HEDs will be analyzed to identify and provide design improvement alternatives. A cost/benefit analysis will be performed to determine which corrections are the most feasible and acceptable from a human engineering point of view. As a part of the review, IEMECo/AEPSC will perform a cost/

benefit assessment for implementation of the recommendations.

6-2 6755B: 1/062883

The control room review process will be reapplied as appropriate to ensure the following:

~ That the creation of new HEDs is identified

~ That other corrections are not invalidated

~ Compliance with human engineering guidelines developed during Phase II The HEDs and final recommendations for correction provided by the assessment team will be submitted to the Project Review Team for review and disposition.

Rejected CLOs and/or recommendations will be returned to the Assessment Team for additional assessment.

6755B:I/062883 6-3

D ES I G N R EV I EW TEAM

~ PERFORMS THE REVIEW

~ PREPARES CHECKLIST OBSERVATION FORMS LIST OF DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY CONTROL ROOM HUMAN EN G IN E E R IN G C R ITE R IA R E PORT INTERFACE/

REASSESS CLO ASSESSMENT TEAM

~ REVIEW CLOS

~ DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE/

IMPACT AS HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDS)

~ INTERFACE WITH DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ CATEGORIZE HEDS (REFER TO FIGURE 6-3)

~ FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS

~ DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATIONSCHEDULE R EASSESS/

D I SAP P ROV E HEDS (W/FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS)

PROJECT REVIEW TEAM

~ REVIEW/COMMENT HEDS WITH I

F MAL R E COMME NDAT ON S I

~ INTERFACE WITH ASSESSMENT TEAM

~ AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 25 "ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGES" Figure 6-1. Assessment Methodology Chart 6755B: 1/062883 6-5

DESIGN REVIEW TEAM CHECKLIST (REASSESSMENT)

OBSERVATIONS FORMS ASSESSMENT TEAM HUMAN ENGINEERING DISC R EPANC I ES EVALUATE FOR SAFETY CONSEQUENCE YES NO HIGH PROBABILITY ASSESS FOR NO YES OF OPERATIONAL SIGN I F CANT I

ERROR/SIGNIFICANT OPERATIONAL DEVIATION IMPACTS NO YES CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 NO S IGNI F I CANT REFER TO REFER TO COST VERSUS FIGURE 6-3 FIGURE 6-3 OPERATOR BENEFIT CATEGORY 1 IDENTIFY COR R ECT IONS REFER TO AND COSTS TO F IX FIGURE 6-3 YES SELECT RECOMMENDED BACKFIT QQ c 0 CATEGORY 4 DOCUMENT ASSESS FOR NEW REFER TO DOCUMENT FIGURE 6-3 o z5e DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY AND PREPARE FOR IMPLEMENTATION P

CRHEC REPORT It Figuzq 6-2. Human Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart

1I 4-t'

) '.

e + P 1

REVIEW PROCESS OBSERVATIONS HED ASSESSMENTS ASSESSMENT CRITERIA CATEGORY ASSESSMENT IMPLEMENTATION FACTOR (RATING)

SAFETY (")

EARLIEST CONSEQUENCES: HEDS (I,II,III)

OPPORTUNITY DOCUMENTED (MANDATORY)

ERRORS INCREASED EARLIEST POTENTIAL OPPORTUNITY FOR ERROR (HIGH PRIORITY)

LOW CONVENIENT PROBABILITY OUTAGE OF ERROR (ACCEPTED)

NOT ASSOCIATED MAY OR MAY NOT WITH BE REQUIRED IV P ROBABI L ITY (NOT OF ERROR MANDATORY)

CAT IV YES ANALYSIS RECOMMENDED FOR CORRECTIONS

(") EXAMPLE: RESULTS IN CORRECTION UNSAFE OPERATION, NO VIOLATIONOF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENT Figure 6-3. HED Category Guidelines 6755B: 1/062883 6-9

SECTION 7 OESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-B, IMPLEMENTATION Approved solutions of HEDs by the Project Review Team will be scheduled for implementation. The category guidelines established in section 6 will be used as a basis for the corrective action schedule. Additional considerations in the development of the implementation schedule will be:

~ Safety consequences of operator errors that could be caused by the discrepancy

~ Integration with other post-TMI programs

~ Plant operation constraints o Operator training/retraining requirements

~ Outage schedules o Equipment procurement schedules The following designations, identifed in NUREG 0801, will be adopted for scheduling purposes:

the NRC. Make changes at the first refueling after submittal of the report or the first outage after receipt of equipment (expedited).

~ Near term. Correct problems on a schedule approved by the NRC. Make changes at the second refueling outage after submittal of the report.

~ Lon term o tional . Corrections of insignificant discrepancies may be implemented at any time.

6755B: 1/062883 7-1

SECTION 8 .

OESCRIPTION OF PHASE IV, REPORTING A Program Summary Report will be prepared in accordance with NUREGs 0700 and 0801 upon completion of the OCROR Program. This report will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies and findings, and summarize all DCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements. This report will also provide an implementation schedule for planned corrective action. The schedule for planned corrective action shall be based on realistic and achievable dates.

The use of intermediate milestones in place of end dates may be used if additional relevant information is not available at the time the Program Summary Report is. submitted to the NRC. Intermediate milestone dates will be determined based upon the date by which necessary additional information will be known, thus permitting an informed determination of end dates. The Program Summary Report will update the Program Planning Report.

The Program Summary Report will be prepared using the recommended format shown in figure 8-1. In addition to this final report, supporting documentation will be available for completeness in the event of an NRC audit.

6755B:I/062883 8-1

II CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW

SUMMARY

REPORT 1.0 METHODOLOGY

1. 1 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program Plan Objectives
1. 1. 1 Detailed Control Room Design Review methodology
1. 1.2 Detailed Control Room Design Review program management
1. 1.3 Proposed schedule of the four phases of activity (chart)
1. 1.4 Integration of other emergency response activities of NUREG 0737, Supplement 1
1. 1.5 Quality assurance program 1.2 Management and Staffing 1.2. 1 Qualification of Detailed Contxol Room Design Review personnel 1.2.2 Organizational structure of DCRDR Review Teams 1.3 Documentation and Document Control.

1.4 Review Phase 1.4.1 Operating experience review 1.4.2 System functions review and task analysis 1.4.3 Control room inventory 1.4.4 Control room human factors survey 1.4.5 Verification of task performance 1.4.6 Validation of control room functions 2.0 REVIEW CONCERNS

2. 1 Control Room Human Factor Survey Concerns
2. 1. 1 Workspace Survey
2. 1.2 Anthropometrics Survey
2. 1.3 Emergency Equipment Survey
2. 1.4 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Condition Survey 2.1.5 Illumination Survey
2. 1.6 Ambient Noise Survey-Figure 8-1. Sample of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 1) 67558:1/062883 8-3

CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW

SUMMARY

REPORT (cont) 2.1.7 Maintainability Survey 2.1.8 Communication Survey 2.1.9 Annunciator Systems Review 2.1.10 Controls Survey 2.1.11 Displays Survey 2.1.12 Labels and Location Aids

2. 1. 13 Computer System Review 2.1.14 Conventions Survey 2.2 Panel/Work Station Concerns 2.3 System Concerns 2.4 Other Review Concerns 3.0 ASSESSMENT RECOMMENDATION AND IMPLEMENTATION PHASE
3. 1 HED Assessment 3.2 Proposed Implementation 3.3 Scheduled Implementation

4.0 CONCLUSION

Figure 8-1. Sample of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 2) 6755B:1/062883 8-5

SECTION 9 COORDINATION WITH NUREG 0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIYITIES The activities to be coordinated with the DCRDR in accordance with NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, include the following requirements for Emergency Response Capabilities:

Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS)

Upgrade of Emergency Operating Prodecures (EOPs)

Application to Emergency Response Facilities - Regulatory Guide 1.97 Emergency Response Facilities (ERFs)

IEMECo will address these activities as referenced in I&MECo's response to NRC Generic Letter 82-33 for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2; letter PAEP-NRC-0773, dated April 15, 1983. A schedule of performance and integration of these other post TMI activities with the DCRDR is shown in Figure 9-1.

6755B: 1/062883

C)

(Tl D.C. COOK PLANT - DCRDR COORDINATION SCHEDULE 198'985 ER (X7 1983 JF MAM JJASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASOND

$ 7ATv5 HARDWARE AVAILABLE RFm'~ OPERATIONAL SOFTWARE FOR TRAINING WITH OPERATOR INSTALLED TRAINING SPDS COMPLETE INTERMEDIATE REVIEW FINAL PPR TO STATUS

SUMMARY

NRC PHASE REPORT COMPLETE REPORT DCRDR TO NRC EQUIPMENT INTERMEDIATE COMPLETE REPLACEMENTS STATUS REVIEW SPECIFIED REPORT REV. 2 REG. GUIDE 1.97 PRGCEAlRE (jEN. PACk: QQG/hl

,STATUS 0pzmv oq IMPLEMENTED PFFAk'7 ncRC rg~wlN8 EOP KEY TARGET COMMITMENT Figure 9-1. Schedule of Performance

SECTjON 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE The OCROR Program will be performed in accordance with AEPSC Quality Assurance Program for the Oonald C. Cook Nuclear'lant, specifically AEPSC General Procedure 2. 1 and other applicable general procedures as referenced herein and the applicable portions of Westinghouse WCAP-8370 pertaining to document control and auditability.

6755B: 1/062883 10-1

SECTION 11

SUMMARY

This Program Plan Report defines the overall process by which the O. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be performed.

It is an effective and thorough design review which will ensure that the results of this effort meet the intent of all applicable government regulations and guidelines.

Indiana and Michigan Electric Company has committed the resources needed to perform the design review as detailed in this document. Therefore, the acceptability of the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be based on the approval'f this Program Plan Report. The Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Corporation reserves the right, however, to make changes and will notify the NRC prior to the execution of any planned departures.

Final acceptance of this document will end the Planning Phase of this program.

6755B: 1/062883

APPENDIX A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations apply only to this Program Plan Report and do not necessarily apply to efforts associated with plant standard abbreviations.

A/E Architect/Engineer AEPSC American Electric Power Service Corporation BOP Balance of Plant CLO Checklist Observation (form)

CR Control Room CRI Control Room Inventory CROPS Control Room Operating Personnel Survey CRT Cathode Ray Tube DCRDR Detailed Control Room Design Review DRT Design Review Team EOP Emergency Operating Procedures EPRI Electric Power Research Institute ERG Emergency Response Guidelines FSAR Final Safety Analysis Report HE Human Engineering HED Human Engineering Discrepancy HF Human Factors I8(C Instrumentation and Control IKMECo Indiana and Michigan Electric Power Company (licensee)

INPO Institute of Nuclear Power Operators LE Lead Engineer LER Licensee Event Report MCB Main Control Board MWe Megawatt (electric)

MWt Megawatt (thermal)

NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NSSS Nuclear Steam Supply System OSD Operational Sequences Diagrams PC Plant Coordinator PM Program Manager PPR Preliminary Planning Report 6755B: 1/062883

PRT - Project Review Team PSR - Program Summary Report PWR - Pressurized Water Reactor SFTA - Systems Function and Task Analysis SPDS - Safety Parameter Display System TMI Three Mile Island WOG Westinghouse Owner's Group CRHEC - Control Room Human Engineering Criteria TP - Task Plan CRG - Canyon Research Group CRHFS - Control Room Human Factors Survey 6755B: I/062883 A-2

APPENDIX B RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL 6755B:1/112983 B-l

Robert F. Kr oe er Manager of Quality Assurance Twenty three years experience in electrical engineering, nuclear fuel, and quality assurance involving major power generating and distribution in the U.S.

EDUCATION: B. S. Electrical Engineering Purdue University - 1960 Additional Education:

-Indiana University - Business Management 1960-62

-General Electric Co. Power Systems Engineering Course 1967-1968

-AEP Management Program - University of Michigan - 1980 EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Cor oration.

Mana er of ualit Assurance - Responsibilities include:

1978'to formulating and recommending policies and practices with respect Present to the QA and QC programs for Cook Plant; establishing effective QA and QC programs for the Cook Plant; insuring effective implementation of the established QA and QC programs; providing guidance and assistance to AEPSC and Cook Plant management on QA and QC requirements and then implementation; monitoring of compliance with established QA programs through audits, surveillance and reviews; and reporting to Senior management and QA programs effectiveness. Direct the day-to-day operation of the AEPSC QA Department including recommending the hiring, salary adjustments, promotions, transfers, disciplining, and termination of personnel. Continue as Secretary of the CCB.

Elected a member of the AEPSC Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee (Offsite review committee for Cook Plant).

1976 to Staff En ineer, Nuclear En ineerin Division - Responsibilities 1978 included paiticipation in nuclear fuel design reviews, vendor evaluation, and inprocess surveillance and audits of nuclear fuel fabrication. Continued as Secretary of the CCB.

1973 to Staff En ineer, Project Management Division - Responsibilities 1976 included development of transmission and distribution project management systems and techniques, methods of manpower allocations, and methods for cost control. Was assigned the responsibility as Secretary of the AEPSC Change Control Board (CCB) for the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant. 'Was assigned to a 2 person task action group to develop corporate project management and control procedures for an anticipated, new high temperature gas cooled nuclear reactor project. Received additional special assignments on Cook Plant in the areas of control of modification, and tracking of commitments.

6755B: 1/112983 B-3

Robert F. Kroe er (Page 2) 1971 to Administrative Assistant to the AEPSC Vice Chairman, En ineerin 1973 and Construction Responsibilities were numerous and widely diversified involving all facets of electric utility engineering, design, construction and operation. Assigned responsibilities for coordination of numerous special projects,.

studies and problem solving task forces. Prepared responses to outside correspondence for all levels of senior management.

Developed and implemented an AEPSC engineering manpower monitoring programs to continually monitor changes in engineering manpower and technical level of engineering.

1970 to Senior En ineer - Electrical En ineerin Division S ecial 1971 Assi nment to Nuclear Task Force - D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant Electrical Engineering Division gA procedures, site electrical construction gA procedures, electrical equipment specifications, original corporate wide seismic qualification specification, and electrical equipment supplier qualification programs. Conducted preaward audits of and inprocess surveillance on suppliers of safety related electrical equipment. Conducted numerous site audits of electrical construction activities.

1965 to En ineer various rades - Electrical En ineerin Division 1970 Distribution Section NY Office - Primary responsibility was for long range planning of the distribution systems for two of the AEP system operating companies, including improvement plans, load forecasts, system optimization, cost analyses, coordination of plans with transmission planning groups and presentation of plans to corporate management for approval. Other responsibilities included: administration (further development of and implementation of the AEP system wide distribution transformers load monitory program (program to predict on a statistical basis the monthly and annual peak loads on over 400,000 distribution transformers); development and implementation of an AEP system side distribution system trouble, damage and interruption reporting program to provide statistical data on circuit and equipment "reliability" for planning and equipment evaluation purposes; participated in a task force to develop distribution system planning guidelines; conducted numerous special studies on distribution system equipment, construction standards and planning calculation techniques.

67558: 1/112983 8-4

Robert F. Kroe er (Page 3) 1963 to Associate En ineer - Canton Ohio En ineerin Oivision - Primary 1965 responsibiljties were basically the same as those shown for 1965 to 1970. Th'is position was established as part of an effort to develop an AEPSC engineering group in Canton, Ohio. After two years, the decision was made to transfer the distribution planning function,to the AEPSC New York office.

1960 to Indiana 5 Michi an Electric Comoan Assistant Engineer - S stem 1963 En ineerin Office, Oistribution Section - Primary responsibilities were for short range distribution system planning, development of detailed work plans for implementation of distribution system improvements, and special customer related studies.

Additional responsibilities included: evaluation of sheet light equipment, equipment utilization studies and installation standards; continuous evaluation of distribution conductor connects and associated tooling and hardware.

67558:1/112983 8-5

RESUME: Robert C. Carruth TITLE: Head Electrical Generation Section American Electric Power Service Corporation EDUCATION: Bachelor of Engineering 1965 Stevens Institute of Technology Master of Engineering - Electric Power Systems Engineering 1967 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute PRESENT: Manager Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division American Electric Power Service Corporation 1979-1981 Assistant Manager of Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division AEPSC:

Execute a broad range of technical and administrative responsibilities in supervision of,an organization of 40 engineers and supporting technical personnel involved in all aspects of Power Plant Electrical Design Engineering, including power equipment specification and application, auxiliary power system design, application of protective relaying and protective interlocking circuits, design of relay and solid state logic control systems, application of fault diagnostic equipment, performance of equipment and,system failure analysis and the monitoring and upgrading of installed and operating electrical equipment and systems. Specific technical and administrative responsibilities include:

Conducting Job Performance Reviews.

Administrative of the training and orientation program for new technical personnel.

Manpower planning and manpower allocation.

Providing independent technical reviews.

Participating in Nuclear Standards Development.

Participating in Nuclear Safety Design Review Sub-Committee activities.

Conducting special studies in Nuclear and Fossil Plant Design, construction and operation related area.

Research or conduct evaluation of systems or equipment misoperations, reportable occurrences, equipment failures, etc.

Participate in Nuclear Plant Site Audits.

6755B:1/112983 B-7

R. C. Carruth Page 2 Previous Nuclear Ex erience 1972-1979 Senior Engineer, and Project Electrical Engineer for D.C. Cook Nuclear Plant; two 1100 MW Westinghouse PWR's.

Responsible for technical and administrative supervision of an organization of six to ten engineers and engineering support personnel involved in construction, qualification, licensing, pre-operational testing, startup and post operational engineering and design support. Specific technical and administrati've responsibilities included:

Performing or supervising hhe detail design of Class IE as well as balance of plant electrical systems, circuits and components.

Preparation of Equipment qualification test procedures.

Witness acceptance testing.

Supervise the preparation of plant site audit plans.

Write and supervise the preparation and execution of pre-operational test procedures.

Supervise the development and testing of Class IE components.

Provide on site startup technical support and supervision.

Develop an Engineering Procedures Manual.

Establish procedures for engineering quality control.

Institute an Engineering equality Assurance Program.

Assist in the establishment of a Corporate Design Change Control Process.

Perform work planning; scheduling manpower and assignments.

Personnel Performance Reviews.

Supervise and provide technical liaison to a consultant organization contracted to supplement the permanent staff assigned to the Project Electrical organization.

6755B: 1/112983 B-8

R. C. Carruth Page 3 General Industr Ex erience 1977-1979 Senior Engineer and Supervisory Engineer for the electrical design of Racine Hydroelectric Project.

Responsible for conceptual as well as detail engineering of the electrical systems, protectives, plant controls, dispatch automation and supervisory and diagnostic systems for remote unattended operations Specific areas of activity included:

Generation of Electrical One Lines.

Specification purchase and application of major electrical systems and hardware including:

600 V and 6.9kV switchgear.

6.9kV Isolated and Non Seg. Phase bus.

Programmable controllers for control and dispatch functions.

Equipment status and alarm monitoring system.

Remote supervisory and data acquisition system.

Battery charger, inverter and UPS system.

Parameter monitoring and data management system.

Design of'lant controls and protective inter locking circuits and logic.

Development of dispatch algorithims for economic dispatch of the facility.

Application of generator and auxiliary power system protective relaying.

Integration of plant controls and operation with subtransmission system relaying and switching requirements.

Application of station oscillograph and plant systems status diagnostic computer and annunciator systems.

Application of on-site emergency diesel generation, and the design of automatic load shedding, restoration, re-transfer and testing circuitry.

6755B: 1/112983 B-9

R. C. Carruth Page 4 1969-1972 Engineer and Sponsor (Project Electrical) Engineer for. Mitchell Plant - two 800 MW coal fired super-critical units:

Responsible for electrical control and protection, auxiliary power systems protective relaying, related operator training and related startup and commissioning supervision. Specific responsibilities and activities included:

Design of electrical control and power circuits.

Application and setting of protective relays.

Application of switchgear and other switching and protective devices.

Design of relay and digital solid state logic for plant coal handling automation.

Design of relay control logic and interlocking for plant systems.

Preparation of operator reference system descriptions and operating instructions.

Prepare and deliver operator training and orientation lectures on key plant systems.

Write test and commissioning instructions.

Provide on-site technical support to construction and relay checkout personnel.

1968-1972 Engineer and Project Electrical Engineer for the design and installation of a 345 MVAR synchronous condenser installation as part of a 765kV EHV system expansion. Responsibilities included:

Design of all controls and protectives.

Design of auxiliary power system.

Rating major electrical components.

Specification and purchase of control components, switchgear, transfer switches, auxiliary power equipment, motor control centers, transformers.

Review and approval of all vendor supplied systems, including excitation, generator cooling water treatment and demineralizer system equipment, and all starting system equipment including generator starting and running bus switching equipment.

6755B: 1/112983 B-10

R. C. Carruth Page 5 1967"1969 Associate Engineer, Assisting Project Electrical Engineer in various aspects of a strip mine expansion project, automated coal haulage (railroad), overland conveyors, coal processing stations and misc. coal handling systems.

67558:1/112983 8" 11

KARL J. TOTH EDUCATION University of Southern Califormia, M.A., System Management, 1968 University of Omaha, B.S., Military Science, 1962 Central Michigan College of Education, 1950 REGISTRATION Professional Engineer, State of California EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1983 - Present NUS Corpodation, 1980 - 1983 U.S. Air Force, 1951 - 1980 Michigan School System, 1950 - 1951 AMERICAN ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE CORPORATION - Assigned to the Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section with responsibility for safety implications of all proposed D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant modifications. Reviews all proposed changes for 10CFR50.59 requirements and D. C. Cook licensing commitments to the NRC.

NUS - As a consulting engineer with the Consequence Assessment Department, is responsible for the analysis of probabilities and consequences of industrial and transportation accidents. Conducted aircraft impact hazard analysis for the San Onofre, Skagit/Hanford, and Hope Creek nuclear power plants and wrote Section 3.5. 1.6 of the preliminary and final safety analysis reports (PSAR and FSAR) for the Hope Creek plant. Performed analysis of probabilities for accidents injuries, and deaths for the environmental impact statement for away-from-reactor fuel receiving and storage stations at Nuclear Fuel Services, West Valley, New York; General Electric, Morris, Illinois, and Allied General Nuclear Services, Barnwell, South Carolina. Conducted risk analyses, including possible accidents scenarios, on military deployment and use of krypton-85 advanced airfield lighting systems. Performed excavatioon planning and time estimates for the Ginna Nuclear Power Plant. Conducted accident and risk analyses of remotely piloted vehicles for the U.S.

Department of Energy. These analyses included possible accident scenarios, failure modes, and probabilities. In addition, performed field surveys, collected data, and managed projects for both offite and onsite hazards analysis for control room habitability for Units 1 and 2 of the Surry, Skagit/Hanford, and Midland Nuclear Power Plants. This work resulted in writing revisions to Section 2.2 of the Midland FSAR, which, included an extensive study and report, and writing Section Z.Z of the Skagit/Hanford PSAR and the Hope Creek FSAR ~ Participated in the IDCOR Atomic Industrial Forum on Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Operator Human Factors Study.

6755B: 1/112983 B-13

KARL J. TOTH Page 2 U.S. AIR FORCE - Served as pilot and in progressive management positions in both the operations and safety functions. At termination of Air Force career, was Chief of Safety for Air Force Systems Command, with responsibility for system safety, reliability, maintainability, and overall product assurance for approximately 90 percent of the hardware and software purchased by the U.S.

Air Force.

From 1974 through 1977, was responsible for reviewing and approving evacuation plans and control center operations for 20 installations in the eastern United States. Has had extensive experience working with and directing postaccidents radiation-monitoring teams, decontamination teams, and accident investigations.

As Chief of Safety and Disaster Control, from 1962 to 1974, conducted evacuation studies at six nuclear installations; one in Japan, two in Europe, and three in the United States. Studies included time estimates, routes, methods, and procedures for dispersing personnel and critical defense equipment. Responsibilities also included establishing and directing emergency control center procedures and operations at each location.

Investigated a catastrophic bomber aircraft crash in Japan which resulted in many unnecessary civilian casualties. These losses were attributed to a lack of knowledge by the local population. As a result, developed, and translated, and distributed emergency procedures checklists for local officials. Also wrote an explanation of the hazards and risks and established simple procedures to be followed in the event of future accidents. These procedures were translated and published in local papers and broadcast periodically on local radio and television. These checklists and news media releases were well received and subsequently translated and successfully used at locations in Europe and in the United States.

MEMBERSHIPS American Defense Preparedness Association American Nuclear Society Certified Hazard Control Manager International Society of Air Safety Investigators National Aerospace Education Association National Society of Professional Engineers System Safety Society 6755B: 1/112983 8-14

ARTHUR S. GRZMES Consultin Mechanical En ineer Thirty five years experience in mechanical engineering activities involving major power generating facilities in the United States and Zsrael.

EDUCATZON: Pzofessional degree in Mechanical Engineering University of Cincinnati, 1948 Additional Education:

Business Administration, Adelphi University 1955 Automatic Control, University of Michigan 1954 EXPERZENCE: American Electric Power Service Cor 1978 to Consulting Mechanical Engineer - Consultant to Present mechanical engineering and other disciplines in areas of automatic control, plant operation and thermal performance. Perform nuclear plant audits. Consult on research projects.

1972-77 Assistant Division Manager - Mechanical Engineering Responsible for mechanical engineering activities in plant modification and operation of a nuclear power plant.

1955-72 Manager, Results Section - Responsible for design and purchase of instrumentation and control systems, steam cycle analysis, and pez formance testing of power generating plants. Plants included coal, oil, nuclear and hydro.

1950-55 Engineer - Responsible for design and purchase of instrumentation and control systems for fossil power plants.

1948-49 A alachian Power Co., Lo an, West Vir inia Results Engineer responsible for maintenance of instruments and controls and for performance testing in coal f ired power plant.

PROFESSZONAL AFFZLZATZON: Fellow, American Society of Mechanical Engineers Chapter 8, Pump Handbook-McGraw-Hill 1976 Operating Experience With The Cardinal Plant Training Simulator - American Nuclear Society 1970 Service Experience With Analog Computers For Utility Power Plants - American Power Conf. 1962

C Measurement of Density and Moisture in a Large Coal Storage Pile - American Power Conf. 1961 Application of an Automatic Digital Data Collecting System To The Philo Supercritical Unit, American Power Conf. 1958 Thermal Performance Of The Philo Supercritical Unit - American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 1958 PATENTS: 4,343,682 Feedwater Heating Means for Nuclear Units During Start-up and Method of Controlling Same.

3,721,898, Apparatus for Detecting Leakage From or Rupture of Pipes and Other Vessels Containing Fluid Under Pressure.

3,211,135 Steam Generator Unit Contxol System

Summary Resume of THOMAS B. SHERIDAN Thomas B. Sheridan attended Purdue University (B.S. 1951) and, after two years in military service (Aeromedical Laboratory, Wright Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio) attended the University of California, Los Angeles (M.S. 1954) and M. I.T. (Sc.D. 1959). His doctoral program was interdepartmental between

'systems engineering and psychology, with one year spent in cross-registration at Harvard University.

For most of his career, Or . Sheridan has remained at M. I. T., where until recently he was Professor of Mechanical Engineering and is now Professor of Engineering and Applied Psychology. He heads the Man-Machine'Systems Laboratory and teaches both graduate and undergraduate subjects in Man-Machine Systems. He is a Faculty Associate of the M. I.T. Science, Technology and Society Program. He helped develop a new interdepartmental graduate degree program in Technology and Policy, and .has taught the core seminars for that program. He has also taught control, design and other engineering subjects.

He has served as visiting faculty member at the University of California, Berkeley, Stanford University, and the Technical University of Delft, Netherlands. N Dr. Sheridan's research has been on mathematical models of human operator and socio"economic systems, on man-computer interaction in piloting aircraft and in supervising undersea and industrial robotic systems, and on computer graphic technology for information searching and group deicision-making. He is author, with W. R. Ferrell, of Man-Machine S stems: Information, Control and Decision Models of Human Performance, M. I.T. Press, 1974, 1981 (published in Russian, 1980) and co-editor of a 1976 Plenum Press book, M~onitorin Behavior and Su ervisor Control.

He is a fellow of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, was formerly editor of the IEEE Transactions on Man-Machine S stems, is past president of the'EEE Systems, Man and Cybernetics Society, served as Chairman of the IEEE Committee on Technology Forecasting and Assessment and was chairman of the 1981 IEEE Workshop on Human Factors in Nuclear Safety. He is also a Fellow of the Human Factors Society, and in 1977 received the'ir Paul M.

Fitts Award for contributions to education. He is Associate Editor of Automatica and on the Editorial Advisory Board of Com uter Aided Desi n.

Dr. Sheridan has served on the Accident Prevention and Injury Control Study Sections of the National Institutes of Health, the NASA Life Sciences Advisory Committee, the NSF Automation Research Council, the NASA Study group on Robotics, the U.S. Congress OTA Task Force on Appropriate Technology, and the NSF Advisory Committee on Applied Physical, Mathematical and Biological Factors and served on the NRC Ad Hoc Committee on Aircrew-Vehicle Interaction and two advisory panels of the NRC Marine Board.

His industrial consulting activities have included: The General Motors Corp.

(auto safety); General Electric Co. (telemanipulator s); C.S. Draper Laboratory 6755B: 1/112983 B-17

Thomas B. Sheridan Page 2 (design of astronaut interface for Apollo guidance system, industrial robots);

Biodynamics, Inc. (biomedical and human factors); Public Broadcast Service (TV audience feedback); National Bureau of Standards (industrial robots); Group Dialog Systems, Inc. (group meeting and decision technology); Northrop Aircarft (pilot workload); Babcock and Wilcox Co. (industrial instrumenta-tions); Lockheed, General Physics, American Electric Power, Consumer's and Webster, the BWR Owners'roup, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Yankee Atomic, and Electric Power Research Institute.(man-machine aspects of nuclear plant safety).

67558:1/112983 8-18

Mana er, Instrumentation and Control Section Seventeen years experience in instrumentation, control and equipment protection activities involving major power generating and distribution facilities in the United States..

EDUCATION: B. S. Electrical Engineering, Illinois Institute of Technology, 1966 Additional Education:

AEP Management Course - University of Michigan, 1979 REGISTRATION: Professional Engineer - California ( 1977)

EXPERiENCE: American Electric Power Service Cor oration 1977 to Manager, Instrumentation & Control Section-Present Responsibilities include supervising the development of the overall plant control philosophy. Review, approve and recommendations of instruments, controls & computer supplied with all major mechanical equipment. Organize the development of software, selection of hardware for power plant process computers. Supervise the arrangement of control rooms, simulators and panels incorporating human factor considerations. Assure documentation of instru-mentation, control and computer strategies via the Engineering Control Procedure (ECP) packages. Carry out the interface between Mechanical and Electrical Engineering for Control Design and Engineering. Provide for profes-sional development and training of Section personnel.

Recommend hiring, salary adjustments, promotion, transfers and release of personnel. Project work includes Montaineer Unit 1 and Rockport Units 1 & 2 1300 mw fossil fired power plants, Cook Nuclear Plant Units 1 & 2 upgrades, the Pressurized Fluidized Bed Combustion Project Studies, and a new series of Fossil Fired Plant studies in-plant monitoring computers for Stack Environmental Data.

1976 to 1977 Assistant Section Head/Instrumentation & Control Section-Responsibilities included supervision, instrument and control work, training, evaluating personnel performance, review and approval of purchase orders, standards and drawings, supervise the arrangement and design of control panels, supervise and design of control systems, coordinate the preparation of boiler & turbine interlock diagrams and analyzing the power plant cycle and their controls.

Project work included a series of 1300 MM Fossil Fired Power Plants, D. C'. Cook Nuclear Plant Unit 1 & 2 and a Mechanical Engineering Division Power Plant Cycle Study.

67558:1/112983 8-19

John C. Jeffrey Page 2 1975 to 1976 Engineer, Instrumentation & Control Section, N.Y. Office-

"Responsibilities included design of control systems, selection of instruments and control devices, preparation of specifications, review of construction drawings, inspection of new facilities, prepare calibrated and operation instructions and make dynamic response studies.

Project work included the Cook Plant Waste Evaporator and Waste Evaporator Bottoms Systems, Request For Change Sheet, Lot and Unit P2 replacement equipment.

1974 to 1975 Engineer, Instrumentation & Control Section at Cook Plant-Responsibilities included supervision of the NERVE organization as outlined below plus assisting the Cook Plant with staff procedures, audits, tests and training.

Indiana & Michi an Electric Comtian 1972 to 1974 Supervising Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Cook Plant - Responsibilities included supervision, engineer, design, construction, maintenance and operation of station & plant facilities, supervise installation &

maintenance and of station and plant equipment, formulate policies and procedures, supervise special studies and reports, assist in planning and engineering new stations, supervise repairing equipment in connection with failure.

Responsible for employment, promotion, transfer, discipline and discharge. Projects included all electrical controls and D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.

1971 to 1972 Senior Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Cook Plant - Responsibilities included performing and directing others in testing, adjusting station and plant equipment, reviewing construction prints to assure that they are consistent with intended function, inspect & coordinate the work of contractors, make recommendations to correct malfunctions, plan and perform special tests, analyze test results, prepare estimates, reports and studies. Projects included all electrical controls at D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.

1970 to 1971 Senior Engineer., General Office, Station Department at New York Office - Responsibilities included participating in the design and engineering of D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.

Projects included diesel load analysis, safeguard pump control, essential service water, sewage disposal, auxiliary feed water, control air, black"out sequencing, component cooling water the 345/765 station and the 69/4KV emergency power station.

6755B:1/112983 8;20

John C. Jeffrey Page 3 1969 to 1970 Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Michigan Power Company - Responsibilities included Maintenance and Performance Tests of Station and Hydro equipment such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment. I was responsible for inspection of station construction projects and coordinating contractor's work and training. Projects included two 69KV transmission and distribution station and Constatine and 'Mottville Hydro electric plants.

1969 to 1969 Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Big Sandy Plant - Responsibilities included performing tests of Plant Equipment such as circuit breakers, heaters, transformers, pumps, valves, relays, protective equipment and training.

Projects include circulating water, cooling towers, trans-formers, pulverizers, generator, unit circuit breakers and the 765 KV station equipment.

1968 to 1969 Engineer, 'General Office, Station Department at Michigan Power Company - Responsibilities included maintaining and performing tests of station equipment, such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment. I was responsible for inspection of station construction projects and coordinating contractors work, design, economic justification of new station control and training. Projects included inspection, testing, repair and partial redesign of Control at all Michigan Power Transmission Stations. The control design & economic justification, testing, calibration and placing in service of a 69/34KV transmission station School Craft South.

1966 to 1968 Engineer, General Office,. Station Department at Indiana and Michigan Electric Co. - Responsibilities included running special equipment test, performing testing of station equipment such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment, carrier current and supervisory control. I was responsible for inspecton of station construction projects and coordinating contractor's work for training and training equipment, for calibration and timing studies, calibration record system and calibration aids. Projects included testing of solid state relays, testing shock preventative devices, design and construction of a training simulator, development of a calibration record, calibration charts, station calculations, timing coordination studies, installation of 345KV circuit breakers at Tanners Creek Plant. Station removal and installation of 345KV circuit breakers at Breek Plant Station.

6755B: 1/112983 B-21

'\/

A 0

Rexford F. Shoemaker Senior En ineer, Instrumentation & Control Section Twenty-one years experience in instrumentation, control and protective systems activities in fossil fuel power generation stations.

EDUCATION: B. S. Mechanical Engineering West Virginia Institute of Technology, 1961 EXPERIENCE: A palachian Power Com an 1972 to 1983 Plant Performance Superintendent, John E. Amos Plant-Responsibilities included all plant instrumentation, control and protective systems, cycle chemistry and control, environmental controls and thermal performance and testing. Supervise eighty (80) technical and supervisory personnel. Wrote first 1300 MW Integrated Unit Control System line up and calibration procedure. Alternate weekend call-out duties with Operation Department Superintendent, supervise unit start-ups and operations Wrote first 1300 MW unit normal cold start-up procedure.

1970 to 1972 Performance Supervising Engineer " Responsibilities included supervising technicians and engineers in check-out, calibration and start-up activities of Amos plant instrumentation and controls systems on two 800 MW and one 1300 MW coal fired supercritical pressure units.

1969 to 1970 Performance Engineer Senior, on temporary assignment to American Electric Power Service Corporation, Instrumentation 6 Control Section in New York City Responsibilities included helping to assemble calibration books for Amos Units 1 and 2. Revise as required for automatic control Big Sandy Unit 2 Integrated Unit Control System. Develop first 800 MW Integrated Unit Control System calibration and line up drawings. Help with Mitchell Unit One Westinghouse-Hagan factory checkout of Integrated Unit Control System Cabinets.

1968 to 1969 Performance Engineer, Kanawha River Plant-Responsibilities included supervising instrument and control technician crew.

6755B:1/112983 B-23

Rexford F. Shoemaker Page 2 Baile Meter Com an 1966 to 1967 Systems Engineer, Wickliffe, Ohio - Responsibilities included des'ign, specify, document standard control system logic for central station applications. Trouble shoot large electronic control systems on supercritical units and revise as necessary to help develop company standards.

Help design, assemble, check-out and put into service first closed loop analog simulator for factory checkout of large elec'tronic control systems for supercritical units.

1961 to 1966 Field Service Engineer, Cincinnati, Ohio - Responsibilities included service and maintain existing control systems plus checkout and start-up new control systems ranging from small pneumatic on industrial drum boilers and processes to large electronic on central station units.

6755B: 1/112983 8"24

Frank S. VanPelt, Jr.

Professional Engineer - Michigan Section Manager - Construction Project Management III American Electric Power Service Corp.

Bachelor of Science - Mechanical Engineering Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University June, 1982 - Present - American Electric Power Service Corp.

Section Manager for Cook Plant Project Management III Planning and Scheduling RFC work for Cook Plant.

March, 1980 - May, 1982 - American Electric Power Service Corp Section Manager - Planning and Scheduling; Project Controls.

Coordinated Cook Plant FSAR Update; began development of detail logic networks for Coal Fired Power Plant Construction program. Headed one of three teams during Study program for new coal fired power plant.

July, 1979 -'ebruary, 1980 - American Electric Power Service Corp.

Project Control- Engineer - Construction Projects. Began the development of computer program for scheduling the engineering, design and construction of a coal fired power plant.

April, 1978 June, 1979 - American Electric Power Service Corp.

Project Manager assigned to Helium Breeder Associates, San Diego, California.

Assisted in the development of the Management System and program to be used for the Gas Cooled Fast Breeder Reactor Program.

May, 1977 - March, 1978 - I & M Electric Co. - D. C. Cook Plant Lead Start-up Engineer Directed six Start-Up Engineers in the completion and start-up of Unit

'nt Cook Plant. Maintained the Preop schedule and assured timely 2

release of systems for Preop Testing..

August, 1972 - April, 1977 - I & M Electric Co. - D. C. Cook Plant Start-Up Engineer/Assistant Lead Start-up Engineer Coordinated the completion and start-up of assigned systems for both Unit 1 and 2.

Prepared system initial operating procedures, flushing procedures and hydrostatic test procedures.

6755B: 1/112983 B-25

Frank S. VanPelt, Jr.

Page 2 June, 1970 July, 1972 - Central Operating Co. - Philip Sporn Plant Performance Engineer Planned, set-up equipment, took data, calculated and analyzed the results and made recommendations for equipment performance improvements for my assigned units.

67558:1/112983 8-26

James B. Brittan Senior En ineer, ualit Assurance More than twenty years experience in various guality Assurance and Reliability activities including seven years with nuclear power generation facilities.

EDUCATION: B. S. in Marine Engineering, NY State Maritime 1954 Graduate Studies in Nuclear Engineering, UCLA MBA, CW Post,'Div. LIU.

EXPERIENCE: American Electric Power Service Corporation 1977 to Responsible for establishment and implementation of complete supplier qualification program for all companies furnishing equipmeat or services important to nuclear safety to AEP (more than four hundred diverse organizations). Responsible for auditor training and certification program. Responsible for planning, scheduling and implementation of internal guality Assurance audit program. Project gA representative on spent fuel rack modification and Plant security system projects.

1962-1976 Lund Electronics 8 S stem, Inc.

guality Assurance Manager, responsible for quality planning, reliability, quality planning, quality engineerng, quality control and all testing associated with the company's diverse line of electromechanical products.

Directed environmental lab, model shop, electronic lab, and metrology functions. Managed budgets, test program contracts, other planning 8 scheduling functions. Wrote proposals, test plans and reports.

6755B: I/112983 B-27

Loui s P. DeMarco EXPERIENCE: 6/73 - Present Engineering Assistant Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division RESPONSIBILITIES:

4/79 - Present Responsible for System Engineering functions such as:

Evaluating and implementing all phases of design modifications for two 1100MW nuclear units, including Radiation Monitoring System, Reactor Protection System, Hydrogen Mitigation Distributed Ignition System, Fire Protection Systems, various plant systems and their support.

Provide plant staff with electrical engipeering support.

Investigate and prepare responses in connection with Nuclear Regulatory Commission circulars and bulletins.

Coordinate Plant'Annunciator Response Procedure Review.

Task force member for Onsite Low Level Radiation Waste Storage Facility.

3/76 - 4/79 (}uality Control Engineer responsible for managing and implementing the quality control system for nuclear plant engineering design modifications, including review of all electrical engineering des'ign modifications for technical and procedural completeness.

6/73 - 3/76 Technical Assistant, assisting both fossil and nuclear engineering staff by: performing engineering calculations, data tabulations, equipment specifications, purchase and expediting.

EDUCATION: Polytechnic Institute of New York 110 credits completed toward B.S.E.E.

Staten Island Community College A.S.S. Degree - 1973 Electro-Mechanical Technology 6755B: 1/112983 8-29

ft J

Thaddeus Russell Stephens Citizenshi U.S. (Born - Ni les, Michigan)

Position Title Senior Performance Engineer Present Em lo er Indiana and Michigan Electric Co'mpany Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant Education November 1980: Attended Combustion Engineering's two-week Simulator Training Program and completed the reactor startup examination satisfactorily.

April 1980: University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Successfully completed the two-week Reactor Operator Training Program at Ford Nuclear Reactor/Phoenix Memorial Laboratory.

March 1978: A sixteen-hour course on vibration analysis given by the IRD Company.

(

June - August 1976: American Electric Power's Performance Improvement Program consisted of 240 hours0.00278 days <br />0.0667 hours <br />3.968254e-4 weeks <br />9.132e-5 months <br /> of both classroom lectures on power plant related subjects and performance testing of 1300 megawatt coal fired unit with related equipment and calculations of test data.

March 1975: A forty-hour recorder and controls maintenance course given by the Leeds 8 Northrup Company.

1974: Graduated, Tri-State College, Angola, Indiana, Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering.

Attended a 40-hour Management Training Course given by the Indiana 4 Michigan Electric Company.

6755B: 1/112983 B-31

T. R. Stephens Page 2 Se tember 1979 to Present: Senior Performance Engineer assigned to the Operations Department at the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant. Duties include the review and revision of the Operations Department Procedures and general technical support for the Department.

Au ust 1976 to September 1979: Senior Performance Engineer at Tanners Creek, having the duties to supervise the Performance Engineers who have unit responsibility, to schedule test work and assign and monitor project work.

November 1974 to Au ust 1976: Worked as a Performance Engineer in a 1050 megawatt generating station which has four coal-fi,red units. The station is the Tannery s Creek Station owned by the Indiana 5 Michigan Electric Company, a subsidiary of American Electric Power Company. My duties included testing of major unit equipment, assorted project work, and the maintaining of the unit's control systems.

March 1974 to November 1974: Worked as a first line supervisor of a forge line and welding line in the manufacture of single piece axle housings in the Housing Division of Clark Equipment Company. Left to get work more in line with my professional training.

June 1968 to March 1974: Co-op student with Clark Equipment Company in Buchanan, Michigan.

6755B: 1/112983 B-32

JOHN D. YOUNG - Senior Engineer, Electrical Power Systems/Control Board Design, Westinghouse Electric Corporation Education:

- B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Tri-State College

~E Mr. Young is with Westinghouse Electric Corporation in the Instrumentation and Control Department, Electrical Power Systems and Control Board Design group.

His work experience for the past ten years has been in the area of main cont'rol and panel layout. design. He is the lead engineer for the Control Board Design group.

Mr. Young was the responsible design engineer for the control boards for the following nuclear power plants:

a) Sequoyah Units 1 and 2 b) Watts Bar Units 1 and 2 c) Krsko Unit 1 (Yugoslavia) d) Napot Point Unit 1 (Philippines)

He was also the responsible engineer in the design of a modular operation console which can integrate the requirements of Reg. Guide 1.97 and NUREG 0696 into existing control rooms.

Mr. Young also has over three years experience with the reactor protection and safeguards systems panels. He was instrumental in the design of the safeguards on-line testing sys em.

Mr. Young's experience in the nuclear industry spans fourteen and one-half years with Westinghouse in the Instrumentation and Control field.

6755B: 1/112983 B"33

WAYNE R. YOUNG - Engineer, Electrical Power Systems and Control Board Design Education:

- A.S. in Electronics Technology from the Community College of Allegheny County

- Continuing towards a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh Ex erience:

Mr. Young is with the Westinghouse Electric Corporation in the Instrumentation and Control Department, Electrical Power Systems and Control Board Design Group. His work experience has been in the area of main control board/panel layout and design. His total nuclear experience spans nine years of service with Westinghouse in the instrumentation and control field.

He is the cognizant engineer for the human engineering evaluation for the Louisiana Power and Light Waterford 3 nuclear plant, a program which included the following.

a) Assess the layout and adequacy of the main control board (MCB) required to support operating crew activities through the use of plant-specific Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs).

b) Verify that the EOP sequence of steps and procedural flow are compatible with the MCB layout.

c) Conduct EOP verification walk-throughs in the Waterford 3 control room.

d) =Provide recommendations for resolution of Human Engineering Discrepancies (HEDs).

e) Assist in the development of plant specific, symptom-based, event scenarios for use in the EOP verification.

6755B: 1/062883 B-35

WAYNE R. YOUNG (continued) f) Assist in the preparation of the event recognition report, MCR display maps, task maps, and link analysis documentation.

Mr. Young is also responsible for the main control board equipment qualification program. Duties for equipment qualified to IEE 323"1974 and 344-1975 include:

a) Participation in the preparation of equipment qualification reports.

b) Generation and maintenance of baseline design documents.

c) Generation and maintenance of computerized specifications.

d) Equipment quotations.

e) Equipment procurement.

f) Maintenance of qualification fi ls for audi tabi lity.

Additionally, Mr. Young is the systems engineer for the Nuclear Steam Supply System (NSSS) on the following power plants:

a) Comanche Peak Units ¹1 and ¹2 b) McGuire Units ¹1 and ¹2 c) Catawba Units ¹1 and ¹2 d) Mannshan Units ¹1 and ¹2 e) Korea Unit ¹2 f) Millstone Unit ¹2 g) Virgil C. Summer h) Beaver Valley Unit ¹2 Activities include review and approval of architect/engineer documentation, design of the rod drop disconnect switch box, equipment procurement, schedul-ing, and documentation transmittal.

6755B: 1/062883 ~ B-36

ROBERT J. WARTENBERG - Instruction Coordinator and Instructor, Instrumentation Technology Training Center, Westinghouse Electric Corporation Education:

- Community College of Allegheny Country, 12 credit hours in Education

- Southern Illinois University, 69 credit hours in Education

- Military schools: Electronic Technician "A" School, Basic Nuclear Power School, and Nuclear Power Prototype Ex erience:

Mr. Wartenberg has over 8 years of experience in the naval and commercial nuclear fields, with emphasis on plant operations and training, and supervisory experience in all aspects of course presentation, personnel training, and program administration and development. Mr. Wartenberg assists in human factors evaluations of control room designs and procedure verifica-tions. In October of 1981, he received Senior Reactor Operator certification.

As an instruction coordinator, he is responsible for meeting the overall objectives of all customer simulator courses and the direction of instructional activities of fifteen instructors, with participation directly in student and instructor evaluations and audits.

Previous work experience includes an assignement as an instructor to the reactor controls division, and as a qualified reactor operator and shutdown reactor operator on a naval nuclear prototype. As a training engineer, Mr.

Wartenberg also assisted in the startup of the SNUPPS II simulator.

6755B:1/062883 B-37

G. ALLEN ELLIFF, EDUCATION: Ph.D., Industrial Engineering/Operations Research, Texas ARM University, 1973 M.S., Industrial Engineering/Operations Research, Texas ARM University, B.S., Engineering, 1971'ndustrial Texas ARM University, 1970 AFFILIATIONS: American Institute of Industrial Engineers.

Operations Research Society of America Alpha Pi Mu (Industrial Engineering Honor Society)

Sigma Xi PROFESSIONAL BRIEF:

Dr. Elliff is a Branch Manager in Essex Corporation's Alexandria office. He is currently responsible for management, technical direction, and review of projects for nuclear industry clients of the Industrial Services Department. Dr. Elliff's utility experience includes direct project management responsibility for several nuclear power plant control room design reviews, as well as management oversight and review of related projects for nuclear industry clients. He has 10 years consulting experience with the military (Navy, Air Force, and Office of the Secretary of Defense); other federal agencies (Department of Energy, Department of Transportation); and private sector clients (utilities, motor carriers, railroads, military hardware vendors). His experience includes applied human factors analysis, maintenance management, logistic support analysis, life cycle cost/design to cost analysis, information system validation, business and financial management, market analysis, transportation operations analysis, mathematical modelling, reliability/maintainability analysis, production engineering, statistical quality control, and training course development and presentation. Prior to joining Essex in 1981, Dr. Elliff was associated with Evaluation Research Corporation; Peat, Marwick, Mitchell, R Co.; Logistics Management Institute; and the Texas ARM University graduate faculty.

Dr. Elliff also has three years experience as a full-time graduate faculty member at Texas ARM University teaching industrial engineering and operations research courses and supervising thesis research.

EXPERIENCE:

CANYON RESEARCH GROUP, a Division of Essex Corporation (1981 - Present)

Mana er 0 erations Anal sis Branch Industrial Services De artment - Provide management and technical direction for conduct of Industrial Services Department operations analysis projects. Have primary technical responsibility for all operational task analysis, probabilistic risk assessment, and human reliability analyses for the Industrial Services Department. Serve as senior technical resource for application of industrial engineering and operations research techniques to client situations. Responsible for technical review of client deliverables.

B-39

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Provide management review of project plan, technical scope, and resource estimates for Industrial Services Department projects. As branch manager, supervise human factors analysts and licensed Senior Reactor Operators (SROs). Assign appropriate personnel to client projects, as needed. Monitor cost and schedule status on all Industrial Services D partment projects to ensure completion of products to client satisfaction.

Project manager for detailed control room design review (DCRDR) for Public Service Electric and Gas Company's Hope Creek Generating Station (HCGS). HCGS'is a near term operating license boiling water reactor. The control room is one of the more advanced nuclear power plant control r'ooms in the United States and employs several CRTs. Also serving as project manager for DCRDR of Donald C. Cook Unit l and 2 control rooms. D.C. Cook plant is an operating plant with several years of operating experience.

Managed detailed human factors control room design review for Texas Utilities Generating Company's Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station (CPSES) Unit l. Evaluated control room for compliance with human engineering principles and applicable regulatory guidelines. Directed Essex human factors analysts and SROs in assessment of proposed client rearrangement of CPSES control boards. Assisted client in design and application of mimics, demarcation, and hierarchical labeling of the CPSES Unit l control boards.

Developed a model for predicting human reliability in nuclear power plant control room operations. For a foreign nuclear utility, developed estimates of expected improvements in operator reliability for suggested backfits to resolve thirty "generic control room design problems.

Provided general management direction for major procedures development and production project for a near term operating license (NTOL) plant. The first phase of the project involved rewriting/reformatting of all emergency, abnormal, and standard operating procedures. As a result of project team performance, Essex was also awarded contract for development and production of approximately 300 nuclear power plant surveillance/test procedures. This phase involved rewrite/reformat, technical review, and editing of procedures; technical direction of all project staff; and coordination of the production of the procedures from initial writing through final word processing. Essex project team was composed of 6 to 8 technical writers, two editors, two nuclear plant operations specialists, and 8 word processors, plus two shift supervisors from client organization.

EVALUATIONRESEARCH CORPORATION (1979-1981)

Vienna, Virginia Princi al En ineer and Branch Mana er S stems En ineerin and Anal sis Grou Provided technical and engineering support to NAVSEA, NAVELEX, NAVAIR, and other Federal government clients. This support included integrated logistics support (ILS) analyses, systems analysis, systems engineering, cost analysis, and application of opera-tions research techniques for ship and system acquisition programs and ILS functional offices.

B-40

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Participated in development of NAVSEA Reliability and Maintainability Technical Seminar.

Performed a comparative life cycle cost (LCC) analysis of 3ERED and CHT marine sanitation systems for DD 963 class ships. Results were a prime input to NADEC briefing.

As a member of CAPTOR Production Readiness Review (PRR) Team, assessed the capability of prime contractor and first tier subcontractor to effectively manage full-scale production. As a result of the PRR, the contractors were required to make substantive improvements to production control procedures prior to full production release.

Developed multiple regression model to project Navy ship-building quality assurance (QA) manpower requirements based on workload descriptor parameters.

Developed an analytic approach and plan for trade-off and cost impact analysis of alternative aviation intermediate maintenance support strategies for the Aviation Inter-mediate Maintenance Improvement Project Office. Objective of this task was identifica-tion of the complement of intermediate-level maintenance equipment, spare parts, and personnel skills that would most improve mission effectiveness of the deckload of a given aircraft carrier. Analytic approach integrated existing Navy data files and models to the greatest extent practical.

Managed project to assess performance and effectiveness of defense contractor in providing supply and depot repair support on AN/SLQ-32(V). Evaluated timeliness, quality, and cost of depot repair and supply support provided by contractor. Integrated and cross-validated transaction data from numerous contractor internal data sources, including ADP reports, manual log books, and source documents. Assessed operational availability based on analysis of CASREPTS and 0790-2K forms and data.

Determined system stock and maintenance repair parts requirements to support AN/SLQ-32(V). Assisted in conducting FY 1981 provisioning conference. Prepared contract orders to implement results of provisioning conference. Attended program reviews in support of program office.

Provided technical review of Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) Program Plan for Army Stand-off Target Acquisition System (SOTAS) under contract to Motorola.

Senior Anal st and Pro'ect Mana er Plannin and Sciences Grou - Managed and directed numerous projects for U.S. Department of Energy clients. Senior technical analyst for quantitative analysis tasks for the Planning and Sciences Group. Directed independent validations of various DOE and industry information systems and models.

Managed a project to validate the DOE Crude Oil Transfer Pricing System (ERA-51).

Project included assessment of user requirements, respondent reporting and measurement practices, and DOE data processing procedures. Qualitative and quantitative analyses for data consistency and validity were performed, both within ERA-51 and between ERA-51 and related DOE reporting systems.

8-41

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Provided technical and management direction for quantitative data analyses for four data systems providing information on major industrial combustors to support enforce-,

ment of the Power Plant and Industrial Fuel Use Act. Systems analyzed included the DOE Boiler Manufacturer's Report (ERA-97), DOE 1975 Major Fuel Burning Installation Coal Conversion Report (FEA-C-602-S-O), DOE 1980 Manufacturing Industries Energy Con-sumption Study and Survey of Large Combustors (EIA-063), and EPA National Emissions Data System (NEDS).

Developed scenarios for assessment of refinery industry capability to respond to various supply and demand scenarios. Analysis required familiarity with two refinery models: Bonner and Moore Refinery and Petrochemical Modeling System (RPMS) and Turner, Mason, Solomon (TMS) refinery model. RPMS and TMS models were linked to account for refinery processing capabilities, transportation network, and petroleum inventory management considerations..

Developed product prices and cost, quality, and quantity characteristics of crude slates for several refineries using DOE data in quick-reaction support for the Office of Special Counsel (OSC). Data was input to RPMS, which was used in support of OSC audit and compliance analysis.

~c" PEAT> MARWICKy MITCHELLR CO (1975 - 1979)

Washington, D.C.

jI Senior Consultant and Pro'ect Mana er - Managed the'evelopment and implementa-tion of a life cycle cost budgetary projection model for the HARPOON Project Office.

Determined and documented logistics resources for support of a given procurement schedule; developed and validated predictive cost estimating relationships; identified appropriation and budget sponsors for each end item and logistic resource category; and developed time-phased funding requirements by appropriation to support a particular acquisition scenario.

As a member of a management audit team, evaluated the analytic capability of the F-16 System Project Office organization. Areas evaluated included life cycle cost/design to cost (LCC/DTC) estimation and tracking capability, configuration management, ILS planning and coordination, and assessment of the extent to which a common data base of cost and performance parameters was maintained for use in performing the various analytic tasks.

Defined and developed an integrated project task management information system (MIS) for the Shipboard Intermediate Range Combat System Project Office. Surveyed information requirements; conducted an inventory and asse'ssment of information sources; defined information flows; investigated information processing and display alternatives; and developed an MIS to provide key project personnel with current and projected cost/schedule status, variance analyses, financial flexibility analyses, and assessment of the probable impact of potential management decisions.

8-42

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Developed and presented seminars for commercial clients on life cycle cost/design to cost, Department of Defense (DOD) acquisition policies, and DOD marketing. Served as corporate representative 'to the Weapon System Life Support (WSLS) group under NSIA Logistics Management Committee (LOMAC).

Managed a project for the Federal Railroad Administration to perform systems engineering for intermodal freight systems. Identified, described, and analyzed the full range of improved and innovative components, subsystems, and systems. Assessed proposed innovations and improved technologies for potential to improve"profitability and return on investment for rail-based intermodal freight systems; Principal Investigator for a project to develop an improved passenger car mainte-nance and utilization program for the National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK). Specific responsibilities included assessment of the effectiveness of the current AMTRAK passenger car maintenance process, identification of trade-offs between passenger car maintenance and passenger car utilization, and development of recommendations for improving both the quality of AMTRAK maintenance and utilization of its passenger car fleet.

Managed a study for the Federal Railroad Administration to assess alternative organizational structures for yards and terminals for the United States rail industry.

Analyzed management control systems, measures of effectiveness, and the effect of organizational alternatives for yards and terminals on the infrastructure of the rail industry.

Managed projects for private railroads involving market, operations, and traffic analysis, and development of business strategies. For a major motor carrier, performed an analysis of terminal and line-haul operations to improve carrier profitability and operational ef ficiency.

LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE (1970 - 1975)

Washington, D.C.

Senior Research Associate - For PMS 306, under joint sponsorship with the Assistant Secretary of Defense Installations and Lo'gistics), analyzed and evaluated the ability of the Navy's intermediate-level maintenance activities to support the surface Fleet in the mid-1980's. Responsibility included assessment of the adequacy of the Navy's mainte-nance data collection system (MDCS) in documenting maintenance delivered to the Fleet, trade-off analyses to determine the most effective utilization of Navy resources in supporting the surface Fleet, and development of specific recommendations for improvement.

Developed a management information system and the associated data base to assist planners in the Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Installations and Logistics) in making policy decisions regarding avionics standardization. The system .was capable of producing annual projections of the demand for avionics systems in terms of functional requirement and/or associated hardware by TMS of aircraft, at the equipment level, for aircraft scheduled for major modification or acquisition during the 1975-1985 timeframe.

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

The data base could be readily updated on an annual basis, thereby enabling the system to continue providing 10 year projections.

Developed a cost element structure (CES) for life cycle cost (LCC) analysis of tracked vehicles as input to an LMI task addressing the feasibility of a standardized LCC CES for various types of DOD systems.

TEXAS ARM UNIVERSITY (1972 - '1970)

College Station, Texas Assistant Professor of Industrial En ineerin - Taught graduate courses and supervised thesis research in operations research, production engineering, manufacturing processes, production management, engineering cost estimating, production and inventory control, and quality assurance to graduate students in reliability and maintainability engineering programs sponsored by the Army Material Command (now DARCOM).

Dissertation topic addressed economic design of a continuous sampling quality assurance plan, which has resulted in a publication and presentations.

PUBLICATIONS AND TECHNICAL PRESENTATIONS

'ranco, 3., Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Memorandum Re ort - Develo ment of Product Prices for RPMS Static Refiner Model, 3une 2, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Sciences, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.

Elliff, G. A., and Franco, 3. A licabilit of DOE Models in Short-Term Contin enc

~plannin, March 27, f981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Of fice of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S.

Department of Energy.

Elliff, G. A. Memorandum Re ort - Assi nrnent of Costs to Crude Oil Feedstocks for Establishin Static Refiner Base Cases March 19, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.

Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Memorandum Re ort - Anal sis of the "Avera e Da "

Conce t for Establishin Crude and Product Slates for Sohio Base Cases, February 9, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.

Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Preliminar Anal sis of the DOE Transfer Pricin S stem, February 1, 1981. Prepared for the Office of Energy Information Validation, Energy Information Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.

Leilich, R. H., Elliff, G. A., et al. S stems En ineerin for Intermodal Frei ht S stems(3 volumes). Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, March 1978.

B-44

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Yager, R., Elliff, G. A., and Bauer, R. Stud to Develo an Intercit Passen er Car Maintenance and Utilization Pro ram, April 1977. Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. DOT, and National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK).

Fisher, W., Elliff, G. A., and White, 3. M.. DOD Demand for Selected Avionic Assemblies-Phase I. Interim Report on LMI Task 75-9, November 1975.

Shepherd, F., Elliff, G;A., and Wroblewski, P. Surface Shi Maintenance, LMI Report 70-21, AD A008233, 3anuary 1975.

Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W. "A Note of Calculation of the Average Fraction Inspected for a Continuous Sampling Plan." International 3ournal of Production Research, 1975.

Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W. "Least Cost Continuous Sampling Plans." Presented at ORSA/TIMS 3oint National Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, November 1975.

Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W. "Economic Design of a Multilevel Continuous Sampling Plan." Presented at AOA Symposium on Logistics, Fort Lee, Virginia, February 1970.

Elliff, G. A. "An Economic Basis with Inspector Accuracy Considerations for Design of a Multi-level Continuous Sampling Plan," unpublished doctoral dissertation, Texas ARM University, 1973.

Elliff, G. A. "Cost Optimization of a Trickling Filtration Sewage Treatment Facility Using Pattern Search with Summation of Gradients," unpublished masters'hesis, Texas ARM University, 1971.

SECURITY CLEARANCE:

SECRET, granted by DISCO (1970).

B-45

JOHN F FARBRY, JR.

EDUCATION: Bachelor of Architecture, Washington University, 1965.

M.A. Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1973 Ph.D. Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1978; Major Area: Human Memory and Cognition AFFILIATIONS: American Psychological Association (Member)

Division 21: Society of Engineering Psychologists Human Factors Society (Member)

Technical Interest Group: Computer Systems Potomac Chapter of the Human Factors Society (Member)

PROFESSIONAL BRIEF:

Dr. Farbry's activity in psychology has been concerned with basic research in human performance, teaching, and the application of psychological knowledge to complex systems in industrial settings. His research activity involves the investigation of stress effects interacting with individual differences.and the analysis of human memory and learning. In the first area, stress effects were examined with regard to coping responses in a VA hospital environment. Also, the effects of stress on problem-solving behavior were studied in a laboratory setting. The second area includes the study of qualitative changes in memory over an extended period of time and the observation of error behavior in rote learning. The undergraduate courses taught include experimental method, physiological psychology, introductory psychology and the psychology of language. During his three years at Essex, his work has been primarily concerned with the analysis and evaluation of the operator-machine interface in nuclear power plant control rooms. This work has been directed primarily to the evaluation of conventional PWR and BWR main control rooms in the U.S. and a BWR radwaste control room in Japan. He has conducted design studies of control panel component arrangement in both cases. The two most recent projects have focused on the evaluation of CRT display systems in advanced control rooms for BWR and PWR facilities in Japan.

EXPERIENCE:

ESSEX CORPORATION (1980 - Present) room of Chubu Electric Power Company. This work included the updating and reorgani-zation of CRT specifications; analysis of population stereotype data from client operations personnel and application of the results to CRT evaluation. Conducted review of functional allocation between control room operator vs. CRT,system and an information availability analysis. Evaluation, of CRT display system including features of CRT format organization, color/symbol schemes, alarm system, CRT information access and labeling.

Research Scientist. Developed general guidelines and 'criteria to support design of main control room in a nuclear power plant. The guidelines were directed to the B-47

3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R. (Continued) arrangement and grouping of components and component systems on the main control panel, the determination of the profile and floor plan configuration of the control panel and the planning of the control room facility.

Research Scientist. Developed population stereotype questionnaire for control panel elements with results applied to stereotype specification for an advanced control room (ACR) of a pressurized 'water reactor unit for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries. Also evaluated CRT pages for ACR and studied operator movement among CRTs. Developed voice-computer communication guidelines to support interactive computer systems.

Pro'ect En ineer. Evaluation of proposed and existing control panels for radwaste control room of boiling water reactor plant for 3apan Atomic Power Company. Short-and long-term recommendations were made regarding the arrangement of panel components, proposed component types and annunciator system. The recommendations included a design proposal for the component arrangement of two radwaste control subpanels.

Research Associate. Performed human factors evaluation and a design study for main control panel arrangement of new pressurized water reactor power plant for Carolina Power and Light. Also participated in on-site evaluation of individual components and panel arrangement for main control panel of existing boiling water reactor plant and prepared label backfit supplement.

H ELLMUTH, OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC. (1978 - 1980)

Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman/Research. Commercial structures: preparation of con-struction documents, statistical research on firms distribution of manpower across different building types. Client contact, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, building code analysis.

CHINN AND ASSOCIATES (1977 - 1978)

Columbia, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial and residential structures. Coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, preparation of construction documents such as site plans, floor plans, elevations, construction details and perspectives.

STEPHENS COLLEGE (1976 - 1977)

Columbia, Missouri Instructor. Department of Psychology. Full responsibility for six courses in Basic Psychology and courses in Psychobiology and the Psychology of Language. Also, student advising and staff seminar participation.

B-48

3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R. (Continued)

MID-MISSOURI MENTAL HEALTH CENTER, (1970 - 1976)

Columbia, Missouri Research Assistant - Coordinated medical, research, and technical staff for psychological research on stress in hospital patients receiving a difficult examination (endoscopy). Also recording of polygraph data before and during examination, pre- and post-patient interviews, data reduction/preliminary analysis, library research, and assis-tance with the preparation of a variety of journal articles.

CHINN, DARROUGH, AND COMPANY (1973 - 1970)

Columbia, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial and residential structures: preparation of construction documents, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers.

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI (1973)

Columbia, Missouri Teachin Assistant. Department of Home Economics. Architectural Design II:

Taught design, process, planning, and development of drafting skills. Delineation course:

Emphasis on color media applied to interior perspective drawing.

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI (1969 - 1973)

Columbia, Missouri "Teachin Assistant. Department of Psychology. General Experimental Psychology (Laboratory Instructor; General Psychology (Course Coordinator, Discussion Leader); and Research Methods, The Senses, Applied Psychology (Assistant).

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI (1969 - 1971)

Columbia, Missouri Research Assistant. Department of Psychology. Design of graphic stimuli (face assistance with the writing of journal articles.

HELLMUTH, OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC. * (1966 - 1968)

Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial structures: preparation of construction documents.

A.L. AYDELOTT AND ASSOCIATES (1965)

Memphis, Tennessee Architectural Draftsman. Commercial structures: preparation of construction documents.

B-49

3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R. (Continued)

TECHNICAL REPORTS:

Summar Re ort: A Human En ineerin Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with D. Eike)

Human En ineerin S ecifications for an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with R. Kane, S. Fleger, and T. O'Donoghue)

A Functional Allocation Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press, (with T. Harding).

A Human En ineerin Evaluation of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with S. Fleger, R. Kane, T. Harding, and D. Pilsitz).

Res onse Sterot es of 3a anese Control Room 0 erators to Elements of CRT Dis la

~Sstems. Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, October, 1982.

A Human En ineerin Evaluation of CRT Formats CRTs and Ke boards for the Mitsubishi Heav Industries Advanced Control Room. Technical Report for Mitsubisi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982. with R. Kane, S. Fleger, T. Harding and F. Piccione)

Extracontractual Studies on: Stress Method for Desi n Criteria Evaluation and PCC Confi uration Stud . Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly, 1 2. with R. Kane, D. Metcalf, R. Benel, S. Fleger)

Res onse stereo es of 3a anese nuclear ower lant control room o erators. Study for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, December 1981. (with R. Kane and S. Fleger)

S stem-S ecific S ecifications Basic Console Evaluation and Human En ineerin Librar Biblio ra h for Advanced Control Room. Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982. with R. Kane, H. Manning, S. Fleger, T. O'Donoghue, N. Tulloh, and L. Grealis)

Human factors evaluation re ort on the Tsuru a Number One New Radwaste Control Room. Final report prepared for the 3apan Atomic Power Company, September 1981. (with A. Strong)

Label backfit su lement BSEP 1 and BSEP 2. Prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September 1981.

B-50

3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R. (Continued)

Human factors evaluation re ort for the Brunswick Unit 1 and Unit 2 Control Room.

Final Report prepared!for Carolina Power and Light, September 1981. (with W.

Talley, D. Beith, E. Talley, and T. 3ustice)

Human factors desi n evaluation re ort for the Shearon Harris Unit 1 control room. Final report prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September"'1981. (with W. Talley,

3. Haher, T. Amerson, D. Beith, and T. 3ustice) 3OURNAL ARTICLES:

Control-display integration on large, multi-system control panels. Proceedin s of the Human Factors Societ 25th Annual Meetin . Rochester, New York 1981. (with T. Harding and K. Mallory Evaluative persistence: Salt from the evaporative forgetting process. Dissertation Abstracts International, 1979, 39 (No. 8), 0068 B.

Greater repetition of errors under performance compared to observation in multiple-choice human learning. Perce tual and Motor Skills, 1973, 37, 909-950., (with M.H. Marx and D. Witter)

Psychological preparation for endoscopy. Gastrointestinal Endosco, 1977, 20, 9-13.

(with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B. Horwitz)

, Preparation for a stressful medical procedure: Effect of amount of stimulus preexposure and coping style. 3ournal of Consultin and Clinical Psvcholo, 1978, 06, 099-507.

(with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B. Horwitz Long-term persistence of response-repetition tendencies based on performance or obser-vation. Bulletin of the Ps chonomic Societ, 1978, 8, 65-67. (with D.W. Witter and M.H. Marx)

PRESENTATIONS:

Evaluative persistence: A long term memory for first impressions. Paper presented at the convention of the American Psychological Association, Montreal, September 1980.

Videotape preparation for a stressful medical procedure: Effects of number of exposures.

Paper presented at the meeting of the Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy, New York City, December 1976. (with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B.

Horwitz) 8-51

A Sw.

CI n

EDUCATION University of Hartford, B.S., Mechanical Engineering, 1965 Union College, graduate courses 1966-1969 Northeastern University, graduate courses 1969-1970 General Electric Advanced Course in Engineering EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1983-Present NUS CORPORATIONS 1978-1983 American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1971-1978 Stone a Webster Engineering Company, 1969-1971 Knolls Atomic Power Laboratory, 1965-1969 American Electric Power Service Corporation - Manager, Nuclear Safety and Licensing. Management and direction of section personnel in carrying out assigned responsibilities and activities which includes maintenance of NRC related documentation, review coordination, and resolution of all matters pertaining to nuclear safety affecting AEPSC.

Provide knowledge, expertise, and analytical capability in nuclear safety related matters necessary to support plant operations and licensing efforts. I also serve as Secretary, NSDRC, and as Corporate Cognizant Engi'neer for Nuclear Safety.

NUS - Have been responsible for a variety of safety analysis and licensing activities in support of domestic and foreign utilities. Typical activities have included: Service for eight months as a member of the On-Site Safety Review Group, Salem Generating Stationg technical specification coordinator for a large domestic utilityy project manager for NUS support activities on the FSAR update of the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Planty project manager for the Big Rock Point Plant Spent Fuel rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Safety Analysis Reports and technical advisor to the Japanese Survey Group on new siting concepts.

Until October 1982 was Manager, Nuclear Waste Management Department. Duties included project management and technical contribution to fulfill NUS contractual responsibilities to the Basalt Waste Isolation Program and the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation. Various safety and licensing activities performed under these contracts included development of licensing coordination plans, performance of operational and long term radiological safety and risk analyses for nuclear waste repositories, development of a preliminary safety analysis report for a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation, development of guidelines for a quality assurance program, and performance of cost benefit analyses. Also served as a member of an ONWI-sponsored task force on geotechnical and anthropomorphic problems associated with siting a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation.

JhNES 0 FEZNSTEIH PAGB 2 American Blectric pcnrer Service Corporation Lead Engineer Safety Analysis and subsequently Hanager, Nuclear Safety an Licensing. Duties included support of licensing, design/

construction, and operation of the Donald C. Cook Nuclear t the first Nestinghouse PNR with an ice condenser containment to be licensed for operation. Princ pa 1 ibility was to assure that all safety systems were designed and analyzed in a manner acceptable to th e United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Involved in many first-of-a-kind analyses, systems design, and technical spec ifi ti ca on development in the areas of heat transf er, fluid dynamics, thermal hydraulicst post LOCA h y dro g en generation, ice sublimation, radiological dose analyses, etc. Responsible for technical and administrative coordinat'ion of major projects such as plant modifications required to meet NRC concerns on high energy line breaks outside containment, ECCS systems design, and environmental q ualif ication of safety related equipment. Had lead technical responsib onsibility for American Electxic Power for meetings with the NRC and for presentations to the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards.

Nas respons ible fox the technical input and coordination of safety reviews of design changes, the Final Safety a y R t nd amendments t and oral and written correspondence with the NRC. Supervisory responsibility for developme commitment lists, Nestinghouse owners group activities, fire t ti rogram N-lists, technical specif ications, security plan, emergency plan, internal QA procedur, es p lant health physics support, nuclear safety and licensing aspects f f 1 eloads probabilistic risk assessment studies> etc.

Was Secretary of Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee, member of Edison Electric Institute ad-hoc committee to comment on NASH-1400'ompany representative to joint utility - AEC - vendor task force on watex reactor safety researc h (later taken over by EPRI), member of joint TVA-DUKE-AEP ice condenser task force, and Chair man of Helium Breeder Associates Committee to review safety and licensing problems with gas cooled fast reactors.

Stone S Webster - Nas responsible for developing analysis methods for containment design and post-LOCA hydrogen generation analysis. Many assumptions from this work were b ntly adapted by the NRC in their published Regulatory Guide 1.7 ~ Also performed prelim inar y evaluations to determine whether px'obabilistic techniques could be used for nuclear power plant design.

Kn ll Atomic Power Lab Performed thermal hydraulic analysis of nuclear reactors, des'ned tests a nd experiments, and delivered training lectures to Naval personnel.

gA P

JAMES Go PEZNSTEZN PAGE 3 EDUCATIONAL HONORS University of Hartford Regent's Award for being top student in Mechanical Engineering, 1964 and 1965 American Society of Mechanical Engineers Greater Hartford Chapter Annual Award 1965 Kappa Mu - Honorary Engineering Fraternity PUBLICATIONS "Post DBA Containment Hydrogen Methods for Calculating and Controlling Hydrogen Accumulation'co-author) presented at g ANS Topical Meeting on Power Reactor System and Componentst Williamsburg< Virginia, 1970.

"Survey Methods for Assessment of Radiological Release from Geological Repositories" (lead author)g presented at ANS Annual Meeting Atlanta, Georgia, June Barriers, State Variables, and Processes 1979.'Procedures, Important to Near Field Analysis" -(lead author)y presented at ANS Annual Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, June 1980.

"Evaluation of Consequences to Risk of Time Fan Cooling Units are Out of Service at Salem Generating Station,"

prepared for PSE&Gg November 1981.

"Evaluation of Analytical Problems Associated with Changeover to Hot Leg Recirculation Following a Hypothetical Loss of Coolant Accident at Salem Generating Station,"

prepared for PSE&G, October 1981.

"Evaluation of Safety Concerns Associated with Loss of Coolant Accident Without Automatic Actuation of Containment Sprays," prepared for PSE&G, September 1981.

"Evaluation of Ef feet of Design Basis Accidents on Proposed Changes to Auxiliary Feedwater System at Salem Nuclear Power Generating Station," prepared for PSE&G, October 1981.

"Evaluation of Heat Balance Code Used at Salem Generating Station," prepared for PSE&G, December 1981.

"Evaluation of Inadvertent Human Intrusion into a Salt Dome Repository by Solution Mining" (co-author) draft report prepared for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1980 ~

"Criticality Analysis for a Brine Filled Cavity in a Spent Fuel Nuclear Waste Repository Located in a Domed Salt Formation" (co-author), NUS-TM-326, January 1980.

JAMES Qo FEZNSTEIN PAGE 4 "Questionnaire for Performing Safety Evaluations for Changes to Structures, Systems, and Components at the Salem Nuclear Plant," prepared for PSEaG, July 1981.

'Donald C. Cook Huclear Plant, Unit Ho. 1, Results of the December 1974 Initial Weighing Program'repared for American Electric Pcnrer, March 1975 "Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System: Results of the January 1976 and April 1976 Ice Weighing Programs" (lead author) July 1976.

"Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System! Results of the January 1977 Ice Weighing Program" (lead author), May 1977

'Survey of New Types of Siting Research for Nuclear Power Plants" (lead author) NUS-4068, April 1982.

"Big Rock Point Plant: Spent Fuel Rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Saf ety Analysis," (co-author), April 1982.

"Suggested Quality Assurance Requirements for a Mined Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-338, May 1981.

"Safety Analysis Report Annotated Outline for a Nuclear Waste Repository in a Deep Geologic Formation, " (co-author)

NUS-TM-360, April 1981.

"Preliminary Information Report for a Conceptual Reference Repository in a Deep Geological Formation," (co-author) draft report prepared for office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, January 1980.

"Method for Developing the Q-list for a Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-343, April 1981.

"A Preliminary Assessment of the PNL Strontium Heat Source Development Program to Determine its Adequacy for Licensing Purposes in FY 1981," (co-author) draft report prepared for Battelle Northwest, August 1979.

"Annotated Bibliography for a Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of a Nuclear Waste Repository" NUS-3528, July 1980.

"Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of a Geologic Nuclear Waste Repository" prepared for Basalt Waste Isolation Program, NUS-3569, April 1980.

JAMES Go FKINSTEIN PAGE 5 "Quality Assurance Classification Requirements for Structures, Systems, Components, and Activities Related to a Mined Geologic Repository for Permanent Disposal 'of High Level Nuclear Waste" (co-author) prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, March 1980.

"Applicable Requirements, Supporting Sequences, and Preliminary Strategy for the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation Licensing Coordination Plan (co-author), NUS-3267, October 1980.

NWTS Licensing Plan for High Level Waste Repositories in Geologic Formations (co-author), prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1978.

"Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Safety Analysis Report - Update" (pro)ect manager and lead contributor), June 1982.

"Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Saf ety Analysis Report and Amendments" (co-author) .

APPENDIX C ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN C-1 6755B: 1/062883

181 TP-3.1 1 May 1983 D-C. COOK NUCLEAR PLANT DCRDR PROGRAM HLMANFACTORS TASK PLAN FOR THE ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM REVIEW Canyon Research Group The Essex Building 333 North Fairfax Street Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (7O3) S48-4SOO PREPARED BY:

Signature Date DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant APPROVED BY:

Signature Date)

DCRDR Project Review Team PERFORMED BY:

Signature Date)

DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant

D.C. COOK NUCLEAR PLANT TP-3.1 DCRDR PROGRAM 1 May 1983 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM REVIEW RECORD OF REVISIONS Rev. Date Descri tion

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM 1 May 1983 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pacae 1.0 OB JECTIVES 2.0 REVIEW TEAM SELECTION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.0'RITERIA 4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.2 Data Collection 4.3 Analysis 5.0 EQUIPMENT/FACILITYREQUIREMENTS 6.0 INPUTS AND DATA FORMS 7.0 OUTPUTS AND RESULTS 8.0 FIGURES AND TABLES

'"9.0 PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS APPENDICES A. CRITERIA B. DATA FORMS C. CRITERIA MATRIX D. TASK PLAN CRITIQUE

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM 1 May 1983 1.0 OBJECTIVES

a. To assess to what degree the annunciator system conforms to the generic criteria in NUREG-0700.
b. To identify and document any features in the annunciator system design that do not conform to the criteria in NUREG-0700.
c. To identify and document any plant-specific design conventions and other plant-specific human factors criteria not defined in NUREG-0700.

2.0 REVIEW TEAM SELECTION ANO RESPONSIBILITIES

a. A human factors specialist to conduct the data collection and analysis and to prepare the task report.
b. A client nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systems information concerning alarm parameters and alarm response procedures.
c. A client plant IhC engineer to assist in identifying relevant plant systems information.

3.0 CRITERIA The criteria are from NUREG-0700; paragraphs 6.3.1.1; 6.3.1.2a through d(2);

6.3.1.3a through d; 6.3.1.4a and b; 6.3.1.5a through b(3); 6.3.2.la through f; 6.3.3.1a through b(2); 6.3.2.2a and b; 6.3.3.1a through c(3); 6.3.3.2a through f(2); 6.3.3.3a through f; 6.3.3.4a through d; 6.3.3.5a through d(6); 6.3.4.1a through d(2); 6.3.4.2a through c; 6.3.4.3a and b; 6.5.1.6a through c(2) and e(1) through 3(3);and 6.6.6.2a, b, and c (see Appendix A).

4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.1.1 Preparation and Conduct of Procedures

a. Prior to conduct of this task, ensure that all required data forms, plant documentation, engineering drawings, equipment, and materials are available. Ensure that permission has been'btained for all required access to the control room or other plant areas.

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983

b. Record all exceptions, deviations, or changes" to these procedures in Section 9.0 of this Task Plan. Number each entry sequentially, starting with 1. Include an explanation (technical justification) as to why the exception, deviation, or change was made.

4.1.2 Task Plan Critique Upon completion of .this task, fill out the Task Plan Critique contained 'in Appendix D. Submit the completed critique to you'r supervisor or project manager.

4.2 Data Collection

a. Data are collected using various methods and procedures consistihg of measurements, observations, interviews and questionnaires, and document reviews.

Appendix C illustrates the distribution of the criteria for the various methods.

b. Measurements and observations should be made for all items contained on the Measurements data forms and Observations checklists contained in Appendix B.
c. The operator questionnaire (Appendix B) should be administered to at least 50

,percent of the licensed reactor operators for the plant. Administration may be conducted

.singly or in a group, but should be proctored or monitored.
d. The results of the System Function and Task Analysis tasks should be reviewed

-for annunciator-relevant data in reference to 6.3.3.1; 6.3.1.4a; 6.3.3b and d(2); 6.3.3s4a and c; 6.3.4 3a; and 6.6.6.2a(l), (2), and (3).

e. In addition to the review results from d, above, plant documentation should be reviewed to verify the items listed in the Document Review Checklist in Appendix B. The required plant documents include:
1. Annunciator Response Procedures
2. Administrative Procedures relevant to annunciators.

4D ~Anal sls

a. All deviations from the criteria shall be recorded on Human Engineering Discrepancy (HED) reports (Appendix B). Recorded information shall include the instru-ment or instruments involved (e.g., auditory alarm horns, specific light tiles, etc.), a description of the problem including the 0700 paragraph number of the criteria, and a recommended solution.

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983

b. Data collection method(s) shall also be recorded on the HED form (see Appendix B). Where data from two or more sources are contradictory, resolution of the conflict through data review and client interview shall be made.
c. Use the analysis aids from Appendix B for all data reduction and analysis.

Upon completion of all analyses, ensure that the criteria in Appendix A are properly annotated (as specified in the analysis aids).

d. Submit the completed task plan to your immediate supervisor for review.

Upon project management approval, initiate Task Report 3.1.

5.0 EQUIPMENT AND FACILITYREQUIREMENTS a4 Access to the control room.

b. Sound level meter.

co Protractor and tape measure.

d. Flash comparator.

6.0 INPUTS AND DATA FORMS a1 Annunciator Response Procedures

b. Annunciator Administrative Procedures co Completed Task Reports for:
1. System Function and Task Analysis
2. Labels and Location Aids
3. Maintainability
d. Criteria List (Appendix A)
e. The following from Appendix B:
l. Measurements Data Forms
2. Questionnaire
3. Observations Checklist
4. Documentation Review Checklist
5. Analysis Aids
6. HED Report Forms
f. Criteria Matrix (Appendix C)
g. Task Plan Critique Form (Appendix D)

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983 7.0 OUTPUTS AND RESULTS

a. Comple ted HEDs
b. Completed Task Report.

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM 1 May 1983 8.0 FIGURES AND TABLES None.

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983 9.D PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS The following exceptions, deviations, and changes were made to these procedures during conduct of the task (include a statement of justification on each item):

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX A CR ITER IA

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 6.3.1.1 GENERAL SYSTEM DESIGN N/A YES COMMENTS Annunciator warning systems are the primary control room interface to immediately alert the operator to out of.tolerance changes in plant con.

dition. Annunciator warning systems consist of three major subsystems: (a) an auditory alert subsystem, (b) a visual alarm subsystem, and (c) an operator response subsystem (see Exhibit 6,3-1).

Together, these three subsystems should be designed to provide a preferred operational sequence for annunciator warnings as indicated in Exhibit 6.3 2.

8.3,12 ALARM PARAMETER SELECTION

a. SET POINTS-The limits or set points for initiating the annunciator warning system should be established to meet the following goals:

(1) Alarms should not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by the operators.

(2) However, set points should be established to give operators adequate time to re-spond to the warning condition before a serious problem develops.

b. GENERAL ALARMS (1) Alarms that require the control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to a given plant location for specific information should be avoided.

(2) If general alarms must be used, they should only be used for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action and subsequent control room operator action, C. MULTICHANNELOR SHARED ALARMS (1) Annunciators with inputs from more than one plant parameter mt point should be avoided. Multi.input alarms that summarize single-input annunciators

.elsewhere in the control room are an exception, (2) Where multi-input annunciators must be used, an alarm printout capability should be provided. The specifics of the alarm should be printed on an alarm typer with sufficient speed and buffer storage to capture all alarm data.

ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nlay 1983 N/A YES HO CONMENTS 6,3,1.2 ALARM PAR'AMETER SELECTION (Cont'd)

c. MULTICHANNELOR SHARED ALARMS (Cont'd)

(3) A ref lash capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory alert mechanism and ref lash the visual tile even though the first alarm may not have been cleared.

d. MULTI.UNIT ALARMS-(1) Alarms for any shared plant systems should be duplicated in all control rooms.

(2) When an item of shared equipment is being operated from one control room, a status display or signal should be pro.

vided in all other control rooms which could potentially control this equipment.

6,3.1.3 F IRST OUT ANNUNCIATORS

a. REACTOR SYSTEM (1) A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system.

(2) The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic reactor trip functions.

{3) In the event of a reactor trip, the tile associated. with the event should illuminate, and no other.

b, TURBINE.GENERATOR SYSTEM-A separate first out panel, similar in function to the reactor system panel, is recommended.

c. POSITION-First out panels should be located directly above the main control work station for the system.
d. APPLICATION-First out annunciators should conform to the general auditory, visual, and operator response guidelines of this section.

A-2

ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 H/A YES 'OMMENTS 6,3.1.4 PRIOR IT IZATION

0. LEVELS OF PRIORITY (1) Prioritization should be accomplished using a relatively small (24) number of priority levels.

(2) Prioritization should be based on a continuum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions, e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation. Exhibit 6.3-3 provides an example of prioritization based on three levels of prioritization.

b, PRIORITY CODING (1) Some method for coding the visual signals for the various priority levels should be employed. Acceptable methods for priority coding include color, position, shape, or symbolic coding.

(2) Auditory signal coding for priority level is also appropriate. See Guideline 6 2.2.3 for recommended coding techniques.

6.3.1.5 CLEARED ALARMS

a. AUDITORY SIGNAL-Cleared alarms should have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal which should be of finite duration
b. VISUAL SIGNAL-The individual tile should have one of the following:

(1) A special flash rate (twice or one. half the normal flash rate is preferred, to allow discrimination), or (2) Reduced brightness, or (3) A special color, consistent with the overall control room colorcoding scheme, pro-duced by a diffe ently colored bulb behind the tile.

ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 I May 1983 N/A YES NO CONTENTS 6.3.2.1 SIGNAL DETECTION at INTENSITY-The signal should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above the ambient control room noise. A nominal value of 10 dB(A) above average ambient noise is generally adequate, b, CONTROL Signal intensity, if, adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure.

C. LIMITS The signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a startled reaction.

d. DETECTION-Each auditory signal should be adjusted to result in approximately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary operating area.

e, RESET The annunciator auditory alert mechanism should automatically reset when it has been silenced.

f;. IDENTIFICATION-The operator should be able to identify the work station or the system where the auditory alert signaf originated.

Separate auditory signals at each work station within the primary operating area are recommended.

6.3.2.2 AUDITORY CODING

a. LOCALIZATION (1) Auditory coding techniques should be used when the operator work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area.

(2) Coded signals from a single audio source shoufd not be used to identify individual work stations within the primary oper-ating area.

b. PRIORITI2ATION-Coding may be used to indicate alarm priority. (,".ee Guideline 6.3.1.4.)

A-4

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 6.3.3.1 VISUAL ANNUNCIATOR PANELS YES COMMENTS LOCATION-Visual alarm panels should be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response'to the alarm. (See Exhibit 6.34.)

b. LABELING ~

(1) Each panel should be identified by a label above the panel.

(2) Panel identification label height should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at feast 15 minutes when viewed from a centra( position within the primary operating area.

6.3.3.2 VISUAL ALARM RECOG AND IDENT

a. FLASHING The specific tile(s) on an annun-ciator panel should use flashing illumination to indicate an afarrp condition.
b. FLASH RATE Flash rates should be from three tc five flashes per second with approxi-mately equal on and off times.
c. FLASHER FAILURE fn case of flasher failure of an alarmed tile, the tile light should illuminate and burn steadily.
d. CONTRAST DE TECTAB IL ITY-There should be high enough contrast between alarming and steady. on tiles, and between illuminated and non-illuminated tiles, so that operators in a normally illuminated control room have no problem discriminating alarming, steadywn, and steadywff visual tiles.
e. "DARK" ANNUNCIATOR PANELS A "dark" annunciator panel concept should be used. This means that under normal operating conditions no annunciators would be illumi-nated; atl of the visual tiles of the annunciator panels would be "dark."

EXTENDED DURATION ILLUMINATION-tf an annunciator tile must be "ON" for an extended period during normal operations (e.g., during equipment repair or replacement),

it should be:

(1) Distinctively coded for positive recog-nition during this period, and (2) Controlled by administrative procedures.

A-5

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8,3 ,3.3 ARRANGEMENT OF VISUALALARM TILES MATRIX ORGANIZATIONVisual alarms should be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each annunciator panel.

b. FUNCTIONAL GROUPING-Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel. For example, area radiation alarms should be grouped on one panel, not spread throughout the control room.

C. LABELING OF AXES (1) The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics for ready coordinate designation of a particular visual tile.

(2) Coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel.

(3) Letter height for coordinate designation should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from a central, position within the primary operating area.

Cl 0 ~ , PATTERN RECOGNITION (1) The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a maximum of 50 tiles per matrix is mggested).

(2) Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.

e, OUTNF SERVICE ALARMS-Cues for prompt recognition of an out of.service annunciator should be designed into the system.

BLANK TILES-Blank or unused annunciator tiles should not be illuminated (except during annunciator testing).

8.3.3.4 VISUAL TILE LEGENDS

~. UNAMBIGUOUS Annunciator visual tile legends should be specific and unambiguous.

Wording should be in concise, short messages.

b. SINGULARITYAlarms which refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.

A-6

ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 6.3,3.4 VISUAL TILE LEGENDS (Cont'd)

c. SPECIFICITY Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for HIGH-LOW, TEMPFRATURE-PRESSUR E.
d. ABBREVIATIONS-Abbreviations and acro-nyms should be consistent with those used elsewhere in the control room.

6.3.3.5 VISUAL TILE READABILITY

a. DISTANCE-The operator should be able to read all the annunciator tiles from the position at the work station where the annunciator acknowledge control is located.

(1) Letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes, or .004 x viewing distance. The preferred visual angle is 20 minutes, or .006 x viewing dlstanceo (2) Letter height should be identical for all tiles, based on the maximum viewing distance. Separate calculations should be made for stand.up and sitdown work stations.

b. TYPE STYLE-The size and style of lettering should meet the following:

(1) Type styles should be simple.

(2) Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles.

(3) Only upper-case type should be used on visual tiles,

c. LEGEND CONTRAST-Legends should pro-vide high contrast with the tile background.

(1) Legends should be engraved.

(2) Legends should be dark lettering on a light background.

d. LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING (1) Stroke. width.to-cnaracter-height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.

(2) Letter width.to-height ratio should be between 1:1 and 3:5.

(3) Numeral width to.height ratio should be 3:5.

A-7

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 6.3.3.5 VISUAL TILE READABILITY(Cont'd)

d. LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING N/A YES NO COMMENTS (Cont'd)

(4) Minimum space between characters should be one stroke width.

(5) Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.

(6) Minimum space between lines should be one-half the character height.

6.3.4 .1 CONTROLS (See Exhibit 6.3 5.)

a ~ SILENCE (1) Each set of operator response controls should include a silence control.

(2) It should 'be possible to silence an auditory alert signal from any set of annunciator response controls in the

>>>> primary operating area.

b.:; ACKNOWLEDGE (1) A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a visual tile and have it continue at steady illumination until the alarm is cleared.

(2) Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.

C. RESET (1) If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be pro.

vided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared.

(2) The reset control should silence any audible signal indicating clearance and should extinguish tile illumination.

(3) The reset control should be effective only at the work station for the annunciator panel where the alarm initiated.

d. TEST (1) A control to test the auditory signal and flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel should be provided.

(2) Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled by administrative procedure.

A-8

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983

.6.3.4.2 CONTROL SET D ESIGN K/A YES KO COMMENTS

a. POSITIONING OF REPETITIVE GROUPS-Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations. This is to facilitate "blind" reaching.
b. CONTROL CODING-Annunciator response controls should be coded for easy recognition, using techniques such as:

(1) Color coding; (2) color shading the group of annunciator

'controls; (3) demarcating the group of annunciator controls; or (4) shape coding, particularly the silence control. (See Exhibit 6.3.5, Example 2.)

C. NONDEFEATABLE CONTROLS Annunci ~

ator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control. For example, some pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the-pushbutton. This undesirable design feature should be eliminated.

6.3.4.3 ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSE PROCEDURES

a. AVAILABILITY Annunciator response pro.

cedures should be available in the control room.

INDEXING-Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel identification and annunciator tile coordinates.

6.5.1.6 COLOR CODING

a. REDUNDANCY-In all applications of color coding, color should provide redundant information. That is, the pertinent information should be available from some other cue in addition to color,
b. ~ NUMBER OF COLORS (1) The number of colors used for coding should be kept to the minimum needed for providng sufficient information.

(2) The number of colors used for coding should not exceed 11.

A-9

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8.5,1.6 COLOR CODING (Cont'd)

c. MEANING OF COLORS (I) The meaning attached to a particular color should be narrowly defined.

(2) Red, green, and amber (yellow) should be reserved for the following uses:

Red: unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance.

Green: safe, no operator action required, or an indication that a parameter is within tolerance.

Amber (yellow): hazard (potentially un-safe), caution, attention required, or an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists.

d. CONSISTENCY OF MEANING (1) The meaning assigned to particular colors should be consistent across all applications within the control room.

(2) The meaning of a particular color should remain the same whether applied to panel surfaces or projected in signal lights or on CR,Ts.

6.6.6.2 D EM AR CAT ION USE-Lines of demarcation can be used to:

(1) Enclose functionally related displays.

{2) Enclose functionally related controls.

(3) Group related controls and displays.

b. CONTRAST-Lines of demarcation should be visually distinctive from the panel background.

C. PERMANENCE-Lines of demarcation should be permanently attached.

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 AUDITORY ALERT SUBSYSTEM VISUAL ALARM SUBSYSTEM r OPERATOR RESPONSE SUBSYSTEM

~ ~

51i

--.""" 1 b Exhibit 6.3 l. Annunciator warning ayatern.,

ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 Cdenassesn ssceetn l

~A&ant Asonsaarc

~ $

LHHtc Na Ssaaedede I

y Vscssd AnssssKsecor f )

t ~~g~~~~4 Tilt Accsrecson sorest(e ysnsd dorm tee sn nsssssnasew eorm

~ idscary weal arsosnaceN INUnssnnnl end ncensssa cc ~ race nons a ooassseer MCS Non(san nndss raednanc cnwcson "AC@HOWLS OQ S" Sl LS NCS" Control Aeowsta Control Ileonsnce (Only ec IICS Loeecnn Nw (Any MCS Late(seel A srssss sit salas e asset I Ayenny SsoKS Ceeae. nK Islaossne ceases. (ssst Tik eenanson AKece lternasnc Invnssnatad s

I s 0sedsaesc end Aernedsacsan ol esotnnn ecessc essa+sear(ll Necssrnad to Normo I

p ~~~~q Vsosd Annssncsacar erson I Tile Aetwtw~w Sssn~~~~~e Mean I

~

(Jsswssa Asses(dry Sslnel Soecsel elcerssne den al vssssn lor Cleared ANnss Tria co lndscece "Owed ANnss Carnnd N~

"nsssr-(Osey ce MCS Lacenon Nw Anssssncsetor ecnn)

No Mole Assceese ar VsssMa A4nn TS Sl IAt Seals Soearln AenssKntar LSOSNO Cancln Sec Loaetsonl QQ ~ SessosneK Actsan IKlioeMAccessory ANrc sianes end lsleanee AN vsosn Tiles g+g ~ oaeeccssr Acean

~ Aecd scecea sn Ndend Ansnnsesecor eorm(sl ssdessn ~

Exhibit 6.3.2. Annunciator system preferred operational sequence.

A-12

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 PIRST PRIORITY ALARMS SECOND PRIORITY ALARMS

~ Plant shut down lraector trip, turbine trip) ~ Technical ~ificetion violations which if not corrected

~ Radiation release will require plant Shutdown

~ Plant conditions which, lf not corrected immediately, ~ Plant conditions which. If not corrected, mey Saad to will result in automatic plant shutdown or radi ~ tion plant shut down or radiation releases ralaae. or will requite manual plant shutdown.

Tk(RO PRIORITY ALARMS

~ plant conditions reoresantina problems ie 9'yst' daeredationI which effect plant ooarability but which should not lead to plant shutdovm, radiation release. or violation of technical xsecifications Exhibit 6.3 3. Three level annUnciator prioritization example.

VISUAL ecctnas'rsa corrteot aasiss ALARMS W <<& <<<<

8' sita <<i~isa' a I

st~ Grwtsaior s I

Sita<<otHtsai ~ 'st~ OINISa Ol << I I RELATED DISPLAYS aur ~

>ac'rto li arts au<<rs i rtto li arts~

RE LATED CDNTRQLS gi R Hl El CI I

Exhibit 6.M. Vistral alarms located above thc related controls and displays.

(From Seminara et ai., 1979).

A-13

ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 E'xample 1 SILENCE ACKNOWLEDGE Example 2

ANNUNCIATOR CONTROLS::::::
SILENCE .::. ACK RESET TEST RESET TEST Exhibit 6.3 5. Annunciator response controls.

Color Serial General ISCC NBS /rtunsett renotetron ol color.

Or <<eleetrOn color centroid name ISCC4<<SS Centroid number name number labor aviation) Color 1 white 253 White 2.5PB 9.5/0.2 2 black 257 black N Odr 3 yellow 82 v.Y 3.3Y 8.0/14.3 4 purOle 218 ~ .P 5.5P 4.3/9,2 5 orenee 48 v.O 4,1YR 5.5/15 0 6 light blue 180 v.l.d 2.7P8 7.9I6,0 7 red 11 v.R 5,OR 3.9/15 4 8 bull 90 ey.Y 4.4Y 7.2/3.8 9 Orev 265 med Gy 3.3GY 5.4IO 1 10 creen 139 v.G 3.2G 4.9/11.1 11 purplish pink 247 <<,pPk 5 BRP 6.8/9.0 12 blue 178 <<,8 2.9PB 4.1/104 13 yellawieh pink 26 <<,yPk S.4R 7.0/9.5 14 violet 207 <<.V 0.2P 3.7/10.1 15 or ance yellow 56 v.OY 8.6YR 7.3/15.2

'l6 purplish red 255 <<.oR 7.3RP 4.4/11,4 17 are<<nish yellow 97 v.aY 9.1Y 8.2/12.0 18 reddish brown 40 a.rBr 0,3YR 3.1 /9.9 19 yellow creen 115 v.YG 6.4GY 6.8/1 1.2 20 yellOwith brOwn 75 deco yBr B,BYR 3.l/5.0 21 reddish or<<nile v.rO 94R S.4/14,5 22 Olive areen 126 d,OIG B.0GY 2.2/3.6 Exhibit 6.5 7. Twenty two colors o( maximum contrast (tram Kelly, 1965).

A-14

TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX B DATA FORMS

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 8 DATA FORMS TABLE OF CONTENTS

~Pa e Bl - MEASUREMENT, DATA FORMS 81.1-1 Bl.l Linear Measurements 81.1-1 81.2 Sound Measurements 81.2-1 81.3 Light Measurements 81.3-1 82 - OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 82-1 83 - OBSERVATION CHECKLIST 83-1 84 - DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST 84-1 85 - ANALYSIS AIDS 85 '-1 85.1 Linear Measurements Analysis 85.1-1

85. 2 Sound Mea sur ements Anal ys i s 85.2-1 85.3 Light Measurements Analysis 85. 3-1 86 - OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS 86-1 87 - OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS 87-1 88 - DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST ANALYSIS 88-1 89 - SAMPLE HED REPORT FORM 89-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA

1. LINEAR MEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1 Annunciator Light Box (ALB) Summary Labels - 6.3.3.1b(2).
a. If there are no summary labels, check here:
b. If there are summary labels, measure and record in Table l.lb the following information:

ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION

1) Character height
2) Character width and/or numeral width
3) Character strokewidth
4) Character spacing
5) Word spacing
6) Line spacing TABLE 1 ~ lb ITEM ALB- ALB- ALB- ALB- ALB- ALB- ALB-2.

3.

4.

6 ~

1.2 Tile Labeling - 6.3.3.5a(l) and a(2), and 6.3.5.5d(1) through d(6).

a, Measure and record in Table 1.2a the character height(s) used in the tiles. If more than one size character is used, record the height for all of the represented heights. Also measure and record the farthest left and farthest right tile from its associated acknowledge station for each of the represented character heights (start at the left most acknowledge station and number the stations going clockwise around the MCB).

~ I'J ~ J 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA 1.2 (Cont.)

TABLE 1.2a STA 1 STA 2 STA 3 STA 4 STA 5 CHAR HT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT

b. For each acknowledge station in the table above, measure and record in Table 1.2b the height from the floor for the farthest left and farthest right tile from this same table.

TABLE 1.2b TILE HEIGHT FROM FLOOR CHAR HT STA 1 STA 2 STA 3 STA 4 STA 5 Bl.l-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 19B3 APPENDIX B1.1 MEASUREMENTS DATA

c. Measure and record the following for each of the different character heights from a, above:

TABLE 1.2c CHAR/NUM STROKE CHAR WORD LINE HT (ref) WIDTH WIDTH SPACING SPACING SPACING 1.3 Data Reduction and Analysis.

For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.1).

B1.1-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX B1.2 MEASUREMENTS DATA

'P-3.1 1 Hay 1983

2. SOUND MEASUREMENTS (AUDIBLE SIGNALS) 2.1 Annunciator Audible Alarms - 6.3.2.1a.

Measure the sound level in dB(A) for each annunciator audible alarm at each of the following operator positions:

TABLE 2 MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS ALARM TURB ELEC RAD MON OP'S LOCATION POS 1 POS 2 CONT GEN DIST CONSOLE DESK 2.

3.

4, 5.

2.2 Data Reduction and Analysis.

For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.2).

B1 ~ 2-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B1.3 MEASUREMENTS DATA

3. LIGHT MEASUREMENTS (TILE FLASH CHARACTERISTICS) - 6.3.5b(l) and 6.3.3.2b 3.1 Using the Flash Comparator, measure the flash rate of tiles in alarm and in clear, Record the rates.

Alarm Flash Rate:

Cleared Flash Rate:

3.2 Using the Flash Comparator, measure the on-off ratio for the alarm flash rate and cleared flash rate.

On-Off Ratio (Alarm):

On-Off Ratio (Cleared):

B3.1-1

ANNONCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENOIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE INSTRUCTIONS

1. The following are questions concerning the general layout, functional organization, and operational considerations in your control room. Host of the questions will require a YES or NO answer, with some additional information.

0

2. When you have comments or suggestions, use the space provided below each question. If.you need additional room, use the backs of the sheets.
3. If you do not understand a question, please ask the monitor for clarification.
4. Please answer all of the questions as completely as possible.
5. Take as much time as you need to complete the questionnaire.
6. All of your answers, and your biographical information, will be kept in the strictest confidence and will be used to aid in the of the detailed control room design review. 'erformance PLEASE BEGIN 82-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

'BIOGRAPHICAL DATA:

Name: Age:

Sex: Height: Weight:

Current Position/Title:

1. Do you have a current reacto~ operator's license'? YES NO
2. Amount of licensed experience at this plant:
3. Total amount licensed experience:
4. Related experience and amount (example: operator-trainee, Hodge NPP Unit 1, 1 yr.):
5. 'ducation:

a . Highest level attained:

be Specialized Schools or courses (list):

6. Military experience:

B2-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

l. Do you have a first out annunciator panel where only the tile assoc-iated with the reactor trip event illuminates and all 'subsequent alarms on that panel are "locked out"? YES NO
2. Do you 'know of any automatic reactor trip functions that do not have a separate annunciator tile on the first out panel (either missing or shared with other functions)? YES NO
3. Are the annunciator panels in the control room identified by a label a bov e each panel? YES NO
4. From your primary operating area, can you read all annunciator panel labels with a minimum of effort? YES NO
5. Is the annunciator system priority coded by color, position, shape, or symbolic coding of the tiles? YES NO
6. Does your annunciator system use color coding? YES NO
7. Are there more than eleven colors used for coding the panels? YES NO B2-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE B. Is there a standard meaning attached to the colors used for coding the panels? YES NO

9. Is the color red ever used for a condition other than unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or as an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance? YES NO
10. Is the color green ever used for a condition other than safe, no operator action required, or as an indication that a parameter is within tolerance? YES NO 1'l.. Is the color amber (yellow) ever used for a condition other than hazard (potentially unsafe), caution, attention requir ed, or as an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists? YES NO
12. Do you know of any unnecessary color coding on the annunciator panels? YES NO
13. Do you know of any colors that are not used consistently across all applications within the control room, from panel-to-panel or in signal lights and on CRTs? YES NO B2-4

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

14. Are auditory signals priority coded by pulse, frequency change (warbling), intensity, or different frequencies for different signals? YES NO
15. If you have separate alarm horns, can you easily identify the work station or system where the auditory signal originated? YES NO
16. Do you have different alarm horns for work areas not at the main control board? YES NO
17. If the auditory alarm signal has only one source, is the sound coded to direct you to different work areas? YES NO II
18. Do any of the alarm horns startle or irr itate you? YES NO
19. If you have different alarm horns, do any of them sound too loud or too soft in comparison to the others at your normal work station? YES NO
20. Do you have a silence control with each set of response controls in your primary operating ar ea'? YES NO B2-5

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE

21. Is a control provided which terminates a flashing visual tile, but allows a steady illumination until the alarm'is cleared' YES NO
22. Can you acknowledge an alarm from more than one response control ar ea? YES NO
23. If cleared alarms do not reset automatically, do you have a control to reset them you'rsel f? YES NO
24. Does the reset control silence the auditory signal as well as extin-guish the illumination? YES NO
25. Does the reset control operate from more than one response control area? YES NO
26. Can you defeat any of the annunciator controls, such as locking out the audible alarm or locking down the acknowledge control? YES NO
27. Can you test the auditory and flashing illumination signals of all tils for each panel? YES NO B2-6

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE

28. Is there an administrative procedure that controls the periodic testing of all annunciators? YES NO
29. Are all tiles dark on annunciator panels when no alarm is indicated? YES NO
30. Can you easily tell if a tile is normally on for an extended dura-tion during normal operating conditions? YES NO
31. Are you immediately aware if an annunciator tile is out of service? YES NO
32. Can you immediately determine when the flasher of an alarm tile fails? YES NO
33. Do you know of any alarms that occur so frequently that you consider them a nuisance? YES NO B2-7

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

34. Do you know of any alarms that do not give you ample time to respond to a warning condition? YES NO
35. When responding to an alarm tile, can you readily locate the controls and displays required for corrective or diagnostic action? YES NO
36. Do you have access to annunciator response procedures in the control room? YES NO
37. Do you know of any alarms which require you to obtain additional infor-mation from a source outside of the control room area? YES NO
38. Are there too many alarms which require additional information from panels outside your operating area? YES NO 82-8

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

39. If alarms are used that require information outside the control room, do they allow you ample time to respond' YES NO
40. Are alarms provided for shared equipment in all control rooms? YES NO 4l. Is there a status display or signal provided for shared equipment in all control rooms which indicates that the equipment is currently being operated? YES NO
42. Do you have any tiles with dual messages such as HIGH-LOW? YES NO
43. Does the multi-input alarm have a ref lash capability that ref lashes the visual tile after an auditory alert even if the first alarm has not been cleared? YES NO B2-9

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

44. Do multi-input annunciators provide you with an alarm printout? YES NO
45. Does the multi-input alarm typer have sufficient speed to print the alarm data fast enough for your needs? YES NO
46. Does the alarm typer ever skip or loose information, or garble (mix up) the printing? YES NO B2-10

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERYATIONS CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS

l. Using the attached checklist, make all the noted observations.
2. Record all necessary information in the comments column to justify an N/A check and to detail a NO check.
3. Insure that all comments for NO checks include component, instrument, panel, equipment, etc. identification and location information.
4. Initiate HED reports on all NO checks per the directions contained in the checklist analysis aids.

83-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS.

1. A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system - 6.3.1.3a(1).
2. A separate first out panel is recommended for the turbine-generator system that is func-tionally similar to the reactor system panel - 6.3.1.3b.
3. First out panels should be

,located above their main work

,. stations - 6.3.1.3c.

.,4. All first out panels should conform to the general auditory and visual items in the rest of this checklist - 6.3.1.3d.

5. A small number (2-4) of levels of priority coding are used-6.3.1.4a(l).
6. Priority coding of color, posi-tion, shape, or symbol is used for .

visual signals - 6.3.1.4b(1).

B3-2

ANNUNC IATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 "1 Nay l983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

7. Auditory signal priority coding may be used - 6.3.1.4b(2).
8. If more than one, each audi-tory signal should sound at approxi-mately equal loudness at normal work.tations in the primary opera-ting area - 6.3.2.ld.
9. An auditory signal should capture the operator's attention but should not irritate or cause a startled reaction - 6.3.2.1c.
10. Separate auditory signals at each work station within the pri-mary operating area are recom-mended - 6D.2.1f.

ll. The operator should be able to identify the work station or area where the auditory alert origi-nated - 6.3.2.lf.

12. The auditory signal should automatically reset when silenced - 6.3.2.le.

B3"3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

13. When an alarm clears (or is cleared) there should be a dedi-cated, distinct audible signal with a finite duration - 6.3.1.5a.
14. Auditory alert signal(s), if adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure-6.3.2.1b.
15. The specific title(s) in an ALB

'should visually flash to indicate an alarm condition - 6.3.3.2a.

16. In case of flasher failure, an alarming tile should illuminate and burn steadily - 6.3.3.2c.
17. Contrast between tiles should present no problem discriminating between alarming, steady-on, and steady-off conditions - 63.3.2d.

B3-4

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIZ B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES COMMENTS

18. Under normal (nonalarmed) conditions no annunciator tiles should be illuminated - 6.3.3.2e.
19. If a tile must be on for an extended period during normal operations it should be distinc-tively coded for positive recog-nition during this period (see also 6.3.3.2f(2), item 2c on the Document Review. Checklist)-

6.3.3.2f(1).

20. Cleared tiles should have either a special flash rate, a reduced brightness, or a special color - 6.3.1.5b(l) through b(3).
21. All tiles associated with a given acknowledge control should be readable when operating that control - 6.3.3.5a.
22. Character style on all tiles should be simple - 6 3.3.5b(l).
23. Character style should be consistent on all tiles - 6 3.3.5b(2).

B3-5

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983

,'PPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

24. Character style should be uppercase on all tiles - 6.3.3.5b(3).
25. Tile legends should have high contrast with the tile background-6.3.3.5c.
26. Tile legends should be engraved - 6.3.3.5c(1).
27. Tile legends should be dark and opaque on a light and trans-lucent background - 6.3.3.5c(2).
28. Tile legends should be specific, unambiguous, concise, and short - 6.3.3.4a.
29. Tile legends should address specific conditions, HIGH TEMP, or LOW PRESS, not HIGH-LOW TEMP-PRESS - 6.3 3.4c.

B3-6

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B3-OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

30. Abbreviations and acronyms in legends should be consistent with those in other labeling in the con-trol room - 6.3.3.4d.
31. Tiles should be organized as a matrix within each ALB - 6.3.3.3a.
32. The vertical and horizontal axes of the ALBs should be alpha-numerically labeled for tile desig-nation coordinates - 6.3.3.3c(l).
33. Coordinate designators are preferred at the left and top sides of the ALBs - 6. 3. 3. 3c(2) .
34. Character height for the coordinate labels should be the same height as those used in tile legends - 6 3.3.3c(3).
35. The number of tiles in an ALB should be kept low, with a maxi-mum of 50 tiles per ALB suggested - 6 3.3.3d(1).

B3-7

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 83.

OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

36. Cues for prompt recognition of an out-of-service annunciator should be designed into the system - 6.33.3e.
37. Blank or unused tiles should not be illuminated except during annunciator testing - 6.3.3.3f.

,38. Demarcation lines may be used to enclose functionally

'elated titles - 6.6.6.2a(l).

,.39. Demarcation lines may be used to group tiles with their related controls and/or displays-6.6.6.2a(l) through a(3).

40. If used, demarcation lines should be visually distinctive from the panel background - 6.6.6.2b.
41. If used, demarcation lines should be permanently attached-6.6.6.2c.

83-8

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

42. ALBs should be located above the controls and displays required for corrective or diagnostic action when they alarm - 6.3.3.la.
43. Each ALB should be identified by a label directly above it-6.3.3. lb(1).
44. Each set of annunciator controls should include a silence control - 6.3.4.1a(1).
45. An acknowledge control should be provided that terminates the flashing and causes the tile to continuously illuminate until it has cleared - 6.3.4.lb(1).
46. If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be provided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared - 6.3.4.1c(1).

B3-9

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

47. A control to test the auditory alarm and the flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel (i.e., in one or more ALBs) should be provided-6.>.4.1d(1).
48. Repetitive groups of annun-ciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations - 6.3.4.2a.
49. Annunciator controls should be

'coded differently than other panel controls either by color, demarca-

'tion, or shape - 6.3.4.2b(1) through b(4).

50. Shape coding is preferred for the silence control - 6.3.4.2b(4).
51. Annunciator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control operation such as inserting a coin into a control guard ring <<6.3.4.2c.
52. Annunciator response proce-dures should be available in the control room - 6.3.4.3a.

B3-10

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS Collect the following documents and review them for the information contained in the attached checklist:

l. Administrative Procedures concerning annunciators
2. Annunciator Response Procedures
3. Results from the following task reports:
a. Convention Survey
b. System Function Task Analysis
c. Labeling Survey
4. Insure that all comments for NO checks include component, instrument, panel, equipment, etc. identification and location information.
5. Initiate HED reports on all NO checks per the directions contained in the checkl i st analysi s aids.

B4-I

TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

l. ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSE PROCEDURES
a. Response procedures should be indexed by panel I.D. and tile coordinates - 6.>.4.3b
b. There should be no alarms that require the operator to direct an auxiliary operator outside the con-trol room to obtain more specific information - 6.3.1.2b(1).
c. Annunciators with inputs from

~.more than one plant parameter set

-point should be avoided (multi-input alarms that summarize

.. single-input alarms elsewhere in the control room are an excep-tion) - 63.1.2c(l)

2. PLANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
a. Periodic testing of annunci-ators should be required and con-trolled by administrative pro-cedures - 66.4.ld(2).
b. If audible alarm intensity is operator-adjustable, it should be controlled by administrative procedures - 6.3.2.1b.

B4-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 84 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS PLANT ADMIN PROCESS (cont)

c. When annunciator tiles must be on for an extended period during normal operations, it should be controlled by administrative pro-cedures (see also 6.3.3.2f(1), item 19 on the Observations Check-list) - 6.5.3.2f(2).

CONVENTIONS TASK REPORT

a. Color meanings should not be the only means for identifying

~ pertinent information, that is, all color coding used should be redundant information - 6.5.1.6a.

b. The number of colors used for coding should be kept to the mini-mum needed to provide sufficient information and should not exceed 11 - 6.5.1.6b(1) and b(2).
c. Color meanings should be narrowly defined - 6.5.1.6c(1).,
d. Red should mean unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of toler-ance - 6.5.1.6c(2).

It is important to note that in one sense, a strict interpretation of 84-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS CONVENTIONS TR (Cont) this statement would mean that a standard, and broadly applied convention in the nuclear industry was incorrect. However, keep in mind that flowing electricity (closed breakers), flowing water or steam (running pumps and and an active reactor can open'alves),

be considered inherently less safe than a shut off or shut down condi" ion.

e. Green should mean safe, shut off, shut down, no operator action required, or an indication that a

'parameter is within tolerance-6.5.1.6c(2).

f. Amber or yellow should mean a hazard, potentially unsafe, caution, attention required, or an indication that a marginal value or

. parameter exists - 6.5.1.6c(2).

g. Meanings assigned to a partic-ular color should be consistent across all control room appli-cations regardless of whether it is ori a panel surface, in indicator lights or in CRTs - 6.5.1.6d(l) and (2).
h. Abbreviations and acronyms should be consistent across control room applications - 6.3.>.4d.

B4 "4

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENOIX B4 DOCUHENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

4. SFTA TASK REPORT a, The annunciator warning sys-tem should be designed as the pri-mary alerting interface with the operator for out-of-tolerance con-ditions. It should consist of three major subsystems: auditory alert, visual alarm, and operator response. These three subsystems shouid function to provide a pre-fered operational sequence for annunciator warnings - 6.3.1.1.
b. Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function, system, sub-system, or other logical organi-zation within ALBs - 6.3.3.3b and d',2).
c. Prioritization of annunciators should be based on a continum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions such as, the likelihood of a reactor trip or the likelihood of a release of radiation-6.3.1.4a(2).
d. Tile legends should address specific conditions rather than a range of conditions and/or param-eters. As an example, separate tiles should be used to indicate temperature-low, temperature-high, pressure-low, and pressure-high, rather than a single tile with the legend HIGH-LOW TEMP-PRESS - 6.3.3 4c.

B4-5

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 85.1 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS 1

1. LINEAR MEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1 ALB Summary Labels - 6.3.3.l.b(2)
a. 'If there are no summary labels, check N/A for criterion 6.3.3.l.b(2) in Appendix A.
b. If there are summary labels, calculate the visual angels for each label for the operator positions listed in Table l.lb Table l.lb MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS REAC TURB ELEC RAD MON OP'S IDENT POS 1 POS 2 CONT GEN DIST CONSOLE DESK 2,

3.

5.

7.

Calculations (use extra sheets, as needed):

B5.1-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 85.l MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS

c. If all visual angles in Table 1.1b are 15 minutes of arc or greater, check YES for criterion 6.3.3.1b(2) in Appendix A.
d. If there are visual angles in Table l.lb less than 15 minues of arc, record on an HED report form the position(s) and label(s) where this is so. Include the code number TP-3.1B5.1.1 in data collection description. For criterion 6.3.3.1b'(2) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP-3.1B5.1.1 in the COMMENTS column 1.2 Tile Labels - 6.3.3.5a(1) and d(1) through d(6).
a. Calculate the visual angles for each character height at its farthest left and farthest right location for each workstation in Table 1.2a, below.

TABLE 1.2a ALB NO/ STA 1 STA 2 STA 3 STA 4 STA 5 CHAR HT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT Calculations (use extra sheets, as r equired):

85.1-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B5.1 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS

b. If all visual angles in Table 1.2a are 15 minutes of arc or greater, check YES for criterion 6.3.3.5a(l) in Appendix A.
c. If any visual angles in Table 1.2a ar e less than 15 minutes of arc, record on an HED report form the position(s) and tile legend(s) where this is so. Include the code number TP-3.1B5,1.2 in the data collection description. For criterion 6.3 '.5a(1) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP-3.1B5.1.2, in the COMMENTS column.
d. Compare the character dimensions and legend measurements for each character height recorded with criteria 6.3.3.5d(1) through d(6).
e. If all char acter heights and legends meet the criteria, check the YES column for these criteria in Appendix A.
f. If any character dimensions or legend measurements fail to meet the criteria, record on an HED report form the tile coordinates, character height implicated, and a descri'ption of the failure. Include the code number TP-3 .1B5.1.2 i n 'the data collection descri ption .. For criteria 6.3.3.5d(1) through d(6) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number TP-3.1B5.1 2, in the

~

COMMENTS column.

B 5.1-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B5.2 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS

2. SOUND MEASUREMENTS (AUDIBLE SIGNALS) 2.1 Annunciator Audible Alarms - 6.3.2.la .

a . Obtain the average. ambient noise level in db(A) from the Ambient Noise Survey Task Report (TR-1.6) and'record below:

Average noise level: db(A)

b. Based upon the below adjustment factors, reduce each measured annunciator alarm level and record in Table 2.1b.

ABSOLUTE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SUBTRACT THIS AMOUNT FROM MEASURED LEVEL (Lm) AND MEASURED LEVEL (Lm) AND AVERAGE NOISE LEVEL Ln AND RECORD IN TABLE 2.lb 2.2 5 1.7 6 1.3 7 1.0 8 .8 9 .6 10 .4 ll .3 12 .3 13 .2 14 .2 15 .1 TABLE 2.1b MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS ALARM TURB ELEC RAD MON OP'S LOCATION POS 1 POS 2 CONT GEN DIST CONSOLE DESK 2.

3.

4.

5.

85.2-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B5.2 MEASuREMENT ANALYSIS

c. Compare all adjusted dB(A) levels in Table 2.1b to the average noise level.
d. If all adjusted audible alarm levels are at least 10 dB(A) above the average noise level check the YES column for criterion 6.3.2.1a in Appendix AD
e. If any adjusted alarm levels are less than 10 dB(A) above the average noise level, record each occurance on an HED report form.

Include"the code number TP3.lB5.2.1 in the data collection descri ption. For criterion 6.3.2.1a in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP3.1B5.2.1 in the COMMENTS column.

B5.2-2

AxeuxCIATOR SYSTD1 TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 85.3 MEASUREMENT ANALYSIS

3. LIGHT MEASUREMENTS (TILE FLASH CHARACTERISTICS) 3.1 Alarmed Flash Characteristics - 6.3.3.2b.

a . From the recorded data, determine if the alarmed flash rate is between 3 to 5 flashes per second and that the on-off ratio is approximately 1:1.

b. If both parameters meet the criteria, check the YES column for criterion 6.3.3.2b in Appendix A.
c. If either parameter fails to meet the criteria, record the discrepancy on an HED report form . Include the code number TP-3.185.3.1 in the data collection description. For criterion 6,3.3.2b in'Appendix A check the NO column and record the HED number and the code number, TP-3.185.3.1, in the COMMENTS column.

3.2 Cleared Flash Rate - 6.3.1.5b(1).

a. From the recorded data, determine if the cleared flash rate is approximately double or Q the alarmed flash rate.
b. If the cleared flash rate passes the criterion, check the YES column for criteria 6.3.1.5b(l) in Appendix A.
c. If the cleared flash rate fails to meet the criterion, record the discrepancy on an HED report form. Include the code number TP-3.185.3.2 in the data collection discription. For criterion 6.3.1.5b(1) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED number and the code number, TP-3.185.3.2, in the COMMENTS column.

85.3-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B6 OPERATOR INTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS

l. GENERAL
a. Review all questionnaires for completeness of biographical information and question responses.
b. Delete incomplete and unusable questionnaires from the data base. If required by contract, re-schedule these question-naires for correction/completeness.
c. When the data base assembly is complete perform the anaylsis, below.

(

2. BIOGRAPHICAL DATA
a. Assemble biographical data and determine ranges and distribu-tions for all relevant dimensions.
b. Using appropriate statistics, determine the distribution (or i ts a pprox ima ti on) for thi s da ta .
3. RESPONSE DATA a . Summarize all responses and determine percent frequency response for each negative answer.
b. For each negative answer, initiate Preliminar'y HEDs (PHEDs) for discrepancy" review. Record frequency'data, response question number and data collection code number on each PHED. Code numbers are developed as follows: (See List 3b for criteria}

Example; TP-3.1B6.10 Task Plan Number question Number Appendix

c. Submit all PHEDs to your immediate supervisor.
d. Subsequent verification, validation and disposition of all PHEDs will be conducted per TP-10.1 (HED Review Procedure).

B6-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 86 INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

'PERATOR ANALYSIS LIST 3b 1, 6.3.1.3a(3) 20. 6.3.4.1a(1) &(2) 40. 6.3. 1. 2d(l )

2. 6.3.1.3a{2) 21. 6.3.4.1b(1) 41. 6.3.1. 2d (2) 3 ~ 6.3.3.1b(1) 22. 6.3.4.1b(2) 42. 6.3.3.4c 4, 6.3.3.1b(2) 23. 6.3.4.1c(l) 43. 6.3.1.2c(3)
5. 6.3.1.4b(1) ,
24. 6.3.4.1c(2) 44. 6.3.1.2c(2)
6. 6.5.1.6b(l) 25. 6.3.4.1c(3) 45. 6.3.1.2c(2)
7. 6.5.1,6b(2) 26. 6.3.4.2c 46. 6.3.1.2c(2)
8. 6.5,1.6c(l) 27. 6.3.4.1d(1) 9 ~ 6.5.1.6c(2) 28. 6.3.4.ld(2)
10. 6.5.1.6G(2) 24. 6.3.3.2e
11. 6.5.1.6G(2) 30. 6.3.3.2f
12. 6.5.1.6b(1) 31. 6.3.3.3e
13. 6.5.1.6d(1)&(2) 32. 6.3.3.2c
14. 6.3.1.4b(2)& 33. 6.3 '.2a{1) 6.3.2.2b 34. 6.3.1.2a(2)
15. 6. 3. 2.1f 35. 6,3.3.la
16. 6.3.2.2a(1) 36. 6.3.4.3a
17. 6.3.2.2a(2) 37. 6.3.1.2b(1)
18. 6.3.*2.lc 38. 6.3.3.4b
19. 6.3.2.1d 39. 6.3.1.2b(2) 86-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 B7 'PPENDIX OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS

1. For each. checklist item checked NO, initiate an HED report. Enter the HED report number in the COMMENTS column of the checklist for that item. Include all necessary information on the HED report concerning identification of the discrepancy and the criteria (checklist item) not met.

2.'nter the following code number in the data collection description:

T P-3.1B3.n Checklist Item Number

3. Find the appropriate criterion or criteria in Appendix A from the reference number in the checklist item. Check the NO column and enter the HED number and the data collection code number in the COMMENTS column for that criterion or criteria.

87-1

Id ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 88 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST ANALYSIS

1. For each checklist item checked NO, initiate an HED report. Enter the HED report number in the COMMENTS column of the checklist for that item., Include all necessary information on the HED report concerning identification of the discrepancy and the criteria

.(checklist item) not met.

2. Enter the following code number in the data collection description:

T P-3.184.n Checklist Item Number

3. Find the appropriate criterion or criteria in Appendix A from the reference number in the checklist item. Check the NO column and enter the HED number and the data collection code number in the COMMENTS column for that criterion or criteria.

88-1

APPENDIX B9 HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY (HED) REPORT PLANT/UN!T OR16IHATOR:

VALIDATED SY:

~ ) HED TITLE:

b) ITEHS IHVOLVED:

C ) PROBLEH DESCRIPTIOH:

d) DATA COLLECTIOH DESCRIPTION CODE HUHBER:

e) SPECIFIC HUHAk ERROR(S):

B9-I

APPENDIX 89 HED REPORT (CONTINUED)

HED HO.:

TlANT/VNIT f) SUGGESTED SACKFlT; g) REVlEH AHD DlSPOS1T10H:

89-2

0 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX C CR ITER IA MATRIX

ANNONCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 I May 1983 CRITERIA

'ATRIX Criteria Distributed Across Data Collection Methods.

Notes:

1. The following codes apply to the matrix columns:

M - Measurement (instruments and/or measuring devices required) 0 - Observations (observation notes taken)

I - Interview/guestionnaire (generally a structured interview unless otherwise specified) 0 - Document Review (documentation review to include engineering drawings, CMDs, etc.)

A - Auditory Criteria V - Visual Criteria C - Controls Criteria (physical characteristics)

P - Physical Arrangement/Location Criteria F - Functional Criteria (usually requires some operational data for verification)

2. Data sources listed are suggested. Alternatives should be used when those listed are not available or are not adequate.

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700 Crit METHODS SUGGESTED DATA SOURCES REMARKS hB-'.3.1.1 X SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) 6.3.1.2a(1) X Ops a(2) X Ops b(1) X X Ops, Ann Resp Procs b(2) X Ops c(1) X Ann Resp Procs c(2) X Ops c(3) X Ops d(1) X Ops d(2) X Ops 6.3.1.3a(1) PF Pnl a(2) PF Ops a(3) PF Ops b PF Pnl c PF X Pnl d PF N/A All see text para. 4.2a 6.3.1.4a(1) PF Pnl a(2) PF Pnl, SFTA Rpt al so in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b(1) F X X Pnl b(2) F X X Pnl 6.3.1.5a X Pnl b(1) X X Pnl.

b(2) X Pnl b(3) X Pnl 6.3.2.1a CR X CR, Admin Procs X X CR, Ops X X CR, Ops X CR X X CR, Ops 6.3.2.2a(1) PF Ops a(2) F Ops b F Ops 6.3.3.1a Pnl b{1) Pnl b(2) CR c(1) N/A in TP-1 8 -(Maint)

~

c(2) N/A in TP-1.8 (Maint) c(3) N/A in TP-1.8 (Maint)

C-2

ANNuNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 I May 19B3 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700 Crit METHODS 'UGGESTED DATA SOURCES REMARKS 6.3.3.28 F X Pnl b F X Pnl, Comp Spec c F X X Pnl, Ops d P X Pnl e PF X X Pnl, Ops f(>) PF X X Pnl, Ops f(2) PF X Admin Procs 6.3.3.3a P Pnl b PF SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 {SFTA) c(I) P Pnl c(2) P Pnl c(3) P Pnl also in TP-6.1 (Labels) d(I) P Pnl d(2) '

PF X SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA)

F X Ops f F X Pnl 6.3.3.4a P X X Pnl, 5 FTA also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b PF X Ops c PF X X X Pnl, Ops, SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) d P X X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv)

'(I) 6.3.3.5a a(2)

X X Pnl Pnl X Pnl b(I) X Pnl b(2) X Pnl b(3) X Pnl c X Pnl c(I ) X Pnl c(2) X Pnl d{I) X Pnl d(2) X Pnl d(3) X Pnl d(4) X Pnl d(5) X Pnl d(6) X Pnl 6.3.4.1a(1) P X X Pnl, Ops a(2) PF X Ops b(I) F X Pnl, Ops b(2) F X Ops c(I ) F X X Pnl, Ops c(2) F X Ops c(3) F X Ops C-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700 Crit METHODS SUGGESTED DATA SOURCES REMARKS 6.3.4.1d(1) F X X Pnl, Ops d(2) F X Ops, Admin Procs 6.3.4.2a X Pnl b(1) X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8 .1 (Conv) b(2) X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(3) X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(4) X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) c X X Pnl, Ops 6.3.4.3a X X X CR, Ops, SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b X Ann Resp Procs 6.5.1.6a X Conv Rpt b(1) X X Ops, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(2) X X Ops, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) c(1) X X Ops, Conv Rpt al so in TP-8.1 (Conv) c(2) X X Ops, Conv Rpt al so in TP-8.1 (Conv) d(1) X X Ops, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) d(2) X X Ops, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) 6.6.6.2a F Pnl, Ops, SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b VC Pnl also in TP-6.1 (Labels) c P Pnl also in TP-6,1 (Labels)

TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 Hay 1983

~ ~

APPENDIX D TASK PLAN CRITIQUE

~ \

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX D TASK PLAN CRITIQUE INSTRUCTIONS 1 . Attac h a copy o f Sec ti on,4,0.

2. Fill in the required information and answer all questions.
3. Explain all NO answers in detail.
4. When complete, turn in to your immediate supervisor.
1. Name of Respondent:
2. Name of Plant:
3. Date of Survey:
4. Were all of the criteria correct and appropr iate for this task (do not explain criteria that were N/A because System/CR did not have that design feature)? YES NO
5. Did the task plan instructions present the easiest and best methodology for performing the assessment? YES NO
6. Were the data collection forms adequate? YES NO